Issuu on Google+

Make use of the wide range of services which Cambridge offers:

Batch http://www.batch.co.uk • Standard batch service is free of charge for Booksellers • Make a single payment for all your suppliers, saving time, bank and postage charges • See invoices on the batch system before delivery arrives • No more copy invoices – view invoices online and print your own • Advanced notification that deliveries are on the way • Make claims online, saving telephone calls, faxes and emails

Bookseller website http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Price and Availability checks and data downloads • New Title Information and Bestseller lists • Contacts and further information

PubEasy http://www.PubEasy.com • Online ordering across multiple publishers • Online real-time price and availability checks • Dues management

Datashop and Catalogshop

Academic & Professional Publishing | New Books January – June 2012

Services for Booksellers

Academic & Professional Publishing New Books January – June 2012 www.cambridge.org/knowledge

http://datashop.cambridge.org • Free online data delivery • Define your own reports and update them online • File formats from simple text price and availability to ONIX • Delivery by email or FTP • Automatic updates daily, weekly, monthly or yearly • Download all Cambridge publicity material in PDF and other formats from Catalogshop

EDI http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Electronic trading improves efficiency and reduces costs • Cambridge can support virtually any message format

www.cambridge.org/knowledge

Cambridge University Press, The Edinburgh Building, Cambridge CB2 8RU, UK Printed in the United Kingdom on totally chlorine-free paper. 2011.

24378_cvr.indd 1

05/01/2012 16:45


Cambridge University Press Bookshop

Customer Services

Useful contacts General and Editorial Enquiries The Edinburgh Building, Cambridge CB2 8RU, UK Phone: +44 (0) 1223 312393 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 315052 Email: information@cambridge.org Sales Departments and Customer Services Please see the inside back cover for details of Cambridge University Press contacts around the world.

Cambridge University Press Bookshop occupies the historic site of 1 Trinity Street, Cambridge CB2 1SZ, where the complete range of titles is on sale. Bookshop Manager: Cathy Ashbee Phone + 44 (0)1223 333333 Fax + 44 (0)1223 332954 Email bookshop@cambridge.org

Booksellers For order processing and customer service, please contact: Phone + 44 (0)1223 325566 Email customerservice@cambridge.org Your telephone call may be monitored for training purposes. Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.PubEasy.com

How to order

Cambridge University Press Around the World

Booksellers PubEasy: Cambridge is a PubEasy affiliate. Visit www.PubEasy.com for online ordering and availability checks.

United Kingdom and Ireland

The Americas

Phone: UK, Ireland & West Europe Trade Customers: +44 (0)1223 325566 International Trade Customers: +44 (0)1223 325577

Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, The Edinburgh Building, Cambridge CB2 8RU, UK Phone + 44 (0)1223 325892 Fax + 44 (0)1223 325983 Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Fax: UK, Ireland & West Europe Trade Customers: +44 (0)1223 325959 International Trade Customers: +44 (0)1223 325151

North, Central, South America and Hispanic Caribbean Cambridge University Press 32 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10013-2473, USA Phone + 1 212 924 3900 Fax + 1 212 691 3239 Email information@cup.org Web www.cambridge.org

Europe (excluding Iberia), Middle East and North Africa

Individuals Phone: +44 (0)1223 326050 Fax: +44 (0)1223 326111 Email: directcustserve@cambridge.org

Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, The Edinburgh Building, Cambridge CB2 8RU, UK Phone + 44 (0)1223 325892 Fax + 44 (0)1223 325983 Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Email: UK, Ireland & West Europe Trade Customers: westeurope@cambridge.org International Trade Customers: intcustserve@cambridge.org

Cambridge Website Visit our website at www.cambridge.org • A fully searchable Cambridge catalogue • Online ordering for booksellers and individuals • A changing programme of new book features and promotions • Sample chapters • Email notification service • Cambridge Journals Online • Information about the Press worldwide

Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60 countries around the world; our publications are available through bookshops in virtually every country.

Iberia Cambridge University Press Iberian Branch Basílica 17, 1º-, 28020 Madrid, Spain Phone + 34 91 360 46 06 Fax + 34 91 360 45 70 Email iberia@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Asia Cambridge University Press Asian Branch 10 Hoe Chiang Road, 08 – 01/02 Keppel Towers, Singapore 089315 Phone + 65 6323 2701 Fax + 65 6323 2370 Email singapore@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/asia

Sub-Saharan Africa and English-speaking Caribbean Cambridge University Press African Branch Lower Ground Floor, Nautica Building, The Water Club, Beach Road, Granger Bay – 8005, Cape Town, South Africa Phone + 27 21 412 7800 Fax + 27 21 419 8418 Email information@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/africa

Australia and New Zealand Cambridge University Press Australian Branch 477 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, Australia Phone +61 3 8671 1411 Fax +61 3 9676 9966 Email info@cambridge.edu.au Web www.cambridge.org/aus

General enquiries Cambridge University Press The Edinburgh Building, Cambridge CB2 8RU, UK Phone + 44 (0)1223 312393 Fax + 44 (0)1223 315052 Email information@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/international

Cambridge University Press advances learning, knowledge and research worldwide. We set the standard for • The quality and validation of content • Design, production and printing • Cooperation with authors • Meeting our customers’ needs

24378_cvr.indd 2

We value • Integrity and rigour • Creativity and innovation • Trust and collaboration

19/12/2011 11:32


Art / Music

Art

Chinese Sculpture

The Encyclopedia of Australian Architecture Edited by Philip Goad | University of Melbourne

This book documents Australian architecture from indigenous beginnings to colonial, modern and contemporary eras. With over 1000 entries from 200 contributors, and 500 photographs and drawings, The Encyclopedia of Australian Architecture provides an unparalleled compendium of architectural knowledge. It is essential reading for all who care about the built environment. • The first and only major work of reference to be published on Australian architecture • Written by 200 experts in the field of the built environment and accompanied by over 500 photographs and drawings • Provides a comprehensive overview of Australian architecture and architects from indigenous to contemporary eras Architecture

January 2012 318 x 224 mm 832pp 250 b/w illus.  250 colour illus.   978-0-521-88857-8 Hardback £110.00 A

Architecture of the Sacred

edited By

BonnA d. WeScoAt

roBert G. ouSterhout

Space, Ritual, and Experience from Classical Greece to Byzantium Edited by Bonna D. Wescoat | Emory University, Atlanta

Explores the way space, place, architecture, Architecture memory and ritual interact to construct sacred of the SAcred experience in ancient Greek, Roman, Jewish, early Christian and Byzantine cultures. The book demonstrates that architecture and its setting actively participated in the ritual process. Architecture did not merely host events; rather, it magnified and elevated them. • Not geographically or culturally limited, but instead addresses Greek, Roman, Early Christian, Jewish and Byzantine constructions of sacred space • The authors, chiefly archaeologists, are fundamentally grounded in the complex material remains; exploring constructions of sanctity from ‘the ground up’ • Several essays introduce previously unpublished material SpAce, rituAl, And experience from clASSicAl Greece to ByzAntium

Architecture

April 2012 253 x 177 mm 440pp 151 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00823-6 Hardback c. £60.00 A

Chinese Arts and Crafts Third edition Jian Hang

Chinese arts and crafts enjoy a unique reputation in the history of material culture and civilization. In this illustrated introduction Hang Jian and Guo Qiuhui discuss the colorful history and development of distinctive Chinese crafts, including ceramics, furniture, clothing and decorative arts. • An accessible introduction to China’s colourful arts and crafts • Written by a Chinese expert whose work is not widely available outside China • Full colour illustrations support the discussion throughout Non-western art | Introductions to Chinese Culture

February 2012 230 x 156 mm 203pp 170 colour illus.   978-0-521-18655-1 Paperback c. £12.99 G

Zhao Wenbing

Third edition Wenbing Zhao | Tsinghua University, Beijing

Chinese Sculpture

Zhao Wenbing provides an accessible, illustrated introduction to the sculptural art of China, including the magnificent Terracotta Army, Buddhist sculpture, tomb carvings, architectural sculpture, exchange with foreign cultures and Chinese sculpture today. • An accessible introduction to the history and development of Chinese sculpture • Written by a Chinese expert whose work is not widely available outside China • Full colour illustrations support the discussion throughout Non-western art | Introductions to Chinese Culture

February 2012 230 x 156 mm 151pp 978-0-521-18677-3 Paperback c. £12.99

1

G

The Architecture in Giotto’s Paintings Francesco Benelli | Columbia University, New York

The Architecture in GIOTTO’S Paintings

Offers an analysis of Giotto’s painted architecture, focusing on issues of structural logic, clarity of composition and its role within the narrative of painting. Benelli shows how Giotto’s images of fictive buildings, in addition to well-known monuments, play an important role in the narrative, iconography and meaning of his works. • First to examine how Giotto used architecture not only as a spacecreating device but also as a means of creating and enhancing the meaning of his subjects • Amply illustrated with 108 black and white illustrations and 10 color plates • The author has name recognition in both Europe and the US Francesco Benelli

Western art

January 2012 253 x 177 mm 312pp 108 b/w illus.  10 colour illus.   978-1-107-01632-3 Hardback £60.00 A

Music Mozart’s Chamber Music with Keyboard Edited by Martin Harlow | Royal Northern College of Music, Manchester MOZART’S Internationally renowned scholars draw upon the Chamber Music with Keyboard latest Mozart research to explore the astounding creative achievements in, and the performance and reception of, Mozart’s sonatas with violin, keyboard trios and quartets, and quintet with winds. This is the first book in English devoted to Mozart’s muchloved chamber music with keyboard. • Presents both an in-depth examination of individual keyboard works and also considers the work as a corpus – the first English-language book to do so • The contributors are some of the most noteworthy international Mozart scholars and the book features a fascinating interview with Charles Rosen • Provides a range of perspectives – analytical, historical and critical – and draws upon the most recent Mozart research edited by m a rtin h a rlow

Eighteenth-century music

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 260pp 2 b/w illus.  9 tables  158 music examples   978-1-107-00248-7 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 24378.indd 1

16/12/2011 15:34


Music

Music

Engaging Haydn

The Cambridge History of Musical Performance

Culture, Context, and Criticism Edited by Mary Hunter | Bowdoin College, Maine

Haydn is enjoying renewed appreciation as one of the towering figures of Western music history. Engaging This lively and varied collection builds upon this Haydn resurgence of interest, exploring the nature of Haydn’s invention and the cultural forces that he both absorbed and helped to shape and express. • Brings together the work of leading Haydn scholars, appealing to readers who wish to keep up with the latest research in the field of Haydn studies • Places a particular emphasis on Haydn’s vocal music, balancing existing work in the field, which is often heavily weighted toward instrumental music • Combines contextual and analytical approaches, presenting a fresh perspective on Haydn’s music Culture, Context, and Criticism

Edited by

Mary Hunter and Richard Will

2

Eighteenth-century music

Leading musicians, historians and scholars examine the history of music from the earliest times to the present through performers and performance. Focusing on the musicians responsible for bringing music to life, rather than the composers, this volume provides a fresh, integrated and innovative perspective on performance history and practice. • Re-examines the relationship between the score, the musical work and the performance, shedding new light on the history of performers • Combines a chronological approach with discussion of broader issues, enabling the broadest view of performance history yet • Features contributions from accomplished performers, whose practical experiences provide the volume with unique vitality and insight

Elliott Carter Studies

Third edition Chengbei Xu | Chinese Art Academy

Edited by Marguerite Boland | Australian National University

In this illustrated introduction, Xu Chengbei explains the make up, costumes, characters, staging, stories and music associated with Peking opera, and discusses the origins and development of this unique performance art. Peking Opera is an essential starting point for all those interested in this intriguing part of China’s cultural heritage. • An accessible introduction to the history of Peking opera • Written by a leading Chinese expert whose work is not widely available in the West • Full color illustrations support the discussion throughout

Elliott Carter’s extraordinarily long musical career has engaged with many musical developments of the twentieth century. This collection of essays presents a diverse set of viewpoints on Carter’s music, from the neo-classicism of the interwar period, through post-war modernism, to the reshaping of a modernist aesthetic in his late style. • The first multi-authored book to appear on Carter’s music, presenting a wide range of perspectives and approaches for the reader • Provides an historical as well as analytical treatment of Carter’s repertoire, resulting in cross-disciplinary appeal • The contributors are leading Carter scholars, representing countries including the UK, USA, Australia, France and Germany, and so this will appeal to an international readership

Opera | Introductions to Chinese Culture

Music performance | The Cambridge History of Music

February 2012 230 x 156 mm 130pp 120 b/w illus.   978-0-521-18821-0 Paperback c. £12.99 G

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 850pp 11 b/w illus.  1 table  59 music examples   978-0-521-89611-5 Hardback c. £100.00 A

Engaging Bach

Matthew Dirst is Associate Professor of Music at the Moores School of Music, University of Houston, and also serves as Artistic Director of

the period-instrument group Ars Lyrica Houston. An acclaimed harpsichordist and organist, he is the first American musician to win major

international prizes in both instruments. Winner

John Potter | University of York

Why do we sing and what first drove early humans to sing? From Neanderthal Man to Genesis, from Qawwali to castrati and from Purcell to Peking Opera, this history explores the global evolution of singing and will appeal to an international readership of singers, students and scholars. • The first book to consider singing as a universal human activity, enabling readers to gain a perspective on singing in many cultures and periods • Written in a lively and accessible style, with a detailed separate reference section for those who want to explore the topic further • Spans a large historic and cultural breadth, rather than just focusing on western classical singing, therefore will appeal to a global readership Music performance

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 380pp 978-0-521-81705-9 Hardback c. £75.00

A

the American Bach Society for an essay on the

reception of Bach’s music in America, he pursues research and performance in more or less equal

Music, Festivity, and Nationhood in NineteenthCentury Germany Ryan Minor | State University of New York, Stony Brook

DIRST: Engaging Bach JACKET C M Y BLK

A History of Singing

of the William H. Scheide Prize (2004) from

Ryan Minor

Choral Fantasies

measure. His publications address the music

of Bach and its reception, while his recordings feature music of François and Armand-Louis

Couperin, Alessandro and Domenico Scarlatti, Johann Adolf Hasse, and J. S. Bach.

More than any other part of his output, the Bach keyboard works

musical performance and reception

Engaging Bach

conveyed to generations of admirers the essence of his inimitable art. Their varied responses to this repertoire – in scholarly and more popular kinds of writing, public lectures, musical composition and transcription, pedagogical programs, performances, and in editions – ensured its survival and broadened its creator’s appeal. The early reception of this music also continues to affect how we understand and value it, though we rarely recognize that historical continuity. Orginized around key episodes in the reception of Bach’s keyboard works from his own day to the middle of the nineteenth century, Engaging Bach shows how his remarkable and long-lasting legacy took shape amid epochal changes in European musical thought and practice.

Engaging Bach

Choral Fantasies

Engaging Bach

The Keyboard Legacy from Marpurg to Mendelssohn Matthew Dirst | University of Houston

The Keyboard Legacy from Marpurg to Mendelssohn

Matthew Dirst

Matthew Dirst presents a wide-ranging historical explanation of J. S. Bach’s keyboard works. Closely examining the most important ideas this music has inspired, Dirst explores the significance, influence and reception of canonic works including The WellTempered Clavier during the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. • Illuminates how the reception of Bach’s keyboard works affected various aspects of musical thought and practice to 1850 • Focuses on a repertory often neglected in studies of Bach’s reception, complementing the sizeable literature on the nineteenth-century revival of Bach’s church works • Presents a broad-based inquiry into Bach’s historical legacy, contextualising his music within cultural, social and music history

Music, Festivity, and Nationhood in Nineteenth-Century Germany

Ryan Minor tells the story of amateur, middle-class choral singing when it took on the characteristics we recognize today. Four case studies focused on individual compositions connect the ideals of participatory choral singing to the national culture of public festivals in nineteenth-century Germany. • Discusses a repertory that is frequently forgotten, taking seriously the choral music that captivated audiences, composers and critics in the nineteenth century • Emphasizes not only music but music-making, highlighting and contextualizing the historical importance of participation in choral singing • Explicitly links musical composition to political discourse, showing how political issues suffused not only the rhetoric, but the music itself, at public festivals

Jacket illustration: J. S. Bach, “The Well-tempered Clavier,” Book II, Fugue in A Flat major. British Library Add. MS 35021, fo.14 © The British Library Board.

pr inted in the united k ingdom

Seventeenth-century music | Musical Performance and Reception

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 240pp 9 b/w illus.  7 tables  38 music examples   978-0-521-65160-8 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Edited by Andre de Quadros | Boston University

Music performance | Cambridge Companions to Music

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 320pp 3 b/w illus.  17 music examples   978-0-521-11173-7 Hardback c. £48.00 A 978-0-521-12895-7 Paperback c. £17.99 A

ian Woodfield is Professor of Historical 

musicology at Queen’s University Belfast, 

Impresarios, Singers and Troupes Ian Woodfield | Queen’s University Belfast where he teaches courses in notation, musical  instruments and early repertoire. His books  include Music of the Raj (2000), Opera and

Drama (2002) and Mozart’s Così fan tutte: A

Compositional History (2008), which received 

oper as for mozart

the mozart society of america’s second marjorie  Weston emerson award.

the italian opera company in Prague managed by Pasquale  Bondini and domenico guardasoni played a central role in  promoting mozart’s operas during the final years of his life.  Using a wide range of primary sources which include the superb 

Edited by Andrew Shenton | Boston University

managed by Pasquale Bondini and domenico  guardasoni played a central role in promoting 

Ian Woodfield discusses the central role played by Performing  the Prague Italian opera company in performing oPeras  Mozart’s works in late eighteenth-century Bohemia for mozart and Saxony. The book focuses on the organisation of the company, its annual schedules, recruitment networks, casting policies and repertoire selections. • Presents an account of the organisational structures and artistic policies of the Prague opera company in the late eighteenth century, enriching our understanding of the context in which Mozart’s operas were performed in Bohemia and Saxony • Provides documentary evidence on the reception of Mozart’s music in Leipzig, contributing to a new interpretation of one of the most puzzling episodes in the composer’s biography – his tour of 1789 • Gives details of the personnel of the Prague company which gave the first performances of Don Giovanni and La clemenza di Tito collections of eighteenth-century opera posters and concert 

programmes in leipzig and the Indice de’ teatrali spettacoli, an 

almanac of italian singers and dancers, this study examines the  annual schedules, recruitment networks, casting policies and 

repertoire selections of this important company. Woodfield shows  how italian-language performances of Figaro, Don Giovanni, Così

fan tutte and La clemenza di Tito flourished along the well-known  cultural axis linking Prague in Bohemia to dresden and leipzig  in saxony. the important part played by concert performances  of operatic arias in the early reception of mozart’s works is also 

discussed, and new information is presented about the reception  of Josepha duschek and mozart in leipzig.

Jacket illustration: the poster for a  

performance of gazzaniga’s Il serraglio di

Impresarios, Singers and Troupes

Osmano (26 July 1786). stadtgeschichtliches  museum, leipzig: theaterzettel Karton 1.

Ian Woodf Ield

Jacket designed by Hart McLeod Ltd

printed in the united k ingdom

Opera

December 2011 247 x 174 mm 260pp 16 b/w illus.  38 tables  1 music example   978-1-107-01429-9 Hardback £60.00 A

mozart’s operas during the final years of his  life. Using a wide range of primary sources  which include the superb collections of  eighteenth-century opera posters and concert  programmes in leipzig and the Indice de’ teatrali spettacoli, an almanac of italian  singers and dancers, this study examines the  annual schedules, recruitment networks,  casting policies and repertoire selections of  this important company. Woodfield shows  how italian-language performances of Figaro,  Don Giovanni, Così fan tutte and La clemenza di Tito flourished along the well-known cultural  axis linking Prague in Bohemia to dresden and  leipzig in saxony. the important part played  by concert performances of operatic arias in  the early reception of mozart’s works is also  discussed, and new information is presented  about the reception of Josepha duschek and  mozart in leipzig.

May 2012 247 x 174 mm 335pp 10 b/w illus.  7 tables  147 music examples   978-0-521-11362-5 Hardback c. £55.00 A

This series continues the aim of Cambridge

Musical Texts and Monographs to publish books centered on the history of musical instruments and the history of performance, but broadens the focus to include musical reception in relation to performance and as a reflection of period expectations and practices. published titles

Stravinsky and the Russian Period

John Butt Playing with History: The Historical Approach to Musical Performance

m u S i c

S i n c e

1 9 0 0

James Garratt Palestrina and the German Romantic Imagination: Interpreting Historicism in Nineteenth-Century Music John Haines Eight Centuries of Troubadours and Trouvères: The Changing Identity of Medieval Music Christopher Hogwood (ed.) The Keyboard in Baroque Europe

Daniel Leech-Wilkinson The Modern Invention of Medieval Music: Scholarship, Ideology, Performance

Sound and Legacy of a Musical Idiom Pieter C. van den Toorn | University of California, Santa Barbara

Michael Musgrave and Bernard Sherman (eds.) Performing Brahms: Early Evidence of Performance Style Stewart Pollens Stradivari Tilman Skowroneck Beethoven the Pianist

David Ponsford The French Organ in the Reign of Louis XIV

David Yearsley Bach’s Feet: The Organ Pedals in European Culture Bettina Varwig Histories of Heinrich Schütz

Stravinsky Van den Toorn and McGinness present a fresh and the Russian Period assessment of the dynamics of Stravinsky’s music from a variety of analytical and aesthetic angles. Tying analysis of the music to issues of aesthetics and performance, the book contains in-depth discussion of works including The Rite of Spring, Les Noces and Renard. • Proposes a new theory of rhythm and meter in Stravinsky’s music • Integrates an analysis of the musical materials with issues of aesthetics and performance • Provides a counter-argument to the criticism and aesthetics of T. W. Adorno and Richard Taruskin, enabling a new understanding of Stravinsky’s musical style Sound and Legacy of a Musical Idiom

Pieter C. van den Toorn John McGinness

Twentieth-century and contemporary music | Music Since 1900

Companion to

Arvo Pärt

Arvo Pärt is one of the most influential and widely performed contemporary composers. Written by an international team of scholars and performers, this is an essential guide to Pärt’s music, which covers his biography, his philosophy of music and the spiritual aspect of his work, and analyzes his extraordinary tintinnabuli music. • Covers a wide range of subjects and approaches to Pärt and his music: biographical, analytical, contextual, cultural and historical, providing a complete and authoritative guide to the composer • Technical musical language and any theoretical concepts are clearly explained and contextualized • Includes original writing and quotations from Arvo Pärt which appear in English for the first time, enabling readers to engage directly with the composer and to form their own opinion of what he says Andrew Shenton

the italian opera company in Prague 

General editors John Butt and Laurence Dreyfus

The Cambridge

Edited by

W o odf i e l d   P e r f or m i ng  oP e r a s  f or  moz a r t

Addressing the world’s largest and most popular form of music participation, this Companion combines perspectives on choral music’s history, its global culture and professional development. Written by a team of international practitioners and scholars, the volume includes a pedagogical section where leading choral musicians provide fascinating insights into choral performance. • The first single volume on choral music to combine perspectives on the genre’s history, its growth and culture worldwide and pedagogy • Pays due attention to choral music in the non-Western world, including Africa, Asia and Latin America, representing its global diversity • Perfect for undergraduate and graduate students of choral music studies and music history, for choral directors and teachers at university, professional and amateur level, and for choral singers

Performing Operas forperforming Mozart W o odf i e l d :   P e r f o r m i n g  o p e r a s  f o r  mo z a r t    J a C K e t   C    m    Y   B l K

The Cambridge Companion to Choral Music

The Cambridge Companion to Arvo Pärt

musical performance and reception

May 2012 247 x 174 mm 300pp 32 b/w illus.  4 tables  145 music examples   978-1-107-02100-6 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Nineteenth-century music

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 260pp 5 b/w illus.  36 music examples   978-0-521-76071-3 Hardback c. £55.00 A

3

Twentieth-century and contemporary music | Cambridge Composer Studies dirst

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 300pp 1 b/w illus.  9 tables  93 music examples   978-1-107-01514-2 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Edited by Colin Lawson | Royal College of Music, London

Peking Opera

Twentieth-century and contemporary music | Cambridge Companions to Music

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 245pp 8 b/w illus.  3 tables  45 music examples   978-1-107-00989-9 Hardback c. £55.00 A 978-0-521-27910-9 Paperback c. £17.99 A

Stefan Wolpe and the Avant-Garde Diaspora Brigid Cohen | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

The German-Jewish émigré composer Stefan Wolpe was a vital figure in the history of modernism, with affiliations ranging from the Bauhaus to bebop to Black Mountain College. This first full-length study of this often overlooked composer brings together perspectives from the fields of music, visual art, literature and migration. • Argues the historical importance of Stefan Wolpe as a mediator of avant-gardes, drawing upon a wide range of previously unpublished primary sources • Brings musicology and modernism studies into dialogue with recent theories of diaspora, migration and cosmopolitanism • Addresses the musical poetics of individual compositions, but avoids overly technical musical analyses Twentieth-century and contemporary music | New Perspectives in Music History and Criticism, 23

May 2012 247 x 174 mm 310pp 10 b/w illus.  14 music examples   978-1-107-00300-2 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 24378.indd 2-3

16/12/2011 15:34


Music / Classical studies

Classical studies

New Perspectives in Music History and Criticism

Music and Dance in Belle-Époque Paris Davinia Caddy | University of Auckland

An important and provocative contribution to BalleTs Russes Beyond the burgeoning literature on the Ballets Russes, this book examines the relation between music, dance and the cultural politics of belle-époque Paris. Davinia Caddy presents fresh perspectives on the broadly acknowledged innovations of the Ballets Russes, opening up important new areas for debate. • Represents an important and provocative revision in dance historiography, encouraging readers to think afresh about well-known dance practices and productions • Situates music and dance within a variety of contexts – theatrical, cultural, intellectual, aesthetic and even scientific – specific to the period, presenting a wide-angled view of the contemporary scene and the interrelations between the arts, society and culture • Presents an antidote to the broadly acknowledged innovations of the Ballets Russes, opening up new lines of enquiry, situating the Russian company at the centre of intense debate within the French press The

and

Music and dance in Belle-Époque Paris

davinia Caddy

4

From the Ptolemies to the Romans

Greek and Roman Animal Sacrifice

Political and Economic Change in Egypt Andrew Monson | New York University

Ancient Victims, Modern Observers Edited by Christopher A. Faraone | University of Chicago

Historians, classicists, Egyptologists, and social scientists will discover in this book how the Ptolemies and the Romans transformed Egypt’s traditional agrarian institutions and social structure. The analysis weaves political and economic theory with evidence from contracts, tax records and official documents to determine what influence politics had on the economy. • Integrates history and social science to come to new conclusions about the transition between Ptolemaic and Roman rule in Egypt • Incorporates new evidence: many Egyptian sources used are inaccessible or unfamiliar to other historians • Offers a case study for the impact of Roman rule

Sacrifice was a central part of Greek and Roman religion and this volume explores many aspects of it. The book will be indispensable for scholars in all fields of ancient civilization, for teachers of Classical religion and for all those interested in contemporary interpretation of the Classics. • Proposes a new view of an important ancient religious ritual • Combines Greek and Roman material • Includes perspectives from philologists, historians and literary critics

Ancient history

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 340pp 14 b/w illus.  1 map  4 tables   978-1-107-01441-1 Hardback c. £60.00 A

Twentieth-century and contemporary music | New Perspectives in Music History and Criticism, 22

Amenhotep III

Classical studies

AMENHOTEP III EGYPT’S RADIANT PHARAOH

This book follows the life story of Amenhotep III, one of the most important rulers of ancient Egypt, from his birth and into the afterlife. Amenhotep III ruled for thirty-eight years, from ca.1391–1353 BC, during the apex of Egypt’s international and artistic power. • Comprehensive view of daily life and times of Egyptian pharaoh and royal women • Comprehensive view of art and architectural production of Egypt’s ‘Golden Age’ • Considers international relations and military activity in the eighteenth dynasty of Egypt A R IELLE P. KOZLOFF

Remembering the Roman Republic Andrew Gallia is Associate Professor of

The Roman Principate was defined by its

History at the University of Minnesota. His

Association,

and The Journal of Roman

Back cover copy to come

Gallia

articles have appeared in Classical Quarterly, Transactions of the American Philological Studies.

Remembering the Roman Republic

Culture, Politics and History under the Principate Andrew B. Gallia | University of Minnesota

Remembering the Roman Republic

Cover design by Holly Johnson

Printed in the United States of America

Ancient history

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 308pp 16 b/w illus.  2 maps   978-1-107-01260-8 Hardback £60.00 A

embrace of a central paradox – the ruling order strenuously advertised continuity with the past, even as the emperor’s monarchical power represented a fundamental breach

with the traditions of the “free” Republic it had replaced. Drawing on the evidence of

coins, public monuments, and literary texts ranging from Tacitus and Pliny the Younger to Frontinus and Silius Italicus, this study

traces a series of six crucial moments in which the memory of the Republic intruded

upon Roman public discourse in the period from the fall of Nero to the height of Trajan’s

power. During these years, remembering the Republic was anything but a remote and

antiquarian undertaking. It was instead a

In this book, eminent scholars of classical antiquity and ancient and medieval Judaism and Christianity explore the nature and place of forgiveness in the pre-modern Western world. They examine the concept in the contexts of classical Greece and Rome; the Hebrew Bible, the Talmud, and Moses Maimonides; and the New Testament, the Church Fathers, and Thomas Aquinas. • Exceptionally broad coverage – essays by leading experts examine the topic in classical Greece and Rome as well as ancient and medieval Judaism and Christianity • Adopts a uniquely historical perspective in discussing the idea of forgiveness, revealing that the concept differed according to its historical context • Provides a variety of viewpoints, incorporating writings by scholars of philosophy, theology and history

Ancient history

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 220pp 32 b/w illus.  1 table   978-1-107-01112-0 Hardback c. £55.00 A

An Environmental History of Ancient Greece and Rome Lukas Thommen | Universität Basel, Switzerland

many of the fault lines that ran through Roman Imperial culture.

culture, politics, and history under the principate

Ancient history

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 352pp 55 b/w illus.  5 maps   978-1-107-01196-0 Hardback £60.00 A 978-1-107-63854-9 Paperback £19.99 P

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 276pp 978-0-521-11948-1 Hardback £50.00

An Environmental History of Ancient Greece and Rome

This book is an interesting examination of the Luk As THom mEn foundations which determined the relationship between man and nature in Graeco-Roman antiquity. It describes the areas in which ancient people intervened in the environment and thus traces the history of tension between the use of resources and the protection of nature. • Explores ancient sources and modern research • Gives an overall view of environmental problems in Greek and Roman times • Examines the different fields in which Greeks and Romans exploited the environment Ancient history | Key Themes in Ancient History

Peasants, Citizens and Soldiers Studies in the Demographic History of Roman Italy 225 BC–AD 100 Luuk de Ligt | Universiteit Leiden

Peasants, Citizens and Soldiers Studies in the demographic history of Roman Italy 225 BC–AD 100

Luuk de Ligt

Aimed at ancient historians and archaeologists, this book argues that Republican Rome had a unique demographic system which made it possible for it to recover quickly from large-scale losses of manpower and that the establishment of the pax Romana resulted in fast population growth. • Offers an in-depth analysis of Roman Italy’s demographic history during the late Republic and early Empire • Uses insights derived from general demographic theories to rethink traditional interpretations • Takes full account of archaeological evidence for the development of towns and of rural survey archaeology

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 150pp 25 b/w illus.  2 maps   978-1-107-00216-6 Hardback c. £45.00 A 978-0-521-17465-7 Paperback c. £16.99 A

Geography in Classical Antiquity Daniela Dueck | Bar-Ilan University, Israel

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 4 b/w illus.   978-0-521-19788-5 Hardback c. £45.00 A 978-0-521-12025-8 Paperback c. £16.99 A

A

The Philosophy of Antiochus Edited by David Sedley | University of Cambridge

This state-of-the-art collection of studies will become the standard reference work on a figure whose importance to the history of philosophy is at last coming to be appreciated. It contains the first full guide to his testimonia in any modern language. • The first book in English devoted to Antiochus’ philosophy • Recognises the importance of Antiochus as one of the major thinkers of the late Hellenistic age • Includes the first full guide to Antiochus’ testimonia in any modern language Ancient philosophy

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 376pp 978-0-521-19854-7 Hardback c. £65.00 Geography in Classical Antiquity

A

Plato, Aristotle and the Purpose of Politics

DA n i e l A D u e C k A n D k A i B r o D e r s e n

This book explores the beginnings and development of geographical ideas in Classical antiquity and demonstrates technical methods for describing landscape, topographies and ethnographies. The survey relies on a variety of sources: philosophical and scientific texts but also poems and travelogues; papyrological remains and visual monuments. • Introductory text to geographical ideas and practices in Classical antiquity • The only updated survey of the theme • Incorporates updated information on recent archaeological and papyrological findings Ancient history | Key Themes in Ancient History

5

Ancient philosophy

vital cultural process, through which emper-

ors and their subjects attempted to navigate

The Roman Principate was defined by a paradox – it advertised continuity with the past even as the emperor’s monarchical power replaced Republican Andrew B. Gallia traditions of government. This study traces a series of six crucial moments, in the period from the fall of Nero to the height of Trajan’s power, in which the memory of the Republic intruded upon Roman public discourse. • The only book to examine the intersection of memory and politics during the Flavian period • Emphasizes memory in Roman culture, and offers a cultural history of Flavian and Trajanic Rome with a unique perspective and synthetic approach unmatched by other studies of the period • Provides a unique synthesis of a broad range of material, encompassing the art, literature, architecture and rhetoric, as well as the political and religious history of the Flavian period Cover image: Veduta del Tempio di Giove Tonante by Giovanni Battista Piranesi (1720–1778). Photo © Trustees of the British Museum.

Classical, Judaic, and Christian Edited by Charles L. Griswold | Boston University

Ancient Victims, Modern Observers edited by christopher a. faraone and f. s. naiden

Translated by Philip Hill

Egypt’s Radiant Pharaoh Arielle P. Kozloff

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 280pp 24 b/w illus.  15 music examples   978-1-107-01440-4 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Ancient Forgiveness

Greek and Roman Animal Sacrifice

k ey t h em e s i n a nci en t h i s tory

The Ballets Russes and Beyond

Kevin M. Cherry | University of Richmond

In this book, Kevin M. Cherry compares the views of Aristotle and Plato about the practice, study and, above all, the purpose of politics. In the first book to place Aristotle’s Politics in sustained dialogue with Plato’s Statesman, Cherry argues that their different political philosophies reflect different understandings of how human beings relate to the natural world around them. • The first book to approach Aristotle’s Politics through Plato’s Statesman, providing a detailed analysis of both works • Highlights the contrasting opinions of Plato and Socrates in areas relevant to political theory, such as the rule of law, popular participation and the purpose of politics • Reveals how our appreciation of the role of the Statesman improves our understanding of Aristotle and, in particular, his criticism of Plato’s Socrates, considering recent attempts to revive Aristotelian political theory Ancient philosophy

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 254pp 978-1-107-02167-9 Hardback c. £60.00

A

Ancient history

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 400pp 2 maps  11 tables   978-1-107-01318-6 Hardback c. £60.00 A

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 24378.indd 4-5

16/12/2011 15:34


Classical studies

An Introduction Radek Chlup | Charles University, Prague

6

Radek Chlup

proclus an introduction

The first comprehensive introduction to the philosophical and religious thought of Proclus the Neoplatonist, one of the most complex and influential thinkers of antiquity. In addition to covering all the basic areas of his thought, the book sets Proclus in the historical, social and religious context of late antiquity. • Presents the first comprehensive introduction to Proclus’ thought written in any language • A synthetic and beginner-friendly introductory account that will appeal to historians and students of ancient religion • Covers all important areas of Proclus’ philosophical and religious thought Ancient philosophy

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 300pp 15 b/w illus.   978-0-521-76148-2 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Greek Tragic Style

Plato and the Traditions of Ancient Literature

Form, Language, and Interpretation R. B. Rutherford | University of Oxford

Greek tragedy is widely read and performed, but outside the commentary tradition detailed study Greek of the poetic style and language of Aeschylus, Tragic Style Sophocles and Euripides has been relatively neglected. This book seeks to fill that gap by providing an account of the poetics of the tragic genre. • Gives an account of the poetic language of Greek tragedy, giving the reader a broad and deep understanding of a major aspect of the tragic genre • All passages quoted in Greek are translated, making much of the discussion accessible to those reading the tragedies in translation (such as students of English, modern languages and comparative literature) • Citation of many passages from other genres (such as Homer) provides orientation, enabling the reader to place tragedy in the literary and stylistic history of Greek literature Form, Language, and Interpretation R. B. Rutherford

Classical literature

The History of Mathematical Proof in Ancient Traditions Edited by Karine Chemla | Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS), Paris

This radical volume explores the purposes and nature of proof in a range of historical settings, overturning the view that the first mathematical proofs were in Greek geometry and rested on the logical insights of Aristotle. It opens the way to providing the first comprehensive, textually based history of proof. • A groundbreaking global outlook of the history of mathematical proof in the ancient traditions • Offers a reflection on the shaping of the Eurocentric history of proof in the nineteenth century • Will appeal to historians and philosophers of science as well as mathematicians Ancient philosophy

May 2012 247 x 174 mm 570pp 93 b/w illus.  29 tables   978-1-107-01221-9 Hardback c. £100.00 A

Exotic Elements and the Imaging of Middle Byzantine Imperial Power Alicia Walker | Bryn Mawr College, Pennsylvania

In this book, Alicia Walker shows how the visual articulation of middle Byzantine imperial power not only maintained an artistic vocabulary inherited from Greco-Roman and Judeo-Christian traditions, but also innovated on these precedents by strategically incorporating styles and forms from contemporary foreign cultures, specifically the Sasanian, Chinese and Islamic worlds. • Deals with cross-cultural artistic interaction in the medieval world – a topic of great interest at present • Takes a multidisciplinary approach to analyzing art, drawing from historical and literary evidence and theory to show the interrelatedness of art and broader cultural-historical phenomena • Deals with the theme of imperial imagery – a perennial concern of Byzantine studies and one shared with specialists in Roman studies and other antique medieval subfields • Will appeal to many scholars beyond the field of Byzantine art history – the extensive discussion of Islamic art for example will be of particular interest to scholars in that subfield Classical art, architecture

Reading the Letters of Pliny the Younger An Introduction Roy Gibson | University of Manchester

For advanced undergraduates, postgraduates and scholars interested in the study of ancient letters and imperial Latin literature. The book situates Pliny’s letters within the letter-writing tradition, offers new readings of favourite letters, and emphasises the importance of understanding letters within the context of original books or informal ‘cycles’. • Introduces the basic mechanics and contexts of the Letters and focuses on literary qualities and design of whole books • Studies notable features, themes and individual letters within the collection • Includes detailed appendices on Pliny’s life and times, the addressees and subject of every letter in Books 1-9, detailed bibliographical help on over thirty popular topics in Pliny’s letters, and information on the identity of the main characters mentioned in or addressed by the Letters Classical literature

Reading the Victory Ode E di t E d by

pet er ag ócs, chr is c a r e y a nd r ich a r d r aw l es

Classical literature

7 A

Timothy J. Moore | University of Texas, Austin

The Social Construction of Space and Time in the Tragedies of Aeschylus Richard Seaford | University of Exeter

The Greek polis was the first society to be monetised and the first to produce drama. This pioneering book seeks to uncover the relationship between these two momentous inventions by examining the clash between the old world of ritual and the new world of money in the tragedies of Aeschylus. • Adopts a socio-economic perspective to propose a new way of understanding the ‘Greek miracle’ • Transcends the usual boundaries between the study of religion, cosmology, history, economics and drama • Close readings of the ancient texts are put into a broader perspective Classical literature

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 296pp 1 map   978-1-107-00927-1 Hardback £65.00

Sar ah Nooter

Music in Roman Comedy Explains the nature of Roman comedy’s music and provides musical analyses of songs, scenes and whole plays. This book will be of interest to students of ancient theatre and Latin literature, scholars and students working on the history of music and theatre and performers working with ancient plays. • Argues for a new understanding of Roman comedy as musical theatre, including a new interpretation of meter within the plays • Discusses a broad range of literary, visual and comparative evidence • Draws analogies between ancient and modern musical and theatrical practices Classical literature

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 350pp 9 b/w illus.  65 tables   978-1-107-00648-5 Hardback c. £60.00 A

Simile and Identity in Ovid’s Metamorphoses

A

Simile and Identity in Ovid’s Metamorphoses

Marie Louise von Glinski | New York University

Drama in Greek Sicily and South Italy Edited by Kathryn Bosher | Northwestern University, Illinois

The victory ode originated as a celebration for victors in the Olympics, but its impact has been extensive and wide reaching. This collection of essays by internationally distinguished scholars, the first of its kind, explores this fascinating poetic form from a range of perspectives, including literary, political and historical. • The first collection of papers ever devoted to this genre • All the contributors are leading experts in their field and at the cutting edge of the relevant research • Gives a three-dimensional sense of the victory ode, in its literaryhistorical, social and political environments Classical literature

A

Sophocles and the Shifting Soundscape of Tragedy

Uses close readings of the Greek texts to examine the lyrical voice of Sophocles’ heroes and to argue that their identities are grounded in poetic power. This study offers new insight into the ways that Sophoclean tragedy inherits and refracts the traditions of other poetic genres. • Proposes a new view of language in Sophocles • Includes discussions of poetry and culture in general in fifth-century Athens • Written in simple prose and all Greek text is supplemented with English translations June 2012 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-107-00161-9 Hardback c. £55.00

Classical literature

Theater Outside Athens

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 350pp 1 map  41 tables   978-0-521-84292-1 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Edited by Peter Agócs | Christ’s College, Cambridge

This book explores both how Plato challenged existing literary forms, principally Homeric epic, and how later literature then created ‘classics’ out of some of Plato’s richest works. It will appeal to all those with a serious interest in ancient literature; all Greek and Latin is translated. • Examines both Plato’s relationship to earlier literature and his importance for the literature which followed • Emphasis on how Plato’s writings were used creatively in various literary forms rather than on Platonic philosophy • Written by one of the most distinguished and prolific scholars of Greek literature working today

Cosmology and the Polis

A

Reading the Victory Ode

The Silent Stream Richard Hunter | University of Cambridge

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-01292-9 Hardback £60.00

When Heroes Sing

Sophocles and the Shifting Soundscape of Tragedy Sarah Nooter | University of Chicago

The first collection of essays on the development of Greek theater in ancient Sicily and South Italy, written by specialists in a range of fields, including literature, archeology and history. These different perspectives give a more complex picture of the development of western Greek theater than has hitherto been available. • A wide range of disciplinary perspectives provides readers with a wellrounded view of the history • Includes several chapters by experts whose work on this topic has hitherto only appeared in German, Spanish or Italian • Contains the first publication of the newly discovered theater at Hippana (Montagna dei Cavalli)

M A r I e L Ou I S e V ON G L I NS k I is Assistant

Nulli sua forma manebat. The world of Ovid’s

Professor and Faculty Fellow in the Classics

Metamorphoses is marked by constant flux in which

von glinski Simile and Identity in Ovid’s Metamorphoses

The Emperor and the World

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-0-521-84890-9 Hardback c. £50.00

When Heroes Sing

VON GLINSkI: Simile and Identity in Ovid’s Metamorphoses JACkeT C M Y BLk

Proclus

Classical studies

marie louise von glinski

Simile and Identity in Ovid’s Metamorphoses

Similes are a particular feature of epic, and those of Homer and Virgil’s Aeneid have received considerable attention. This is the first book to examine the more numerous similes in Ovid’s Metamorphoses and the ways in which they touch on the most profound issues of the poem. • First monograph on Ovid’s epic simile • Provides a new reading of the Metamorphoses, one of Ovid’s most famous works • Presents original close readings of central episodes from a distinctive vantage point Department of New York university.

nothing keeps its original form. This book argues that

Ovid uses the epic simile to capture states of unresolved identity – in the transition between human, animal, and divine identity, as well as in the poem’s textual

ambivalence between genres and the negotiation of

Jacket image: Dorothee von Glinski, untitled, 2010.

fiction and reality. In conjuring up a likeness, the mental

© Dokunst Bonn, Germany, 2010.

image of the simile enters a dialectic of appearances in a visually complex and treacherous universe. Original

and subtle close readings of episodes in the poem, from Narcissus to Adonis, from Diana’s blush to the freeform

dreams in the House of Sleep, trace the simile’s potential for exploiting indeterminacy and immateriality. In its

protean permutations, the simile touches on the most profound issues of the poem – the nature of humanity and divinity and the essence of poetic creation.

C ON T e N T S Introduction 1 Metamorphosis and simile 2 The gods and the simile 3 The simile and genre 4 Simile and fictionality Conclusion: The protean nature of the simile

Jacket designed by Hart McLeod Ltd

printed in the united k ingdom

Classical literature

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 224pp 978-0-521-76096-6 Hardback c. £55.00

A

Classical literature

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 456pp 50 b/w illus.  4 maps   978-0-521-76178-9 Hardback c. £60.00 A

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 400pp 15 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00787-1 Hardback c. £60.00 A

March 2012 253 x 215 mm 400pp 71 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00477-1 Hardback £60.00 A

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 24378.indd 6-7

16/12/2011 15:34


Classical studies / English literature

8

English literature

Platonic Drama and its Ancient Reception

The Art of Biography in Antiquity

Shakespeare in the Eighteenth Century

Nikos G. Charalabopoulos | University of Patras, Greece

Tomas Hägg | Universitetet i Bergen, Norway

Edited by Fiona Ritchie | McGill University, Montréal

Study of the reception of Plato’s dialogues as performance texts both by his original audience and by his readers down to late antiquity. A combination of well-known and newly discovered pieces of literary and archaeological evidence tell the forgotten story of ‘Plato the playwright’. • Places both the dramatic and the philosophical readings of Plato in their original context • Shows how ancient readers treated Plato not only as a philosopher but also as a prose playwright • Presents for the first time a wide range of textual and archaeological evidence for the theatrical aspect of Plato

Explores the whole range and diversity of ancient biography, from its Socratic beginnings to the Christian acquisition of the form in late antiquity. It reveals the surprising variety and intrinsic value of Greek and Roman biographical writing, which explores the virtues and vices of philosophers, statesmen and poets. • Provides the first comprehensive overview of the principal biographical texts of classical antiquity • Emphasises interpretation of the surviving Greek and Roman texts rather than speculation about the nature of the lost ones • Beautifully written and accessible not just to classicists but to all who take a serious general interest in biography

During the eighteenth century, editions and adaptations of Shakespeare proliferated, making him the most popular English dramatist. He exerted Fiona Ritchie a profound influence on a variety of authors and Peter Sabor on several other literary genres. Shakespeare in the Eighteenth Century explores the impact Shakespeare had on various aspects of society and culture. • Examines Shakespeare’s rising popularity in the eighteenth century • Includes an extensive annotated bibliography of eighteenth-century adaptations and editions as well as secondary works • The essays make many interdisciplinary connections between theatre, visual arts, literature and culture

Classical studies (general)

English literature – 1700 – 1830

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 512pp 978-1-107-01669-9 Hardback c. £70.00

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 480pp 17 b/w illus.   978-0-521-89860-7 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Classical literature | Cambridge Classical Studies

February 2012 216 x 138 mm 256pp 4 b/w illus.   978-0-521-87174-7 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Homer: Iliad Book 22

Peoples of the Roman World

Edition suitable for students and scholars of this climactic book in the epic poem featuring the fatal encounter between Hector and Achilles. The introduction summarises central debates in Homeric scholarship while the commentary offers up-to-date linguistic guidance, and elucidates narrative techniques, typical elements and central themes. • New edition of a crucially important book of the Iliad • Provides students with the necessary guidance in understanding the Greek and in navigating the immense body of secondary literature • The Commentary also contains insights which are of interest to more advanced readers

In this highly-illustrated book, Mary T. Boatwright examines five of the peoples incorporated into the Roman world from the Republican through the Imperial periods: northerners, Greeks, Egyptians, Jews and Christians. It explores the tension between assimilation and distinctiveness over time, as well as the changes effected in Rome by its multicultural nature. • Multiple maps and unusual illustrations • Accessible to non-specialists and non-students because of its glossary, timeline and careful explanation of places and terms • An overview of five distinct peoples in the Roman world that also focuses on what it meant to be ‘Roman’

Classical literature | Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

Classical studies (general) | Cambridge Introduction to Roman Civilization

December 2011 216 x 138 mm 250pp 978-0-521-88332-0 Hardback c. £45.00 978-0-521-70977-4 Paperback c. £17.99

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 258pp 61 b/w illus.  6 colour illus.  11 maps   978-0-521-84062-0 Hardback £55.00 A 978-0-521-54994-3 Paperback £17.99 P

08:59

to Roman Civilization

A A

MaRy T. BoaTWRIGhT is Professor of ancient history in the Department of Classical Studies at Duke University. She is the author of several books, including Hadrian and the City of Rome; Hadrian and the Cities of the Roman Empire; The Romans: From Village to Empire, A History of Ancient Rome from Earliest Times to Constantine (with Daniel J. Gargola and Richard J. a. Talbert); and A Brief History of the Romans (with Daniel J. Gargola and Richard J. a. Talbert).

-

Mary T. Boatwright

9780521840620ppc.indd 1

c a m b r i d g e g r e e k a n d l at i n c l a s s i c s

HORACE

Horace's first book of Satires is his debut work, a document of one man's self-fashioning on the cusp between Republic and Empire and a pivotal text in the history of Roman satire. It wrestles with the problem of how to define and assimilate satire and justifies the poet's own position in a suspicious society.The commentary gives full weight to the dense texture of these poems while helping readers interpret their most cryptic aspects and appreciate their technical finesse. The introduction puts Horace in context as late-Republican newcomer and a vital figure in the development of satire and discusses the structure and meaning of Satires I, literary and philosophical influences, style, metre, transmission and Horace's rich afterlife. Each poem is followed by an essay offering overall interpretation. This work is designed for upper-level students and scholars of classics but contains much of interest to specialists in later European literature.

Horace Edited by Roland Mayer | King’s College London

HORACE

odes I

odes The first book of odes is designed both to establish Horace’s engagement with his Greek predecessors and to create a role for lyric poetry in contemporary Rome. This edition encourages students and scholars to appreciate Horace’s achievement as a lyric poet. • Important new edition • The introduction to the book will place Horace’s lyric writing into the context of his time and place • The Latin is regularly glossed, with cross reference to standard dictionaries. This will give more information about the workings of the language book i

E D I T E D BY r ol a n d m ay e r

GOWER: HORACE SATIRES BOOK 1 C M Y BLK

Classical literature | Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

A A

English literature The Gordon Riots Politics, Culture and Insurrection in Late Eighteenth-Century Britain Edited by Ian Haywood | Roehampton University, London

The Gordon riots of June 1780 were the most devastating outbreak of urban violence in British history. This book brings together leading scholars from historical and literary studies to provide new perspectives on these momentous events. The essays offer new interpretations of contemporary literary and artistic sources. • A study of the most violent anti-Catholic protests of the eighteenth century • Contains essays by historians and literary scholars, analysing both the events themselves and their impact on British culture • Includes a reassessment of the protests’ leader, George Gordon English literature – 1700 – 1830

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 240pp 17 b/w illus.   978-0-521-19542-3 Hardback c. £55.00 A

8/3/11 8:21:17 PM

and the

1750-1800 Paul Keen

Paul Keen | Carleton University, Ottawa

This book explores the ways that authors responded to a sense of unprecedented cultural and technological change. Together, their interventions helped to shape the values and tensions that informed Britain’s sense of its own extraordinary modernity. Their insights have never been more pertinent. • Offers a new account of the impact of commercial modernity on late eighteenth-century literature • Introduces a range of previously unexplored or infrequently explored periodical writing • Situates present day debates about the impact of the digital revolution within a much longer historical perspective

9

April London

Romanticism and Childhood The Infantilization of British Literary Culture Ann Wierda Rowland | University of Kansas

This introductory book explains the development of the genre in its formative period in Britain. The The Eighteenthreader will gain a thorough understanding of both Century Novel prominent and lesser-known novels and novelists, key social and literary contexts, formal qualities and the novel’s growth from a marginal to a culturally central genre. • An account of the early history of the novel from the Restoration to Romanticism • Provides a range of contexts for understanding the literature of the period • Includes detailed analysis of key novels by Fielding, Richardson and Burney

This book offers a persuasive account of how new ideas of infancy and childhood shaped literary culture in the Romantic period and gave Romantic writers new ways of understanding history and different literary forms. • Offers new answers to the questions about why new ideas of childhood became so important for writers of the Romantic period • Draws new comparisons between Romantic ideas of childhood, Nationalism and popular literature • Explores the rhetoric of childhood in the work of a range of writers including notably William Wordsworth to Walter Scott

English literature – 1700 – 1830 | Cambridge Introductions to Literature

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-0-521-76814-6 Hardback c. £55.00

The Cambridge Introduction to

Cover design by Holly Johnson

Li t e r a t u r e , Co m m e r c e , Sp e c t a c l e o f Mo d e r n i t y ,

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 260pp 8 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01667-5 Hardback c. £55.00 A

April London | University of Ottawa

Cover illustration: Pompeii, Fullonica VI, 8, 20, pier from peristyle. East side, upper register, clothworkers, including man with bleaching cage. Naples, National archaeological Museum, inv. 9774. Photo: Michael Larvey

Page 1

Horace: Odes Book I

April 2012 216 x 138 mm 320pp 978-0-521-85473-3 Hardback c. £45.00 978-0-521-67101-9 Paperback c. £18.99

In this highly-illustrated book, Mary T. Boatwright examines five of the peoples incorporated into the Roman world from the Republican through the Imperial periods: northerners, Greeks, Egyptians, Jews, and Christians. She explores over time the tension between assimilation and distinctiveness in the Roman world, as well as the changes effected in Rome by its multicultural nature. Underlining the fundamental importance of diversity in Rome’s self-identity, the book explores Roman tolerance of difference and community as the Romans expanded and consolidated their power and incorporated other peoples into their empire. The Peoples of the Roman World provides an accessible account of Rome’s social, cultural, religious, and political history, exploring the rich literary, documentary, and visual evidence for these peoples and Rome’s reactions to them.

Peo p l e s o f t h e Rom a n W o r l d

Literature, Commerce, and the Spectacle of Modernity, 1750–1800

English literature – 1700 – 1830 | Cambridge Studies in Romanticism

The Cambridge Introduction to the EighteenthCentury Novel

cambridge Introduction to Roman Civilization

Pe o pl e s o f t h e R o ma n W o r l d

28/7/11

Cambridge Introduction

Boa TWRIgh T

9780521458511cvr.qxd

Mary T. Boatwright | Duke University, North Carolina

in the Eighteenth Century

Edi t Ed by

A

Homer Edited by Irene J. F. de Jong | Universiteit van Amsterdam

Shakespeare

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 250pp 1 b/w illus.   978-0-521-89535-4 Hardback c. £45.00 A 978-0-521-71967-4 Paperback c. £14.99 A

The Cambridge Introduction to Byron Richard Lansdown | James Cook University, North Queensland

No Romantic poet has a higher profile than Lord Byron, whose life and writings remain compelling to new audiences. This accessible study – designed for students and the general reader – covers his life, his intellectual and historical context and all areas of his prodigious creativity, in both prose and verse. • A clear, jargon-free and comprehensible survey of a canonical British author • Explains key historical events and cultural contexts for his work • Offers close readings of his key works including Don Juan English literature – 1700 – 1830 | Cambridge Introductions to Literature

English literature – 1700 – 1830 | Cambridge Studies in Romanticism

A

Gulliver’s Travels Jonathan Swift Edited by David Womersley | University of Oxford

Gulliver’s Travels is one of the most important books in English literature. This new edition will be indispensable for students, researchers and academics. Its introduction, commentary and ancillary materials place discussion of this book – a major text in world literature – on a new footing. • The most reliable text available, based on the widest possible historical collation • Lengthy introduction and textual introduction; fuller annotation than any other edition • Generous appendices presenting important ancillary material with new clarity English literature – 1700 – 1830 | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Jonathan Swift, 16

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 900pp 13 b/w illus.   978-0-521-84164-1 Hardback c. £85.00 A

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 170pp 1 b/w illus.  1 map  3 tables   978-0-521-11133-1 Hardback c. £45.00 A 978-0-521-12873-5 Paperback c. £11.99 P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 24378.indd 8-9

16/12/2011 15:34


English literature

English literature

Pamela in Her Exalted Condition

Joseph Conrad: Contemporary Reviews Edited by Allan H. Simmons | St Mary’s University College, London

Samuel Richardson Edited by Albert J. Rivero | Marquette University, Wisconsin

This is the first scholarly edition of the sequel to Pamela. This volume features a critically edited text of the novel, general and textual introductions, full annotations and textual apparatus. The edition also features Richardson’s index and fifteen original illustrations. • The first scholarly edition of the sequel to Pamela • Includes a detailed introduction, explanatory notes and textual apparatus • Contains the illustrations from the original octavo edition

10

English literature – 1700 – 1830 | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Samuel Richardson

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 700pp 17 b/w illus.   978-0-521-84894-7 Hardback c. £75.00 A

An indispensable resource both to Conrad specialists and to students of literary Modernism, this four-volume set charts the contemporary reception of the writer’s works in the English-speaking world. The reviews cover all of Conrad’s writings from Almayer’s Folly (1895) to the posthumously published Last Essays (1926). • The first collection of reviews of Conrad’s work published in his lifetime and immediately after • Four-volume set, arranged chronologically by publication date of the work reviewed • Includes reviews by Virginia Woolf, E. M. Forster, Sinclair Lewis, H. L. Mencken, Ford Madox Ford, John Masefield and H. G. Wells English literature – 1830 – 1900 | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Joseph Conrad

April 2012 216 x 138 mm 2200pp 4 b/w illus.   978-1-107-02205-8 4 Volume Set c. £325.00 A

The Cambridge History of Victorian Literature

Robert L. Patten tells the story of how Dickens created an authorial persona that highlighted certain attributes and concealed others about Charles DiCkens his life, talent and publications. This complicated anD ‘Boz’ narrative of struggle, determination, dead ends and new beginnings is as gripping as one of Dickens’ own novels. • Tracks Dickens’ efforts to establish himself as a famous author • Describes the conditions for producing and publishing journalism, serials, magazines and fiction in the early Victorian era • Offers a new take on early Dickens, timed to be published in the year of the 200th anniversary of his birth

This collaborative History aims to become the standard work on Victorian literature for the twenty-first century. Well-known scholars introduce readers to their particular fields, discuss influential critical debates and offer illuminating contextual detail to situate authors and works in their wider cultural and historical contexts. • A succinct, knowledgeable treatment of many individual aspects of Victorian literature • The chapters are freshly written by a range of well-known senior scholars • The contributors set individual works both within the context of literary history and within a broader understanding of the cultural, social and political currents of the Victorian period

English literature – 1830 – 1900

English literature – 1830 – 1900 | The New Cambridge History of English Literature

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 450pp 8 b/w illus.   978-1-107-02351-2 Hardback c. £50.00 A

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 900pp 978-0-521-84625-7 Hardback £105.00

The Birth of the Industrial-Age Author

Robert L. Patten

A

Popular Fiction and Brain Science in the Late Nineteenth Century

Geopolitics and the Anglophone Novel, 1890–2011

Anne Stiles | Washington State University

Literary fiction is a powerful cultural tool for criticizing governments and for imagining how Geopolitics and the better governance would work. Combining political Anglophone Novel, 1890–2011 theory with strong readings of a vast range of novels, John Marx explores how novelists have imagined the ideal state, from Conrad and Forster to Ondaatje and Ghosh. • Each chapter is a case study of the political dimensions of modern fiction • A wide-ranging introduction to social scientific theory of governmentality in its relationship to literary criticism • Analyses works by authors from all continents

Explores how Gothic romances engaged with late Victorian cognitive science. The book explains why popular novels like Dracula and Dr Jekyll and Mr Hyde expressed fears and visionary possibilities suggested by contemporary neurological research. This topic will interest literary scholars, historians of science and fans of Gothic literature more generally. • First book-length treatment of the impact of late Victorian neurology on the Gothic romances of the period • Contains an accessible treatment of popular Gothic novels such as Dracula, Jekyll and Hyde and The War of the Worlds • Examines cultural exchanges between neurology and literature during the late Victorian period English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 78

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 256pp 6 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01001-7 Hardback c. £55.00 A

One of the most influential literary figures of the twentieth century, George Orwell remains a crucial voice for our times. Examining Orwell’s life, work George Orwell and legacy, and including detailed discussions of his masterpieces Nineteen Eighty-Four and Animal Farm, this Introduction is perfect for readers approaching Orwell for the first time. • Includes detailed analysis of Nineteen Eighty-Four and Animal Farm, providing a greater understanding of two of the most influential books of the twentieth century • Clearly organised into sections covering Orwell’s life and context, works and critical reception and includes a chronology of Orwell’s key dates and suggestions for further reading • Examines Orwell’s continuing legacy and his importance in today’s cultural imagination The Cambridge Introduction to

joh n m a r x

English literature – 1900 – 1945

A

A P

the cambridge edition of the works of

joseph conrad

Within

the Tides Within the Tides (1915) was the last volume of laurence davies, short stories published during Conrad’s lifetime. alexandre fachard and andrew purssell The stories are published for the first time in a critical edition based upon a thorough analysis of the original documents, and the critical texts have been emended so as to include Conrad’s later revisions. • The first fully annotated critical edition of the last volume of short stories Conrad published in his lifetime • Provides a full history of composition and publication of the stories • Includes contextual notes, glossary, illustrations and textual apparatus • An MLA Approved Edition, MLA Committee on Scholarly Editions edited by

English literature – 1900 – 1945 | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Joseph Conrad

From England to Bohemia

cambridge studies in medieval literature General editor

Heresy and Communication in the Later Middle Ages Michael Van Dussen | McGill University, Montréal alastair minnis

M IC H A E L VA N DUS S E N is Assistant Professor in the Department of English, McGill University.

Yale University

Recent titles in the series david matthews

Jacket illustration: sketch of St. Christopher carrying

the Christ Child across the torrent, from Prague Castle Archive, Metropolitan Chapter Library (Knihovna

Lord Jim Joseph Conrad Edited by J. H. Stape | St Mary’s University College, London

This edition, established through modern textual scholarship, presents an authoritative text of Conrad’s novel. The Introduction traces its sources and contemporary reception. The explanatory notes identify literary and historical references and reallife places and indicate Conrad’s main influences. Glossaries, maps and illustrations are provided for further context. • The first full critical edition of this major twentieth-century novel • Contains a rich selection of contextual materials including explanatory notes, maps, illustrations and glossaries • Provides a full and authoritative history of composition and publication, including detailed textual apparatus and notes • An MLA Approved Edition, MLA Committee on Scholarly Editions

December 2011 216 x 138 mm 500pp 7 b/w illus.  3 maps   978-0-521-82435-4 Hardback c. £60.00 A

Tales of Unrest Joseph Conrad Edited by Allan H. Simmons | St Mary’s College, Twickenham, London

Conrad’s first short story collection evidences a writer firmly in control of his new craft staking a claim to diverse cultural and fictional territories. This edition, established through modern textual scholarship, presents the first fully scholarly critical edition of the book. • The first fully researched and annotated critical edition of this collection of stories first published in 1898 • Includes explanatory notes, full textual apparatus, a glossary, maps and illustrations • Explains the context and publication history of the book • An MLA Approved Edition, MLA Committee on Scholarly Editions

11

March 2012 216 x 138 mm 400pp 9 b/w illus.  1 map  3 tables   978-1-107-01758-0 Hardback c. £70.00 A

Writing to the King: Nation, Kingship, and Literature in England, 1250–1350

English literature – 1900 – 1945 | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Joseph Conrad

John Marx | University of California, Davis

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-02031-3 Hardback c. £55.00

John Rodden | University of Texas, Austin

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 180pp 978-0-521-76923-5 Hardback c. £45.00 978-0-521-13255-8 Paperback c. £11.99

Within the Tides Joseph Conrad Edited by Laurence Davies | University of Glasgow

English literature – 1900 – 1945 | Cambridge Introductions to Literature

Edited by Kate Flint | Rutgers University, New Jersey

The Birth of the Industrial-Age Author Robert L. Patten | Rice University, Houston

John Rodden and John Rossi

Metropolitní Kapituly) MS H. 15, fol. 96r. Reproduced by permission of the Metropolitan Chapter Library.

mary carruthers (ed.)

Rhetoric beyond Words: Delight and Persuasion in the Arts of the Middle Ages katharine breen

Imagining an English Reading Public, 1150-1400 antony j. hasler

Court Poetry in Late Medieval England and Scotland: Allegories of Authority shannon gayk

Image, Text, and Religious Reform in Fifteenth-Century England

van dussen From ENGLAND to BOHEMIA

Charles Dickens and ‘Boz’

The Cambridge Introduction to George Orwell

michael van dussen

From ENGLAND to BOHEMIA Heresy and Communication in the Later Middle Ages

The first full-length examination of the influential cultural and religious exchanges which took place between England and Bohemia following Richard II’s marriage to Anne of Bohemia in 1382. This initially enabled new ideas of religion to flourish in both countries but eventually led the English authorities to suppress heresy. • Proposes a drastically new approach to Anglo-Bohemian relations in the Middle Ages • Casts new light on crucial religious tensions of the fourteenth century • Readers will have access to texts that have never appeared before in print lisa h. cooper

Artisans and Narrative Craft in Late-Medieval England alison cornish

Vernacular Translation in Dante’s Italy: Illiterate Literature jane gilbert

Living Death in Medieval French and English Literature jessica rosenfeld

Ethics and Enjoyment in Late Medieval Poetry: Love after Aristotle

This is the first book-length study of the influential cultural and religious exchanges which took place between England and Bohemia following Richard II’s marriage to Anne of Bohemia in 1382. The ensuing growth in communication between the two kingdoms initially enabled new ideas of religion to flourish in both countries but eventually led the English authorities to suppress heresy. This exciting project has been made possible by the discovery of new manuscripts after the opening up of Czech archives over the past twenty years. It is the only study to analyze the Lollard–Hussite exchange with an eye to the new opportunities for international travel and correspondence to which the Great Schism gave rise, and examines how the use of propaganda and The Council of Constance brought an end to this communication by securing the condemnation of heretics such as John Wyclif.

Jacket designed by Hart McLeod Ltd

printed in the united k ingdom

English literature – Anglo-Saxon and Medieval | Cambridge Studies in Medieval Literature

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 220pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01679-8 Hardback c. £55.00 A

The New Milton Criticism Edited by Peter C. Herman | San Diego State University

The contributors to this volume emphasize ambivalence and discontinuity in Milton’s work and interrogate the assumptions and certainties in previous Milton scholarship. Sure to become a focus of debate and controversy in the field, this volume is a truly original contribution to early modern studies. • Original essays by distinguished Miltonists and newer voices • Invites rethinking of approaches to Milton studies • Offers original ways of reading his most important works English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-01922-5 Hardback c. £55.00 978-1-107-60395-0 Paperback c. £17.99

A A

English literature – 1900 – 1945 | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Joseph Conrad

January 2012 216 x 138 mm 400pp 8 b/w illus.  2 maps   978-1-107-00550-1 Hardback c. £70.00 A

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 24378.indd 10-11

16/12/2011 15:34


English literature

English literature

Versions of Antihumanism

Stanley Fish

Milton and Others Stanley Fish | Florida International University, Florida

12

Stanley Fish’s finest published work is brought together here with brand new material on Milton and on other authors and topics in early modern Versions of Anti-Humanism literature. Lucid, provocative, direct and inimitable, milton and others this book is required reading for anyone teaching or studying Milton and early modern literary studies. • A major contribution to early modern literature by one of America’s best known critics • Collects his most important essays together with new, previously unseen work • Essential reading for scholars and graduate students of Renaissance literature English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 340pp 978-1-107-00305-7 Hardback c. £50.00 978-0-521-17624-8 Paperback c. £17.99

A A

The Cambridge Shakespeare Guide

Intimacy and Sexuality in the Age of Shakespeare

The Cambridge Companion to Fantasy Literature

Shakespeare in the Nineteenth Century

James M. Bromley | Miami University

Edited by Edward James | University College Dublin

Edited by Gail Marshall | University of Leicester

An important contribution to queer theory and the history of sexuality, this book investigates how Renaissance texts circulate knowledge about non-standard sexual practices and intimate life narratives. Through close readings of both canonical and non-canonical texts, Bromley re-evaluates our notions of the centrality of deep, abiding affection in Renaissance culture. • Breaks down traditional boundaries between Shakespeare and his contemporaries, between canonical and non-canonical texts, and between dramatic and non-dramatic literature • Brings queer theory into dialogue with a historicized account of affection, embodiment and temporality in the Renaissance in order to produce from Renaissance literature an archive of queer affections and narratives • The application of theoretical work on sexual practices and temporality will appeal to those interested in queer, gender and feminist theories

Since Tolkien, Pratchett, Rowling, Pullman and Meyer, fantasy literature has become one of the most popular genres in the English-speaking world. This book puts this publishing phenomenon in a historical context, suggests different ways of reading and appreciating this literature, and examines some of its varieties and subgenres. • The first introduction to the whole field of modern fantasy literature in the English-speaking world • Uses a wide-ranging definition of fantasy, which takes account of a large number of texts, offering readers a chance to learn about new works and authors • Includes chapters written by current authors of fantasy as well as by critics and historians

In the nineteenth century, Shakespeare achieved the status of international pre-eminence that we recognise today. This collection of essays show his reach in culture, literature and society and includes a unique reference guide listing performances, reviews and editions. • Analysis of Shakespeare’s popularity across the Romantic and Victorian periods • More comprehensive than any other book published on Shakespeare’s nineteenth-century ‘afterlife’, with an unprecedented reference section • An essential introduction to the field and will be of value to established scholars

English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 232pp 2 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01518-0 Hardback £55.00 A

Emma Smith | University of Oxford

Perfect for students and theatregoers, this lively and authoritative guide contains key information on Shakespeare. Covering all of Shakespeare’s dramatic and poetic works in compact, alphabetical form, the book provides plot and character summaries, essential background context, information on major themes and descriptions of performance history. • Provides essential factual and interpretative information about Shakespeare’s works and background in an approachable and authoritative way • Introduces the rich range of questions Shakespeare’s works have prompted for both scholars and performers, involving the reader in the active interpretation of the texts • Includes illustrative production photographs of all the plays and features a clear and attractive design layout which allows easy reference English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

March 2012 198 x 129 mm 200pp 35 b/w illus.   978-0-521-19523-2 Hardback c. £30.00 A 978-0-521-14972-3 Paperback c. £9.99 G

The Cambridge Introduction to Christopher Marlowe Tom Rutter | Sheffield Hallam University

The major Elizabethan dramatist and poet Christopher Marlowe is widely studied but his work is often seen as challenging. This Introduction provides approachable and explanatory discussions of all of Marlowe’s plays and considers Marlowe’s turbulent life, his poems and translations, performances of his plays and his influence on other writers. • Relates Marlowe to his dramatic predecessors and to other contemporaries as well as Shakespeare, emphasising Marlowe’s importance as an innovator rather than allowing him to remain in Shakespeare’s shadow • Covers Marlowe’s afterlives from the early modern period onward in print, on stage and in other media • Includes discussion of Marlowe’s often-neglected poetry and translations of Ovid and Lucan, providing a complete and rounded sense of his career English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700 | Cambridge Introductions to Literature

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 180pp 7 b/w illus.   978-0-521-19634-5 Hardback c. £45.00 A 978-0-521-12430-0 Paperback c. £12.99 P

English literature (general)

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 330pp 1 b/w illus.   978-0-521-42959-7 Hardback c. £45.00 A 978-0-521-72873-7 Paperback c. £17.99 A

The Cambridge History of the English Novel Edited by Robert L. Caserio | Pennsylvania State University

The Cambridge History of the English Novel chronicles a body of fiction over three centuries. An interwoven narrative of the novel’s development unfolds over more than fifty chapters, tracing lines of influence through thematic chapters and showing how the greatest authors shaped the genre. • A one-volume reference work on the novel from its eighteenth-century beginnings to the present day • Approach is by topic or theme: form and genre is discussed in detail in relation to many examples • Combines expert perspectives on the novel with clarity and readability, avoiding technical jargon English literature (general)

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 960pp 2 b/w illus.   978-0-521-19495-2 Hardback c. £120.00 A

The Cambridge Companion to Creative Writing Edited by David Morley | Warwick University

This Companion is designed for aspiring writers and teachers of creative writing. It engages with a complex art in an accessible manner, addressing concepts important to the rapidly growing discipline of creative writing, while maintaining a strong craft emphasis, analysing exemplary models of writing and providing related writing exercises. • Provides a cutting-edge view of creative writing for the twenty-first century – as a discipline in its own right and one that is practice-led • Thought-provoking chapters on the discipline’s strengths, challenges and future • Includes a huge number of original, playful and entertaining writing games, field-tested internationally in schools and colleges English literature (general) | Cambridge Companions to Literature

English literature (general)

13

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 504pp 15 b/w illus.   978-0-521-51824-6 Hardback c. £60.00 A

The Cambridge Companion to Popular Fiction

THE CAMBRIDGE COMPANION TO

Edited by David Glover | University of Southampton

A definitive and up-to-date survey of popular popular fiction from its early nineteenth-century origins fiction to the contemporary world of bestsellers, graphic narratives, computer gaming and visual fictions, including a long view of the increasingly global market for popular writing. • Explains the long-term development of popular fiction up to the present day • Covers novels, comics, film and television adaptations and computer gaming • Aimed at students of literature, cultural history and media studies Edited by David Glover and Scott McCracken

English literature (general) | Cambridge Companions to Literature

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 250pp 2 b/w illus.   978-0-521-51337-1 Hardback c. £50.00 A 978-0-521-73496-7 Paperback c. £17.99 G

The Cambridge Introduction to Milton Stephen B. Dobranski | Georgia State University

This lively introduction to Milton’s life, times and writings includes a detailed explanation of his poetry and prose and discusses in depth the author’s historical circumstances and critical reception. Separate sections focus on key passages from his works to illustrate how readers can interpret – and get excited about – Milton’s writings. • Includes separate, detailed discussions of Milton’s literary contemporaries, predecessors, theology, and political and cultural context • Contains a selective, annotated list of further reading • Provides separate shaded boxes with detailed summaries and close readings that illustrate how to read Milton’s works English literature (general) | Cambridge Introductions to Literature

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 250pp 5 b/w illus.   978-0-521-89818-8 Hardback c. £45.00 A 978-0-521-72645-0 Paperback c. £12.99 A

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 230pp 4 b/w illus.   978-0-521-76849-8 Hardback c. £45.00 A 978-0-521-14536-7 Paperback c. £17.99 G

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 24378.indd 12-13

16/12/2011 15:34


English literature / American literature

Second edition Edited by Kurt Schlueter | Albert-Ludwigs-Universität Freiburg, Germany

14

Professor Schlueter approaches this early comedy as a parody of two types of Renaissance educational fiction: the love-quest story and the test-of-friendship story. A thoroughly researched, illustrated stage history reveals changing conceptions of the play and this updated edition features a new introductory section on recent stage and critical interpretations. • Presents thorough coverage of the play’s theatrical tradition, including early productions, containing a range of illustrations from key performances • Addresses issues such as friendship and the play’s relationship with its sources, and contains clear explanatory notes • Includes a new introductory section which covers recent critical and stage interpretations, bringing this edition completely up to date

American literature 9781107001374jkt.qxd

23/8/11

12:30

The Cambridge History of American Women’s Literature da l e m . bau e r , is Professor of English at the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign.

CONTENTS

Introduction da l e bau e r

TH E C A M B R I DG E H I S T O RY O F

1. The stories we tell: American Indian women’s writing and the persistence of tradition jo d i a . b y r d 2. Women writers and war Jo n at h a n Vi n c e n t 3. American women’s writing in the Colonial period K i rs t i n R . Wi l c ox 4. Religion, sensibility, and sympathy sa n d r a m . g u s ta f s o n 5. Women’s writing of the Revolutionary era j e n n i f e r j. ba k e r 6. Women writers and the early US novel a n dy d o o l e n 7. Women in literary culture during the long nineteenth century n a n cy g l a z e n e r 8. Moral authority as literary property in midcentury print culture s u sa n m . rya n 9. The shape of Catharine Sedgwick’s career m e l i s sa h o m e s t e a d 10. Writing, authorship and genius: literary women and modes of literary production s u sa n s . w i l l i a m s 11. Nineteenth-century American women's poetry: past and prospects e l i z a b e t h r e n k e r 12. Transatlantic sympathies and nineteenth-century women writing s u sa n dav i d b e r n s t e i n 13. Nineteenth-century African American women writers jo h n e r n e s t 14. Local knowledge and regional women’s writing s t e p h a n i e f o o t e 15. Women and children first: female writers of American children’s literature c a ro l s i n g l e y 16. US Suffrage literature m a ry c h a p m a n 17. American women playwrights b r e n da m u r p h y 18. Turn-of-the-twentieth-century transitions: women on the edge of tomorrow s t e p h a n i e s m i t h 19. Women’s writing and naturalism: accidents and agency j e n n i f e r t r av i s 20. The Geography of ladyhood: racializing the novel of manners c h e r e n e s h e r r a r d - jo h n s o n 21. Self-made women: novelists of the 1920s j e a n m . l u t e s 22. Recovering the legacy of Zara Wright and the twentieth-century black woman writer ry n e t ta dav i s 23. Jewish American women writers h a n a w i rt h - n e s h e r 24. Women on the breadlines jo h n m a rs h 25. Modern domestic realism in America, 1950–1970 g o r d o n h u t n e r 26. Lyric, gender and subjectivity in modern and contemporary poetry j e n n i f e r as h to n 27. Contemporary American women’s writing: women and violence h e i d i s l e t t e da h l m c p h e rs o n 28. Asian-American women’s literature and the promise of committed Art l e s l i e b ow 29. Straight sex, queer text: American women novelists ly n da z w i n g e r 30. Latina writers and the usable past k i m b e r ly o ’ n e i l l 31. Where is she? women/access/rhetoric pat r i c i a b i z z e l l 32. Reading women in America s u sa n m . g r i f f i n

Edited by Dale Bauer | University of Illinois, UrbanaChampaign

AMER ICAN WO M E N ’ S L I T E R AT U R E

E DI TED BY

printed in the united kingdom

American literature

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 750pp 9 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00137-4 Hardback c. £110.00 A

With scholarly attention recently focusing on Shakespeare’s late plays, collaboration and sexuality, The Two Noble Kinsmen has become an essential script. Containing a detailed performance history and a lively introduction which surveys contemporary critical responses and addresses Shakespeare’s craftsmanship, this edition argues that the play can no longer be marginalized. • A fresh and lively introduction tackles all the main issues of the play, including its medieval sources, the co-authorship with John Fletcher and the complexity of Shakespeare’s late style, and gives a thorough survey of contemporary critical responses, bringing the textual history completely up to date • Presents a strong argument for the play’s importance today, given its relevance to areas which have attracted recent scholarly attention such as collaboration, Shakespeare’s late style and sexuality • Features a thoroughly annotated text prepared by Robert Kean Turner, commentary and introduction by Turner and Patricia Tatspaugh and a narrative performance history with a detailed chronological appendix by Tatspaugh Literature – editions, texts | The New Cambridge Shakespeare

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 220pp 10 b/w illus.   978-0-521-43270-2 Hardback c. £45.00 A 978-0-521-68699-0 Paperback c. £8.99 X

AMER ICAN WOMEN’S L I T E R AT U R E

DA L E M . B A U E R

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 172pp 16 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00489-4 Hardback c. £45.00 A 978-0-521-18169-3 Paperback c. £8.99 X

William Shakespeare Edited by Robert Kean Turner

T H E C A M B R I DG E H I S T O RY O F

In this collaborative, innovative history, the rich complexity and diversity of American literature written by women can be appreciated with a new coherence and subtlety. Developing historical, cultural, theoretical, even polemical methods, the volume will advance the future study of American women writers by shaping this ever-evolving field. • The first collaborative history of American women writers • An overview of the field that includes many new approaches and suggestions for future research • An invaluable work of reference for students and scholars of American literature

Literature – editions, texts | The New Cambridge Shakespeare

The Two Noble Kinsmen

F. Scott Fitzgerald: Tender Is the Night

Page 1

BAUER: American Women's Literature Jacket C M Y BLK

The Two Gentlemen of Verona

American literature / European and world literature

F. Scott Fitzgerald Edited by James L. W. West, III | Pennsylvania State University

Edited by James L. W. West III

Tender Is The nIghT

F. Scott Fitzgerald wrote Tender Is the Night (published 1934) in a series of extensively reworked drafts over nine years. Using Fitzgerald’s working materials – notes, diagrams, holographs, typescripts, proofs and correspondence – this edition reconstructs in detail the passage of Tender Is the Night from manuscript to print. • Newly established text of Fitzgerald’s last complete novel, published first in 1934 • Resolves long-contested issues about the ‘author’s final version’ of the novel and about the internal chronology of the narrative • Presents new information about Fitzgerald’s original source for the novel, a sensational murder case that occurred in San Francisco in 1925 American literature | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of F. Scott Fitzgerald

The Cambridge Companion to Thomas Pynchon Edited by Inger H. Dalsgaard | Aarhus Universitet, Denmark

Comprehensive, accessible and up-to-date, this book approaches the challenging fiction of the American postmodern master Thomas Pynchon from many different angles. Designed for students, scholars and fans alike, it covers the elusive author’s biography and all seven of his novels, surveying topics such as history, politics and science and technology. • Designed for use by students, teachers and fans alike • Offers a comprehensive view of Pynchon’s career as a whole • Makes these popular texts more accessible through critical essays focused around specific texts and topics American literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-0-521-76974-7 Hardback £55.00 978-0-521-17304-9 Paperback £17.99

The field of American women’s writing is one characterized by innovation: scholars are discovering new authors and works, as well as new ways of historicizing this literature, rethinking contexts, categories, and juxtapositions. Now, after three decades of scholarly investigation and innovation, the rich complexity and diversity of American literature written by women can be seen with a new coherence and subtlety. Dedicated to this expanding heterogeneity, The Cambridge History of American Women’s Literature develops and challenges historical, cultural, theoretical, even polemical methods, all of which will advance the future study of American women writers – from Native Americans to postmodern communities, from individual careers to communities of writers and readers. This volume immerses readers in a new dialogue about the range and depth of women’s literature in the United States and allows them to trace the ever-evolving shape of the field.

The Cambridge Edition of the Works of

F. SCOTT FITZGERALD

A P

The Cambridge Companion to American Fiction after 1945 Edited by John N. Duvall | Purdue University, Indiana

This essential reference guide offers a comprehensive and accessible overview of the diversity of American fiction since the Second World War. There are chapters on the period’s significant genres, historical contexts, cultural diversity and major authors: Ralph Ellison, Flannery O’Connor, Thomas Pynchon, Toni Morrison and Don DeLillo. • Shows that the postwar period is more than just a time of postmodern experimentation in fiction • Sets the fiction of the period within its cultural and historical context • Highlights the major American authors of the period, including Ralph Ellison, Thomas Pynchon and Don DeLillo American literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 300pp 2 b/w illus.   978-0-521-19631-4 Hardback £55.00 A 978-0-521-12347-1 Paperback £18.99 P

The Cambridge History of South African Literature Edited by David Attwell | University of York

This will be the standard reference work on the history of South African literature, with unrivalled coverage of oral and written literature from the beginnings to the present. Written by a team of international experts, it offers a picture of literature in all South Africa’s languages. • A comprehensive history of South African literature from the beginnings to the present • Deals with literature in all South Africa’s languages, both oral and written • Will enable readers to gain a picture of the totality of South Africa’s literary history

15

African, Caribbean literature

April 2012 216 x 138 mm 450pp 9 b/w illus.   978-0-521-40232-3 Hardback c. £60.00 A

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 920pp 978-0-521-19928-5 Hardback £110.00

Flappers and Philosophers

A

Chinese Literature

F. Scott Fitzgerald Edited by James L. W. West, III | Pennsylvania State University

Flappers and Philosophers (1920) was F. Scott Fitzgerald’s first collection. Part of the authoritative Cambridge Edition of F. Scott Fitzgerald, this volume now appears in paperback for the first time. It offers detailed explanatory notes, a record of variants and appendices tracing the composition and publication history of the stories. • Texts established from surviving manuscripts and early serial versions • Facsimiles of working drafts and tearsheets • Full explanatory notes, identifying references to movie and sports stars, political figures and Broadway shows of the time American literature | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of F. Scott Fitzgerald

April 2012 216 x 138 mm 430pp 5 b/w illus.   978-0-521-17043-7 Paperback c. £18.99 A

Yao Dan et al

Third edition Dan Yao

Chinese Liter ature

This accessible, illustrated introduction takes the reader through the rich Chinese literary tradition from ancient times to the twentieth century, exploring poetry, drama, opera, novels, short stories, the modern media and the authors who created these cultural treasures. • An accessible introduction to the history of Chinese literature • Written by a team of leading Chinese experts whose work is not widely available in the West • Full colour illustrations support the discussion throughout Asian literature | Introductions to Chinese Culture

February 2012 230 x 156 mm 250pp 978-0-521-18678-0 Paperback c. £12.99

This Side of Paradise F. Scott Fitzgerald Edited by James L. W. West, III | Pennsylvania State University

This Side of Paradise is the opening statement of Fitzgerald’s literary career. Published in 1920, the novel captures the gaudy decade that was to follow in America. This critical edition offers an accurate, fully annotated text based on Fitzgerald’s original manuscript, explanatory notes, textual apparatus and appendices. • Critical text with full account of composition and publication • Illustrated with photos of the original characters and scenes • Full textual apparatus American literature | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of F. Scott Fitzgerald

April 2012 216 x 138 mm 560pp 17 b/w illus.   978-0-521-17047-5 Paperback c. £18.99 A

European and world literature

G

The Cambridge Companion to Modern Indian Culture Edited by Vasudha Dalmia | University of California, Berkeley

t he c a mbr idge com pa n ion to

Modern Indian Culture Edited by Vasudha Dalmia and Rashmi Sadana

An account of major forms of culture in modern India, including literature, theatre, film, modern and popular art, music, television and food. These new essays examine the cultural and political questions most pertinent today, especially in light of economic liberalization from the late 1980s onward and complex processes of globalization. • Contains new essays on a range of cultural and social topics, from caste to avant-garde art, food to film • Explains the contemporary relevance of cultural analysis in the context of a modern, globalising India • Aimed at students of South Asian literature, languages and culture European and world literature (general) | Cambridge Companions to Culture

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 336pp 19 b/w illus.  2 maps   978-0-521-51625-9 Hardback c. £45.00 A 978-0-521-73618-3 Paperback c. £17.99 A

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 24378.indd 14-15

16/12/2011 15:34


European and world literature / Drama and theatre

Nabokov’s Theatrical Imagination

The Cambridge Companion to Mario Vargas Llosa

Siggy Frank | University of Nottingham

Edited by Efrain Kristal | University of California, Los Angeles

Drawing on unpublished archival material, this study offers a comprehensive assessment of the importance of theatrical performance in Vladimir Nabokov’s thinking and writing. Siggy Frank argues that despite Nabokov’s anti-theatrical stance as a drama critic, theatricality is actually at the heart of his own practice as both playwright and novelist. • Offers a new view of Nabokov as playwright and novelist • Draws on a wealth of unpublished archival material • Provides essential but little known historical and cultural background of the Russian émigré community in the interwar period and Russian theatre history

16

Drama and theatre / Language and linguistics

European literature

Latin American literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 262pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01545-6 Hardback £55.00 A

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-0-521-86424-4 Hardback c. £45.00 978-0-521-68285-5 Paperback c. £17.99

Soviet and PostSoviet Identities Edited by Mark Bassin | Södertörns Högskola, Sweden

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 320pp 20 b/w illus.  1 map   978-1-107-01117-5 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Second edition Edited by Nicholas Rzhevsky | State University of New York, Stony Brook

t he c a mbr idge com pa n ion to

Modern Russian Culture second edition Edited by Nicholas Rzhevsky

This highly successful Companion has now been updated to include post-Soviet trends and new developments in Russian culture of the twentyfirst century in this second edition. Each chapter has been revised or rewritten to take account of current conditions and the further reading brought up to date. • Offers an overall introduction to Russian culture with special focus on the arts • Reflects the state of current scholarship in a wide range of fields • Fully updated and revised new edition, including up-to-date further reading European literature | Cambridge Companions to Culture

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 450pp 17 b/w illus.  1 table   978-1-107-00252-4 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-0-521-17558-6 Paperback c. £19.99 A

Many colorful theatrical activities can be found throughout China. The most unique of these is traditional Chinese opera, but, since the early twentieth century, drama without music has also become popular in China. This illustrated introduction explores the origins and development of Chinese theater from ancient to modern times. • An accessible introduction to the history of Chinese theater • Written by a leading Chinese expert whose work is not widely available in the West • Full color illustrations support the discussion throughout Theatre (general) | Introductions to Chinese Culture

February 2012 230 x 156 mm 153pp 120 b/w illus.   978-0-521-18666-7 Paperback c. £12.99 G

Diversity in Research and Practice Edited by Glenn Stockwell | Waseda University, Japan

Computer-assisted language learning (CALL) is an approach to teaching and learning languages that uses computers and other technologies to present, reinforce and assess material to be learned. This book provides a much-needed overview of the diverse approaches to research and practice in CALL. • Well-chosen examples in each chapter help readers to see the immediate practical implications • A detailed glossary of terms helps familiarise readers with new terminology • Includes a useful list of websites, giving readers easy access to the resources they read about

17

Applied linguistics and second language acquisition

A P

Language and linguistics

Sexual Politics in the Work of Tennessee Williams

Afroasiatic languages are spoken by some 300 Languages million people in Northern, Central and Eastern Africa and the Middle East. This book is the first typological study of these languages and will be welcomed by linguists interested in linguistic theory, typology, historical linguistics and endangered languages. • The first typological study of Afroasiatic languages • Does not require previous knowledge of the specific language families • Includes information on endangered and little-known languages

Desire Over Protest Michael S. D. Hooper | The Princess Helena College

Hooper questions the now fashionable view that Williams was fundamentally a social writer passionately concerned about the state of twentieth-century America. Through detailed analysis of both canonical and recently discovered texts, this book indicates instead how Williams’ work prioritises sexual power and the experience of the individual over party politics. • Collects together and evaluates interpretations of Tennessee Williams as a political writer • Includes sustained analysis of specific texts, some of which have only recently been published • The writing is not confined to one theoretical viewpoint and is not weighed down with complicated theoretical points American theatre

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 250pp 5 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01536-4 Hardback c. £55.00 A

A History of Theatre in Spain Edited by Maria M. Delgado | Queen Mary, University of London

From the religious environments of Medieval Iberia to the theatre companies established in the aftermath of Franco’s demise, this collection presents a new assessment of Spain’s theatrical history. Written by theatre historians and practitioners, the book features interviews with actress Nuria Espert, director Lluís Pasqual and playwright Juan Mayorga. • Presents a detailed historical overview alongside chapters that treat specific phenomena and theatrical forms, including the evolution of the director and flamenco and zarzuela • Features interviews with three leading Spanish practitioners: actress Nuria Espert, director Lluìs Pasqual and playwright Juan Mayorga • Considers important interactions with Latin America throughout the volume

9780521865333jkt.qxd

12/8/11

11:19

Page 1

Zygmunt Frajzyngier is Professor and Chair of Linguistics at the University of Colorado, Boulder.

CAMBRIDGE LANGUAGE SURVEYS

General editors: P. AUSTIN, J. BRESNAN, B. COMRIE, S. CRAIN, W. DRESSLER, C. J. EWEN, R. LASS, D. LIGHTFOOT, K. RICE, I. ROBERTS, S. ROMAINE, N. V. SMITH

Edited by Zygmunt Frajzyngier | University of Colorado, Boulder Erin Shay is a Research Assistant Professor of Linguistics at the University of Colorado, Boulder.

Already published in this series Chinese Jerry Norman The Languages of Japan Masayoshi Shibatani Pidgins and Creoles (Volume I: Theory and Structure; Volume II: Reference Survey) John A. Holm The Indo-Aryan Languages Colin Masica The Celtic Languages edited by Donald MacAulay The Romance Languages Rebecca Posner The Amazonian Languages edited by R. M. W. Dixon and Alexandra Y. Aikhenvald The Languages of Native North America Marianne Mithun The Korean Language Ho-Him Sohn Australian Languages R. M. W. Dixon The Dravidian Languages Bhadriraju Krishnamurti The Languages of the Andes Willem Adelaar with Pieter Muysken The Dravidian Languages Bhadriraju Krishnamurti The Slavic Languages Roland Sussex and Paul Cubberley The Germanic Languages Wayne Harbert Sign Languages edited by Diane Brentari

This series offers general accounts of the major language families of the world, with volumes organised either on a purely genetic basis or on a geographical basis, whichever yields the most convenient and intelligible grouping in each case. Each volume compares and contrasts the typological features of the languages it deals with. It also treats the relevant genetic relationships, historical development and sociolinguistic issues arising from their role and use in the world today. The books are intended for linguists from undergraduate level upwards, but no special knowledge of the languages under consideration is assumed. Volumes such as those on Australia and the Amazon Basin are also of wider relevance, as the future of the languages and their speakers raises important social and political issues..

Afroasiatic languages are spoken by some 300 million people in Northern, Central and Eastern Africa and the Middle East. This book is the first typological study of these languages, which comprise of around 375 living and extinct varieties. They are an important object of study because of their typological diversity in the areas of phonology (some have tone; others do not), morphology (some have extensive inflectional systems; others do not), position of the verb in the clause (some are verb-initial, some are verb-medial, and some are verb-final), and in the semantic functions they encode. This book documents this typological diversity and the typological similarities across the languages and includes information on endangered and little-known languages. Requiring no previous knowledge of the specific language families, it will be welcomed by linguists interested in linguistic theory, typology, historical linguistics and endangered languages, as well as scholars of Africa and the Mid

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 260pp 10 b/w illus.  11 tables   978-1-107-01634-7 Hardback £60.00 A

Introducing Second Language Acquisition

Drama and theatre

The Afroasiatic Languages

Frajzyngier and Shay

European literature

Computer-Assisted Language Learning

Third edition Jin Fu | National Academy of Chinese Theater Arts

The Afroasiatic Languages

This new collection offers a fresh look at postSoviet Russia and Eurasia and at the Soviet historical background that shaped the present. It focuses on national identity and particularly on the ways in which this was understood in the last decades of Soviet power and has been redefined since 1991. • A fresh look at contemporary Russia and Eurasia, clarifying how the Soviet past impacts on the present • An interdisciplinary approach, with new essays from leading political scientists, anthropologists, historians and specialists in literature and film • Will be of interest to scholars in Russian studies as well as comparative cultural and political history and literature

The Cambridge Companion to Modern Russian Culture

This Companion’s chapters chart the development of Vargas Llosa’s writings from his rise to prominence in the early 1960s to the Nobel Prize for Literature (2010). His narrative fiction is the main focus, but his role as a cultural and political figure is also explored in this engaging, informative book. • An up-to-date treatment of the Nobel Prize-winning author’s life, work and career • Includes a previously unpublished interview with Vargas Llosa • Covers his writings across all genres in which he is active: fiction, criticism and drama

Chinese Theater

Cambridge Language Surveys

The Afroasiatic

Edited by Zygmunt Frajzyngier and Erin Shay

Printed in the United Kingdom

Brentari: Sign Languages JKT CMYBLK

African, Caribbean language, linguistics | Cambridge Language Surveys

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 600pp 6 b/w illus.  6 maps  99 tables   978-0-521-86533-3 Hardback c. £90.00 A

Writing Essays in English Language and Linguistics Principles, Tips and Strategies for Undergraduates Neil Murray | University of South Australia

Second edition Muriel Saville-Troike | University of Arizona

Afroasiatic languages are spoken by some 300 million people in Northern, Central and Eastern Africa and the Middle East. This book is the first typological study of these languages, which comprise of around 375 living and extinct varieties. They are an important object of study because of their typological diversity in the areas of phonology (some have tone; others do not), morphology (some have extensive inflectional systems; others do not), position of the verb in the clause (some are verb-initial, some are verb-medial, and some are verb-final), and in the semantic functions they encode. This book documents this typological diversity and the typological similarities across the languages and includes information on endangered and little-known languages. Requiring no previous knowledge of the specific language families, it will be welcomed by linguists interested in linguistic theory, typology, historical linguistics and endangered languages, as well as scholars of Africa and the Middle East.

Written for students encountering the topic for the first time, this is a clear and practical introduction to second language acquisition (SLA). Providing a solid foundation in SLA, this book has become the leading introduction to the field for students of linguistics, psychology and education, and trainee language teachers. • Gives clear explanations of the linguistic, psychological and social aspects of second language acquisition • Each chapter follows the same format of ‘how’, ‘what’ and ‘why’ so that students learn progressively through the text • Contains the essential tools for teaching and learning, including key terms, ‘Questions for self-study’ and ‘Questions for active learning’, as well as pointers to further reading

"Formerly dominated by research on historical reconstruction, this volume provides a new perspective on Afroasiatic by focusing on the typological wealth characterising this phylum." Bernd Heine, University of Cologne

Applied linguistics and second language acquisition | Cambridge Introductions to Language and Linguistics

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 250pp 7 b/w illus.  2 colour illus.  24 tables  63 exercises   978-1-107-01089-5 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-1-107-64823-4 Paperback c. £23.99 X

A Student Grammar of Turkish

A Student Grammar of

Written specifically to help undergraduate students of English language and linguistics develop the art of writing essays, projects and reports, this book is a comprehensive and very readable resource and contains numerous discipline-related examples, practice exercises and an answer key. • Includes a glossary so that students can check definitions quickly and easily whilst writing • A table of phonetic symbols is provided along with tips for typing them easily • A frequently asked questions section, organised according to theme, provides answers that offer clear guidance and are written in a sympathetic style

A Student Grammar of Turkish is a concise introduction to Turkish grammar, designed specifically for English-speaking students and professionals. Written with the needs of the learner very much in mind, it sets out the grammar of the language in a clear and jargon-free style. • Grammar explanations are presented in a language and style that will make it fun to study grammar • Includes more than 200 sets of exercises that are prepared specifically to practise the grammar points discussed in the book • Key grammar points are summarised in tables and there are numerous illustrative examples

Applied linguistics and second language acquisition

Arabic, Middle Eastern Languages

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 200pp 5 b/w illus.   978-0-521-11119-5 Hardback c. £45.00 A 978-0-521-12846-9 Paperback c. £16.99 G

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 250pp 80 tables   978-0-521-76346-2 Hardback c. £60.00 978-0-521-14964-8 Paperback c. £23.99

F. Nihan Ketrez | Istanbul Bilgi Üniversitesi

Turkish

NihAN KeTrez

A P

European theatre

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 450pp 28 b/w illus.   978-0-521-11769-2 Hardback c. £70.00 A

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 24378.indd 16-17

16/12/2011 15:34


Language and linguistics

Chinese Characters

The Semantics of Colour

Languages of the World

Word Order

Third edition Jiantang Han | Tianjin Normal University, China

A Historical Approach C. P. Biggam | University of Glasgow

An Introduction Asya Pereltsvaig | Stanford University, California

Jae Jung Song | University of Otago, New Zealand

Han Jiantang provides an accessible, illustrated introduction to the fascinating history and development of the written Chinese language, from pictograms painted on rocks and pottery and ancient inscriptions to the refined art of calligraphy and the characters in use today. • An accessible introduction to the history and development of the written Chinese language • Written by a Chinese expert in the field whose work is not widely available in the West • Full colour illustrations support the discussion throughout

Human societies name and classify colours in various ways. This book presents the basic principles of modern colour semantics, including the recognition of basic vocabulary, specialised terms and the significance of non-colour features. Each point is illustrated by case studies drawn from modern and historical languages from around the world. • Discusses the crucial differences between modern and historical colour studies • Includes a large number of case studies on various aspects of colour semantics, drawn from both modern and historical languages from around the world • Investigates the possibilities for prehistoric colour semantic studies

What do all human languages have in common and in what ways are they different? Assuming no prior knowledge of linguistics, this textbook introduces readers to the rich diversity of human languages, familiarizing students with the variety and typology of languages around the world. • Linguistic terms and concepts are explained, in the text and in the glossary, and illustrated with simple, accessible examples • Eighteen language maps and numerous language family charts enable students to place a language geographically or genealogically • A supporting website includes additional language maps and sound recordings that can be used to illustrate the peculiarities of the sound systems of various languages

Asian language, linguistics | Introductions to Chinese Culture

English language, linguistics (general)

Grammar and syntax

February 2012 260 x 156 mm 162pp 978-0-521-18660-5 Paperback c. £12.99

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 300pp 12 tables   978-0-521-89992-5 Hardback c. £60.00 A

January 2012 247 x 174 mm 304pp 20 b/w illus.  18 maps  37 tables   978-1-107-00278-4 Hardback c. £55.00 A 978-0-521-17577-7 Paperback c. £19.99 X

G

Viewpoint in Language

Antonyms in English

A Multimodal Perspective Edited by Barbara Dancygier | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

Construals, Constructions and Canonicity Steven Jones | University of Manchester

This volume argues that human cognition is not only rooted in the human body, but also inherently ‘viewpointed’ as a result; consequently, so are language and communication. It uncovers surprising functional similarities across various communicative forms and provides a new understanding of the role and structure of viewpoint. • Provides new analyses of concepts such as irony, intersubjectivity, grammaticalization, spatial construals, speech and thought representation, and gesture • Uses cognitive linguistic theories of meaning to build a new, broadly applicable framework for the study of viewpoint • Written for an interdisciplinary audience interested in various forms of language and discourse

Antonyms The study of antonyms (or ‘opposites’) in a in English language can provide important insight into word meaning and discourse structures. This book provides an extensive investigation of antonyms in English and offers an innovative model of how we mentally organize concepts and how we perceive contrasts between them. • Provides a new usage-based cognitive linguistics framework for the description and explanation of all types of antonyms • Brings together previously unconnected perspectives on antonymy, with a view to developing a deeper understanding of the relation and addressing key issues concerning canonicity and context • Provides a range of different types of empirical support for the proposed approach, including experimental and corpus methodologies

Cognitive linguistics

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 250pp 52 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01783-2 Hardback c. £60.00 A

The Science of Language

English language, linguistics (general) | Studies in English Language

NOAM

CHOMSKY

English language, linguistics (general)

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 275pp 978-1-107-01637-8 Hardback c. £65.00 978-1-107-60240-3 Paperback c. £19.99

A G

A Plausible Argumentation Model András Kertész | Debreceni Egyetem, Hungary

A Plausible Argumentation Model

The question of what types of data and evidence can be used is one of the most important topics in linguistics. This book is the first to comprehensively present the methodological problems associated with linguistic data and evidence. • Proposes a new model of linguistic theorising to improve the effectiveness of problem solving in linguistics • Provides a new interpretation of the concepts of ‘data’ and ‘evidence’ to enable readers to handle different data sources and data types • Includes a comprehensive overview and analysis of the debate on data and evidence in linguistics in the twenty-first century András Kertész Csilla Rákosi

Grammar and syntax

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 320pp 12 b/w illus.  1 table   978-1-107-00924-0 Hardback c. £65.00 A 9781107011946jkt.qxd

Syntax Basic Concepts and Applications Robert Freidin | Princeton University, New Jersey

11/10/11

10:15

Page 1

The Modular Architecture of Grammar JERROLD M. SADOCK is the Glen A. Lloyd Distinguished Service Professor Emeritus in the Department of Linguistics at the University of Chicago.

Syntax Basic Concepts and Applications

Syntax: Basic Concepts and Applications provides a systematic introduction to core topics in syntax, focusing on how the basic concepts apply in the analysis of sentences. Assuming no background in linguistic analysis, the book gives students a working knowledge of syntactic analysis from a minimalist perspective. • Provides a systematic and detailed account of core topics in syntax: phrase structure, movement and deletion • Contains 160 structured exercises that spell out the steps required to reach a solution, to reinforce and sometimes to extend the concepts and analyses presented in the text • Uses data from a variety of languages to motivate and sharpen analyses ROBER T A. FREIDIN

Grammar and syntax

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 270pp 2 b/w illus.  2 tables  160 exercises   978-0-521-84427-7 Hardback c. £65.00 A 978-0-521-60578-6 Paperback c. £23.95 P

Data and Evidence in Linguistics

Modular grammar postulates several autonomous generative systems interacting with one another as opposed to the prevailing theory of transformational grammar in which there is a single generative component – the syntax – from which other representations are derived. In this book Jerrold Sadock develops his influential theory of grammar formalizing several generative modules that independently characterize the levels of syntax, semantics, role structure, morphology, and linear order, as well as an interface system that connects them. Multi-modular grammar provides simpler, more intuitive analyses of grammatical phenomena and allows for greater empirical coverage than prevailing styles of grammar. The book illustrates this with a wide-ranging analysis of English grammatical phenomena, including raising, control, passive, inversion, do-support, auxiliary verbs, and ellipsis. The modules are simple enough to be cast as phrase structure grammars and are presented in sufficient detail to make descriptions of grammatical phenomena more explicit than the approximate accounts offered in other studies.

Jerrold M. Sadock | University of Chicago

The Modular Architecture of Grammar

The In this previously unpublished series of interviews, SCIENCE OF Chomsky discusses his iconoclastic and important L ANGUAGE ideas concerning language, human nature and INTERVIEWS politics. In dialogue with James McGilvray, he wit h J A M E S M C G I LV R AY takes up a wide variety of topics – the nature of language, the philosophies of language and mind and the evolution of language. • These interviews have never been published before and will be welcomed for the insight they give into Chomsky’s current thinking • Wide-ranging, covering a variety of topics central to Chomsky’s work, including the philosophies of language and mind and the nature of language and evolution • Offers unique access to Chomsky’s important views on the role of language in human nature and human nature in politics

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 20 b/w illus.  34 tables   978-0-521-76179-6 Hardback c. £65.00 A

Data and Evidence in Linguistics

Sadock

Interviews with James McGilvray Noam Chomsky | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Construals, Constructions and Canonicity

A one-stop resource on the current developments in word order research, this comprehensive survey provides an up-to-date, critical overview of this widely debated topic, exploring and evaluating research carried out in four major theoretical frameworks – linguistic typology, generative grammar, optimality theory and processing-based theories. • A one-stop resource on the current developments in word order research • Brings together at least four different theoretical approaches to word order • Provides a critical discussion of the strengths and weaknesses of each of the selected theoretical approaches Grammar and syntax | Research Surveys in Linguistics

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 400pp 96 b/w illus.  26 tables   978-0-521-87214-0 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-0-521-69312-7 Paperback c. £22.99 P

19

Textbook

studies in english language

Steven Jones M. Lynne Murphy Carita Paradis Caroline Willners

SADOCK: THE MODULAR ARCHITECTURE JKT CMYBLK

18

Language and linguistics

“Simply and clearly, Jerrold Sadock presents a new formulation of his idea that grammar is specified by a handful of completely autonomous, parallel modules, demonstrating it with stimulating accounts of major features of English.” ∏T O N Y W O O D B U R Y , University of Texas

Printed in the United Kingdom

Grammar and syntax | Cambridge Studies in Linguistics, 132

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 260pp 19 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01194-6 Hardback c. £65.00 A

Felicity Cox | Macquarie University, Sydney

This groundbreaking work addresses Australian English pronunciation characteristics and provides detailed instruction in phonetic and phonemic transcription of the dialect. Featuring an extensive Website which provides further explanatory materials and exercises with audio examples, it is an essential resource for students and teachers of linguistics, speech pathology and language education. • This is the only text that is specifically designed for the Australian market • Features a companion website which provides easy access to audio examples, worked solutions and essential pedagogical materials • This important resource is indispensable for students and teachers of phonetics, linguistics, speech pathology, TESOL, voice and drama studies Phonetics and phonology

Cambridge Studies in Linguistics 132

The Modular Architecture of Grammar

Jerrold Sadock develops his influential theory of grammar, formalizing several generative modules that independently characterize the levels of syntax, semantics, role structure, morphology and linear order. The modules are simple enough to be cast as phrase structure grammars and make descriptions of grammatical phenomena more explicit than other studies. • Presents a model of grammar using several independent, simultaneous modules, which allows each module to be simpler and less subject to speculation than the current theory • Provides a wide-ranging analysis of English syntax, semantics and morphology as well as brief analyses of phenomena in other languages • Demonstrates that much of the complexity of natural language systems is traceable to mismatches between requirements of two or more modules "In this original and creative work, Sadock addresses one of the most fundamental issues in theoretical linguistics, the relationship among the different modules of grammar. He challenges established generative theory by introducing an elegant and well-motivated non-derivational model of linguistic organization." ∏J A N T E R J E F A A R L U N D , University of Oslo

Australian English Pronunciation and Transcription

Jerrold M. Sadock

Modular grammar postulates several autonomous generative systems interacting with one another as opposed to the prevailing theory of transformational grammar in which there is a single generative component – the syntax – from which other representations are derived. In this book Jerrold Sadock develops his influential theory of grammar formalizing several generative modules that independently characterize the levels of syntax, semantics, role structure, morphology, and linear order, as well as an interface system that connects them. Multi-modular grammar provides simpler, more intuitive analyses of grammatical phenomena and allows for greater empirical coverage than prevailing styles of grammar. The book illustrates this with a wide-ranging analysis of English grammatical phenomena, including raising, control, passive, inversion, do-support, auxiliary verbs, and ellipsis. The modules are simple enough to be cast as phrase structure grammars and are presented in sufficient detail to make descriptions of grammatical phenomena more explicit than the approximate accounts offered in other studies.

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 304pp 25 b/w illus.  8 tables   978-0-521-14589-3 Paperback c. £45.00 A

Meaning and Relevance Deirdre Wilson | University College London

Wilson and Sperber argue that comprehension is a process of inference guided by precise expectations of relevance. This book enriches and updates relevance theory and explores its implications for linguistics, philosophy, cognitive science and literary studies. • Provides researchers and students with easy access to Wilson and Sperber’s most important work on relevance theory since the 1980s • Proposes a highly original account of communication – it will be a must-read for those studying and researching the subject • Has practical implications for psycholinguistics and for research on the development of communication, and communicative impairments, for example in autism Semantics and pragmatics

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 350pp 5 b/w illus.  11 tables   978-0-521-76677-7 Hardback c. £65.00 A 978-0-521-74748-6 Paperback c. £22.95 P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 24378.indd 18-19

16/12/2011 15:34


Language and linguistics / Philosophy

Linguistic Choices in Local and International Contact Situations Christiane Meierkord | Ruhr-Universität, Bochum, Germany

Semantics and pragmatics | Key Topics in Semantics and Pragmatics

April 2012 216 x 138 mm 325pp 25 b/w illus.  40 tables  90 exercises   978-1-107-00463-4 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-0-521-18106-8 Paperback c. £22.99 P

Words at Work and Play Three Decades in Family and Community Life Shirley Brice Heath | Stanford University, California

Eminent anthropologist Shirley Brice Heath tracks the lives of 300 black and white workingclass families as they reshaped their lives in new locations, occupations and interpersonal alignments over a period of thirty years. This outstanding study is a must-read for anyone interested in family life, language development and social change. • The families studied in this book were introduced in Ways with Words (Cambridge University Press, 1983) so readers can see how their lives have developed • Looks at the changes in communication brought about by electronic media • Includes two appendices – one detailing the relationship between social history and ethnography, and biography and autobiography, and one describing the research methods used in collecting the data Sociolinguistics

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 250pp 8 b/w illus.  3 maps  8 tables   978-0-521-84197-9 Hardback c. £65.00 A 978-0-521-60303-4 Paperback c. £19.99 A

The Cambridge Handbook of Language Policy Edited by Bernard Spolsky | Bar-Ilan University, Israel

This is the first Handbook to deal with language policy as a whole and is a complete ‘state-ofthe-field’ survey, covering language practices, beliefs about language varieties, and methods and agencies for language management. It will be welcomed by students, researchers and language professionals in linguistics, education and politics. • First Handbook in the field of language policy – a complete ‘state-ofthe-field’ survey • Comprehensive coverage of a range of subjects, including language practices and methods, and agencies for language management • Covers current theories and most relevant cases Sociolinguistics | Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

January 2012 247 x 174 mm 650pp 8 b/w illus.  24 tables   978-0-521-19565-2 Hardback c. £95.00 A

STUDIES IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE

Christiane Meierkord

Forgiveness and Retribution Responding to Wrongdoing Margaret R. Holmgren | Iowa State University

Forgiveness and Retribution

Interactions across Englishes

Andrew Goatly | Lingnan University, Hong Kong

Forgiveness and Retribution: Responding to Wrongdoing argues that ultimately, forgiveness is always the appropriate response to

The global spread of English has resulted in contact with an enormous variety of different languages worldwide, leading to the creation of many new varieties of English. This book takes an original look at what happens when speakers of these different varieties interact with one another. • Proposes an alternative approach to English as a lingua franca • Uses rich fieldwork data from diverse international and South African contexts • Includes language maps and authentic examples of international uses of English Linguistic Choices in Local and International Contact Situations

Sociolinguistics | Studies in English Language

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 250pp 18 b/w illus.  13 maps  21 tables   978-0-521-19228-6 Hardback c. £65.00 A

Forgiveness

Many philosophers have recently claimed that and Retribution R W unless certain conditions are met, criminal offenders deserve to be punished and we should resent those who have wronged us personally. Conversely, Margaret Holmgren posits that we should forgive those who have ill-treated us, but only after working through a process of addressing the wrong. Holmgren then reflects on the kinds of laws and social practices a properly forgiving society would adopt. • Systematic outline of a broad position on responses to wrongdoing • The method for this book is original: analyses of response to wrongdoings are generally either utilitarian or duty-based. This book provides a virtue-ethical approach to this issue and illustrates some surprising strengths of virtue ethics • Provides a theoretical foundation for much of the popular restorative justice movement wrongdoing. In recent decades, many philosophers have claimed

Interactions across Englishes

Understanding Moral Obligation

Holmgren

Meaning and Humour Using over a hundred jokes as linguistic examples, this book introduces and critiques a wide range of semantic and pragmatic theories in relation to humour. It is an entertaining and user-friendly textbook for advanced students of semantics, pragmatics and humour studies. • Uses over a hundred jokes as linguistic examples • Contains activities, discussion questions and suggestions for further reading • Includes a glossary giving basic definitions of key terms with extra examples

20

Philosophy

that unless certain conditions are met, we should resent those who have wronged us personally and that criminal offenders deserve to be punished. Conversely, Margaret Holmgren posits that we

should forgive those who have ill-treated us, but only after working through a process of addressing the wrong. Holmgren then reflects on the kinds of laws and social practices a properly forgiving society would adopt.

MARGARET HOLMGREN is Associate Professor of philosophy

at Iowa State University. She co-edited Ethical Theory: A Concise Anthology (2000) with Heimir Giersson.

esponding to

Rongdoing

Margaret R. Holmgren

Cover design by Alice Soloway

Ethics

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 209pp 978-1-107-01796-2 Hardback c. £50.00

Philosophy Tense and Modality in Logic and Metaphysics A. A. Rini | Massey University, Palmerston North

Until now there has been no account available of the parallel between tense and modality. This clearly written book offers a thorough and precise exploration of the parallel and makes it accessible to metaphysicians, logicians and philosophers generally. • First ever book-length study of the parallel • Establishes the importance and use of logic in understanding what is at stake in the metaphysics of time and modality • Starts at the beginning, and is essentially self-contained Epistemology and metaphysics

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-107-01747-4 Hardback £60.00

A

New Essays Edited by Simon Prosser | University of St Andrews, Scotland Immunity to Immunity to error through misidentification is an Error through important feature of certain kinds of first-person Misidentification judgments, as well as arguably being a feature of other indexical or demonstrative judgments. In this book, the contributors use a variety of approaches, engaging with historical and empirical aspects as well as contemporary philosophy. • Examines the issues from a variety of perspectives, including historical and empirical • Broadens current literature on topic and provides ideas for further work • Contributions from a variety of eminent authors edited by

Simon Prosser and François Recanati

Epistemology and metaphysics

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 280pp 1 b/w illus.   978-0-521-19830-1 Hardback c. £50.00 A

Edited by Allen W. Wood | Stanford University, California

This volume in the Cambridge Histories of Philosophy series brings together twenty-nine leading experts in the field and covers the years 1790–1870. Their twenty-eight chapters provide a comprehensive survey of the period, organising the material topically, and are framed by an editor’s introduction and a bibliography. • Brings together twenty-nine leading experts in the field • Includes twenty-eight chapters that together provide a comprehensive survey of the period from 1790 to 1870, with the material organized topically • Includes an editor’s introduction and a comprehensive research bibliography May 2012 228 x 152 mm 930pp 978-0-521-77273-0 Hardback c. £100.00

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-01207-3 Hardback £55.00

A

This volume offers introductory essays on all of Nietzsche’s completed works and also his unpublished notebooks. The essays range widely over the themes of Nietzsche’s work and provide Introductions to the interested reader with an up-to-date and NIetzsche authoritative overview of the thought of this fascinating figure. • Brings together in one volume 11 clear and accessible overviews and analyses of Nietzsche’s major works • New introduction by Robert Pippin focusing on the man Nietzsche and the reception of his work in the last century • Features thematic bibliography e dI t e d by

RobeRt PIPPIN

Nineteenth-century philosophy

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-00774-1 Hardback c. £50.00 978-0-521-18991-0 Paperback c. £16.99

A A

Chinese Philosophy

Wen Haiming

Third edition Haiming Wen | Renmin University of China, Beijing

A

Kant’s Observations and Remarks

cambridge critical guides

A Critical Guide Edited by Susan Meld Shell | Boston College, Massachusetts

21

History of philosophy | Modern European Philosophy

Edited by Robert Pippin | University of Chicago

History of philosophy

Immunity to Error through Misidentification

This book traces the development of theories of moral obligation of three key philosophers, showing how each tries to deal with the tension between obligation and autonomy. Of interest to those concerned with the history of modern ethics and the interaction of historical debate to constructivism and moral realism. • Shows how Kant’s controversial notion of ‘self-legislation’ has been misunderstood • Will interest those concerned with the history of modern ethics • Traces the historical dialectic that drove the development of the respective theories of Kant, Hegel and Kierkegaard

Introductions to Nietzsche

A

Cambridge History of Philosophy in the Nineteenth Century (1790–1870)

The World-Time Parallel

Kant, Hegel, Kierkegaard Robert Stern | University of Sheffield

kant’S Observations and Remarks A Critical Guide

A guide to two early anthropological, ethical and aesthetic writings that mark a turning point in Kant’s thought. Of interest to scholars of modern philosophy and its origins and to those studying German idealist philosophy, philosophical anthropology and political science. • These chapters illuminate crucial issues in Kant’s ethics, aesthetics and anthropology • Includes contributions from leading scholars of Europe and North America who relate the thematic writings to other texts in Kant’s corpus • The volume addresses both well and lesser known intellectual sources of Kant’s thought and the implications of these for later philosophical developments Edited by

Susan Meld Shell and Richard Velkley

Chinese Philosophy

This illustrated introduction explores the characteristics of different philosophers in Chinese history. Employing Western philosophical categories to describe significant issues, Wen Haiming considers Chinese political philosophy in the pre-Qin era, Chinese metaphysics from Han to Tang dynasties, Chinese epistemology from Song to Ming dynasties and modern Chinese-Western comparative philosophy. • An accessible introduction to the history of Chinese philosophy • Written by a leading Chinese scholar with an international profile • Full colour illustrations support the discussion throughout Non-western philosophy | Introductions to Chinese Culture

February 2012 230 x 156 mm 152pp 978-0-521-18676-6 Paperback c. £12.99

G

Eighteenth-century philosophy | Cambridge Critical Guides

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-0-521-76942-6 Hardback c. £50.00

A

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 24378.indd 20-21

16/12/2011 15:34


Philosophy

Philosophy

The Cambridge Handbook of Cognitive Science

The Cambridge handbook of

Cogni Tive S Cien C e

Edited by Keith Frankish | The Open University, Milton Keynes

22

keith frankish and William ramsey

Cognitive science is an enterprise devoted to understanding the nature of the mind, spanning several disciplines including psychology, neuroscience, artificial intelligence and philosophy. This volume focuses on broad themes rather than technical matters, surveying the foundational and philosophical issues, the principal areas of research and the major research programs. • Technical jargon is avoided as far as possible and no significant background knowledge of the field is assumed • Includes supporting material, such as annotated chapter-specific further reading sections and an extensive glossary • Concise, authoritative and up-to-date coverage of a rapidly developing and expanding field Philosophy of mind and language

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 348pp 20 b/w illus.  4 tables   978-0-521-87141-9 Hardback c. £45.00 A 978-0-521-69190-1 Paperback c. £17.99 A

The Cambridge Companion to Existentialism

Edited by Athanassios Raftopoulos | University of Cyprus

These essays discuss the nature of referring, concentrating on the way perceptual reference links us with the observable world, and go on to examine the implications of theories of perceptual reference for realism and the way in which scientific theories refer and thus connect us with the world. • Discusses a variety of problems associated with reference, mainly outside the field of the philosophy of language • Realist as well as indirect-realist positions are defended • Discusses how reference in perception is established and how reference and action are interrelated

edited by

Athanasios Raftopoulos and Peter Machamer

Philosophy of science

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-0-521-19877-6 Hardback c. £55.00

^he ≤ambridge ≤ompanion to

exiStentialiSm

EDITED BY

Steven Crowell

Twentieth-century philosophy | Cambridge Companions to Philosophy

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 360pp 1 b/w illus.   978-0-521-51334-0 Hardback c. £50.00 A 978-0-521-73278-9 Paperback c. £17.99 A

Type Identity the mental and the physical Simone Gozzano and Christopher S. Hill Polger Lawrence Shapiro Katalin Balog William Bechtel Ansgar Beckermann John Bickle Si alin Balog William Bechtel Ansgar Beckermann John Bickle Simone Gozzano Christopher S. lger Lawrence Shapiro Katalin Balog William Bechtel Ansgar Beckermann John Bickle SimoWilliam Bechtel Ansgar Beckermann John Bickle Simone Gozzano Christopher S. Hill Frank rmann John Bickle Simone Gozzano Christopher S. Hill Frank Jackson Jaegwon Kim Robert htel Ansgar Beckermann John Bickle Simone Gozzano Christopher S. Hill Frank Jackson Jae S. Hill Frank Jackson Jaegwon Kim Robert McCauley Brian McLaughlin Alyssa Ney John Perry ano Christopher S. Hill Frank Jackson Jaegwon Kim Robert McCauley Brian McLaughlin Al gwon Kim Robert McCauley Brian McLaughlin Alyssa Ney John Perry Thomas Polger Law

Defends a solution to the mind/body problem of great importance historically, namely that a wide range of mental states are identical with physical states of the brain. Throws light on such topics as mental causation, consciousness and the nature of various specific mental phenomena, including visual experiences and pains. • Proposes new views on the type identity theory of the mind • A range of approaches are covered, from pure metaphysics to reflections on empirical results • The papers defend a specific theory but without a monolithic or dogmatic approach

stopher S. Hill Frank Jackson Jaegwon Kim Robert McCauley Brian McLaughlin Alyssa Ney won Kim Robert McCauley Brian McLaughlin Alyssa Ney John Perry Thomas Polger Lawrence hlin Alyssa Ney John Perry Thomas Polger Lawrence Shapiro Katalin Balog William Bechtel an McLaughlin Alyssa Ney John Perry Thomas Polger Lawrence Shapiro Katalin Balog William auley Brian McLaughlin Alyssa Ney John Perry Thomas Polger Lawrence Shapiro Katalin Ba

Brings together work by Kant never before available in English, along with new translations of his most important publications in natural science. The volume is rich in material for the student and the scholar, with extensive linguistic and explanatory notes, editorial introductions and a glossary of key terms. • Makes available to an English-speaking audience works never before translated into English • New English translations of Kant’s most important publications in natural science • Includes extensive linguistic and explanatory notes, editorial introductions and a glossary of key terms May 2012 240 x 165 mm 1110pp 33 b/w illus.   978-0-521-36394-5 Hardback c. £75.00 A

The Basic Minimum Toby Handfield

A highly accessible introduction to the philosophy A Philosophical Guide to of chance, primarily for students and researchers ChAnCe in philosophy, but also for readers interested in the conceptual foundations of quantum mechanics and thermodynamics. Develops a sceptical view which challenges realist accounts of chance. • Defends a novel form of anti-realism about chance • Uses minimal formal notation and keeps technical details in separate boxes • Discusses and engages with a broad range of recent literature on the philosophy of chance, including work in the foundations of quantum mechanics Philosophy of science

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 220pp 22 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01378-0 Hardback c. £50.00 A 978-1-107-60735-4 Paperback c. £16.99 X

Réne Descartes: Meditations on First Philosophy John Cottingham’s much acclaimed translation of Descartes’s philosophical masterpiece, Meditations on First Philosophy, is now presented in a facingpage edition alongside Descartes’s original Latin text. The invaluable dual-language format, long valued by students and readers of ancient classical literature, is now available for this essential text of the early modern period. • Incorporates the widely acclaimed Cottingham translation, published by Cambridge University Press in 1996 • Presents the original Latin text of Descartes’s greatest masterpiece, considered one of the greatest canonical texts in Western philosophy • Allows for a close comparison of Descartes’s original text with an authoritative English translation

This book considers the case for free trade and foreign aid in light of a new argument for significant obligations to the global poor, and concludes with a new proposal for fair trade in pharmaceutical and biotechnology. Of interest to those interested in economics, political science and public policy. • Advances a new proposal for fair trade in pharmaceutical and biotechnology • For readers interested in how empirical evidence should inform political philosophy and theory • Provides a middle ground between cosmopolitan and statist views in the philosophical literature March 2012 228 x 152 mm 220pp 978-1-107-01030-7 Hardback c. £50.00

a w e l fa r is t a pproac h

Dorsey proposes a welfarist approach to the question of the basic social minimum. His book will be fundamental for all who are interested in theories of political morality. dale dorsey • Considers in detail the moral fundamentals of a basic minimum • Proposes an alternative welfarist approach • Of interest to those attracted to consequentialist and nonconsequentialist theories of political morality Political philosophy

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-01711-5 Hardback c. £55.00

Shrinking Distance, Expanding Obligations Nicole Hassoun | Carnegie Mellon University, Pennsylvania

23

Political philosophy

The Basic Minimum

A Welfarist Approach Dale Dorsey | University of Kansas

A Latin–English Edition Edited by John Cottingham | University of Reading New Perspectives on

Globalization and Global Justice

Immanuel Kant Edited by Eric Watkins | University of California, San Diego

Philosophy texts | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Immanuel Kant

A

Physical Probability Toby Handfield | Monash University, Victoria

This is the first volume of original essays to be devoted exclusively to existentialism in over forty years. It includes in-depth accounts of Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Heidegger, Sartre Merleau-Ponty and Beauvoir and chapters on the influence of existentialism in literature, religion, politics and psychiatry. • Demonstrates the vitality of existential thought in contemporary philosophical terms, rather than just ‘reporting’ what existential thinkers have said • Includes a section of chapters devoted to the influence of existential ideas beyond philosophy (literature, politics, religion, psychiatry) • Includes overview chapters on existentialism as a philosophical movement and as a cultural phenomenon

The Mental and the Physical Edited by Simone Gozzano | Università degli Studi dell’Aquila, Italy

Kant: Natural Science Perception, Realism and the Problem of Reference

A Philosophical Guide to Chance

Edited by Steven Crowell | Rice University, Houston

New Perspectives on Type Identity

Perception, Realism and the Problem of Reference

A

After War Ends A Philosophical Perspective Larry May | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee

A

Ethics and War An Introduction Steven P. Lee | Hobart and William Smith Colleges, New York

This book presents the basic principles of just war theory, showing how they evolved historically and how they are applied today in the real world of international relations. It will be invaluable for students and other readers interested in the ethical challenges posed by the changing nature of war. • A version of just war theory adequate to current social, political and military changes • Includes a history of the just war tradition, providing a context for discussion of contemporary concerns • Proposes a new understanding of just war theory’s relation to pacifism and realism, engaging readers who reject war on moral grounds as well as those who reject the idea that war can be judged in moral terms Political philosophy | Cambridge Applied Ethics

Addresses the subject of justice after war ends, covering the principles of reparations, restitution, reconciliation, retribution, rebuilding and proportionality. Combines discussion of the history of Just War tradition with contemporary examples from transitional justice. Of interest to students of political philosophy, legal philosophy, political theory, law and military studies. • Treats important topics such as the relationship between reparations and reconciliation • Draws examples from the emerging field of the responsibility to protect • Combines discussion of the history of Just War tradition with contemporary examples from transitional justice, such as the Darfur situation

December 2011 247 x 174 mm 240pp 4 b/w illus.  3 tables   978-0-521-89883-6 Hardback c. £45.00 A 978-0-521-72757-0 Paperback c. £15.99 A

Political philosophy

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-107-01851-8 Hardback c. £50.00 978-1-107-60362-2 Paperback c. £17.99

A P

Philosophy texts

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-0-521-19138-8 Hardback c. £50.00

A

Philosophy of mind and language

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-00014-8 Hardback c. £55.00

A

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 24378.indd 22-23

16/12/2011 15:35


Religion

Religion

New TesTameNT Greek An Introduction

This book provides a general introduction to the grammar and syntax of Hellenistic, or New Testament, Greek. With twenty-four chapters, it is suitable for two-semester courses. Each lesson is structured around equipping students to read passages drawn directly from the Greek New Testament, including comprehensive grammatical paradigms for reference. • Provides instructors and students with the choice of using the historical Greek pronunciation system or the traditional Erasmian system, and audio recordings are provided online of all vocabulary and passages for translation • Students will read continuous sections of Greek New Testament (John 1–6, Matt. 9:9–13) rather than artificial classroom sentences • The online workbook includes additional translation passages as well as syntactical and parsing questions • Includes an exhaustive summary of all grammatical paradigms in the appendices B. H. McLean

24

Biblical studies – New Testament

December 2011 253 x 215 mm 302pp 30 b/w illus.  1 map  30 exercises   978-1-107-00352-1 Hardback £50.00 A 978-0-521-17702-3 Paperback £19.99 X

The New Cambridge History of the Bible From 600 to 1450 Richard Marsden | University of Nottingham

Discusses the developing identity of the Bible from late Antiquity to the Reformation. These chapters present the reception of the Scriptures in East and West; discuss specialized interpretations such as allegorized spirituality and established forms of glossing; and consider the influence on vernacular poetry, prose, drama and the visual arts. • Includes attention to biblical studies in Eastern Christian, Jewish and Islamic contexts, so will be of interest to students of all Abrahamic faiths • Has a broad scope, examining the role played by biblical accounts in the development of vernacular literatures, drama, art and spiritual traditions • Looks closely at specialized forms of interpretation, offering depth as well as breadth of interest Biblical studies – New Testament | New Cambridge History of the Bible

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 864pp 21 b/w illus.   978-0-521-86006-2 Hardback c. £120.00 A

Gathercole: The Composition of the Gospel of Thomas JKT C M Y BLK

An Introduction B. H. McLean | University of Toronto

17:20

Page 1

The Society for New Testament Studies monograph series presents specialized research into all aspects of New Testament textual and historical culture, taking a range of approaches. This is widely recognized as the most authoritative and prestigious forum for serious scholarly publication in the area, and series books are highly regarded by biblical scholars the world over. The series has been published by Cambridge since 1965, and now contains well over 100 titles.

Original Language and Influences Simon Gathercole | University of Cambridge

This book addresses two central questions in current research on the Gospel of Thomas: what was its original language, and which early Christian works influenced it? At present, theories of Thomas as a Semitic work abound. Simon Gathercole dismantles these approaches, arguing instead that Thomas is Greek literature, and that the matter of Thomas’s original language is connected with an even more controverted question: that of the relationship between Thomas and the canonical New Testament. Rather than being independent of Matthew, Mark and Luke (as in most Western Aramaic theories of Thomas) or thoroughly dependent on the four Gospels (as in most Syriac approaches), Gathercole develops a newly refined approach to how Thomas is influenced by the Synoptic Gospels. Thomas can be seen to refer to Matthew as a Gospel writer, and evidence is discussed showing that Thomas incorporates phraseology distinctive to Luke, while also extending that special Lukan language.

The Composition of the Gospel of Thomas

New Testament Greek

13/7/11

Simon Gathercole is Senior Lecturer in New Testament Studies at the University of Cambridge and Fellow and Director of Studies in Theology at Fitzwilliam College, Cambridge. He is the author of Where is Boasting? Early Jewish Soteriology and Paul's Response in Romans 1-5 (2002), The Preexistent Son: Recovering the Christologies of Matthew, Mark, And Luke (2006), and The Gospel of Judas: Rewriting Early Christianity (2007). He is co-editor, (with L.T. Stuckenbruck & S.D.E. Weeks) of The Book of Tobit (2004) and (with J.M.G. Barclay) Divine and Human Agency in Paul and his Cultural Environment (2008).

Gathercole

Religion

9781107009042jkt.qxd

The Composition of the Gospel of Thomas

society for new testament studies monograph series 151

The Composition of the Gospel of Thomas

The Gospel of Thomas is the most well-known Original Language and Influences and controversial extra-canonical gospel, much discussed in scholarly, student and popular circles. Simon Gathercole This book answers important questions about the origins of this gospel, exploring whether it was written in Aramaic or if it was influenced by the canonical gospels. • Easy to read, so as to be accessible to readers without Greek or Coptic • Exposes problems with Aramaic or Syriac theories • Argument is set out clearly, with tabulated discussions of the influence on Thomas of the Gospels of Matthew and Luke and other early Christian writings Printed in the United Kingdom

Biblical studies – New Testament | Society for New Testament Studies Monograph Series, 151

March 2012 216 x 138 mm 250pp 33 tables   978-1-107-00904-2 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Berkowitz shows that ancient, medieval and modern interpretation of the biblical verse of Leviticus 18:3, provides an essential backdrop for today’s conversations about Jewish assimilation and minority identity more generally. The book makes an innovative contribution to the study of Jewish culture, history of ethnicity and religion and Bible interpretation. • Challenges assumptions that religious identity revolves around ritual and worship by showing that Jews have historically defined themselves instead through sexual practice and cultural habit • Shows that discourse about Jewish assimilation is not a distinctively modern phenomenon, but that it has a long and varied history within Jewish cultures starting with the Bible itself • Maps out an important new genre of Bible reception history: by tracing the interpretation of a verse that is loaded with identity politics, the book explores the nexus between hermeneutics and history, or interpretation and ideology, in its sharpest, most dramatic iterations Biblical studies – Old Testament, Hebrew Bible

A

Genocide in Jewish Thought David Patterson | University of Texas, Dallas

Edited by Paul Williams | University of Bristol

Death rituals and Buddhist imagery of the afterlife have been central to the development and spread of Buddhism as a social and textual tradition. Bringing together ethnographic, historical and theoretically informed accounts, the book presents in-depth studies of the Buddhist funeral cultures of mainland Southeast Asia and China. • Includes first hand accounts of Buddhist ritual practices, for a detailed and accurate report • Focussed on death, one of the most important rites of passage in a Southeast Asian and Chinese context • Explores how Buddhism is actually practised within different Southeast Asian cultures, giving a precise picture of how rituals vary by area Buddhism, Eastern religions

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 350pp 5 b/w illus.  4 tables   978-1-107-00388-0 Hardback c. £55.00 A

A History of Decision-Making in the Church Paul Valliere | Butler University, Indiana

From Antiquity to the Present Beth A. Berkowitz | Jewish Theological Seminary of America

conciliarism A History of Decision-Making in the Church

This history of councils and decision-making in the Christian Church draws extensively upon conciliarism scholarship from the last fifty years. Valliere brings a broad ecumenical perspective to bear and shows how the conciliar tradition of the Christian past can serve as a resource for resolving conflicts in the Church today. • Provides a comprehensive overview of the history of councils and conciliar decision-making in the Christian Church • Presents conciliarism within a broad ecumenical perspective, paying attention to all major streams of the Christian tradition • Includes analysis of the contemporary Anglican crisis, offering Anglicans and other Christians a better understanding of conflictresolution in the Church

PAul VAlliere

Church history

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-01574-6 Hardback c. £55.00

A

A Short History of Global Evangelicalism

Craig A. Evans | Acadia Divinity College, Wolfville, Canada

Commentary on

Matthew

Craig A. Evans A verse-by-verse analysis of the New Testament Gospel of Matthew. This commentary explores the historical, social and religious contexts of Matthew and examines the customs, beliefs and ideas that inform the text. Unfamiliar to many readers of the New Testament, this background will help readers fully understand the text. • Explains the meaning of the text but without overwhelming readers with too much scholarship and technical jargon • Suitable for students and courses • Provides a comprehensive guide to one of the most important gospels NC BC

The New Cambridge Bible Commentary

Biblical studies – Old Testament, Hebrew Bible | New Cambridge Bible Commentary

Exploring issues such as how we understand the soul, the use of torture and the prevalence of hunger, this book argues that one means of preventing genocide is to think concretely about our flesh-and-blood relations to fellow human beings. • Demonstrates the genocidal tendency of creed-based religion • Makes a connection between genocide and phenomena such as our thinking about the soul, environmentalism, torture and hunger • Offers an alternative to genocidal thinking in the concrete thinking of Jewish teaching and tradition Judaism

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-107-01104-5 Hardback c. £50.00

A

Jewish Messianic Thoughts in an Age of Despair

25

Kenneth Seeskin | Northwestern University, Illinois

Mark Hutchinson | Southern Cross College, Australia

Matthew

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 500pp 978-0-521-81214-6 Hardback £65.00 978-0-521-01106-8 Paperback £23.99

Buddhist Funeral Cultures of Southeast Asia and China

Conciliarism

Defining Jewish Difference

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 248pp 978-1-107-01371-1 Hardback c. £55.00

This book addresses two central questions in current research on the Gospel of Thomas: what was its original language, and which early Christian works influenced it? At present, theories of Thomas as a Semitic work abound. Simon Gathercole dismantles these approaches, arguing instead that Thomas is Greek literature, and that the matter of Thomas’s original language is connected with an even more controverted question: that of the relationship between Thomas and the canonical New Testament. Rather than being independent of Matthew, Mark and Luke (as in most Western Aramaic theories of Thomas) or thoroughly dependent on the four Gospels (as in most Syriac approaches), Gathercole develops a newly refined approach to how Thomas is influenced by the Synoptic Gospels. Thomas can be seen to refer to Matthew as a Gospel writer, and evidence is discussed showing that Thomas incorporates phraseology distinctive to Luke, while also extending that special Lukan language.

This book offers an authoritative overview of the history of evangelicalism as a global movement, from its origins in Europe and North America in the first half of the eighteenth century to its present-day dynamic growth in Africa, Asia, Latin America and Oceania. It analyzes the importance of the movement today, while considering its adaptability to changing historical and geographical circumstances. • Global scope makes the subject relevant to readers worldwide • Combines long-term historical perspective with thorough analysis of the recent and contemporary situation • Includes multidisciplinary approaches which use both original source materials as well as contemporary literature

This book asks whether hope for a better future is defensible in light of the horrors of the twentieth century and what we know about the human propensity for evil. It argues that such a belief is defensible and offers a vision of what a redeemed world would be like. • Examines Messianism without succumbing to mythology • Addresses big issues in a straightforward way • Complete coverage of the history of the idea and the problems it raises Judaism

February 2012 216 x 138 mm 232pp 978-1-107-01792-4 Hardback £55.00

A

The Cambridge History of Jewish Philosophy The Modern Era Volume 2 Edited by Martin Kavka | Florida State University

the Cambridge History of Jewish Philosophy

Provides an overview of Jewish philosophy from the seventeenth century to the present day. Written by a distinguished group of experts, its essays examine how Jewish thinking was modified in its encounter with modern Europe and America and challenge longstanding assumptions about the nature and purpose of modern Jewish philosophy. • Thematic orientation shows generativity of the subject; most of the essays aim to show that the story of modern Jewish philosophy is unfinished and can be re-told • Provides a comprehensive overview of the period in question from a group of expert scholars • Includes a comprehensive introduction to put the essays in context and provide the reader with some background and guidance Martin KavKa

Judaism | Cambridge History of Jewish Philosophy

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 891pp 978-0-521-85243-2 Hardback c. £120.00

A

Church history

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 335pp 4 b/w illus.  3 tables   978-0-521-76945-7 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-0-521-74605-2 Paperback c. £19.99 P

A A

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 24378.indd 24-25

16/12/2011 15:35


Religion

Religion / Management

Peter Singer and Christian Ethics

Esotericism and the Academy Rejected Knowledge in Western Culture Wouter J. Hanegraaff | University of Amsterdam

Beyond Polarization Charles C. Camosy | Fordham University, New York

Ethics

Religion (general)

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 210pp 978-0-521-19915-5 Hardback c. £50.00 978-0-521-14933-4 Paperback c. £17.99

Torkel Brekke

Religion (general)

A P

The Good Muslim Reflections on Classical Islamic Law and Theology Mona Siddiqui | University of Edinburgh

In this thought-provoking book, Mona Siddiqui reflects upon key themes in Islamic law and theology. These themes, which range through discussions about friendship, divorce, drunkenness, love, slavery and ritual slaughter, offer fascinating insights into Islamic ethics and the way in which arguments developed in medieval juristic discourse. • An articulate and thought-provoking book which considers key themes – love, friendship, divorce – and how they were interpreted by medieval scholars • Written by a leading scholar and well-known commentator, the book reflects her personal choices and experiences as a Muslim in today’s world • Intended for students and scholars of theology, history, religious studies and those interested in inter-religious debate

A P

number of articles and books on interreligious relations, including Walking the City (1999),

Traces of the Other (2000) and Theology and the Dialogue of Religions (Cambridge University Press, 2002).

Taking the theme of learning as central to the responsible practice of interreligious dialogue, Michael Barnes S. J. discusses a Christian spirituality that builds on virtues of hospitality and welcome to the other, while maintaining the importance of difference and particularity in the search for meaning. Each chapter explores how faith grows as a person crosses a threshold into another religious world and learns sensitivity to echoes of the known in the unknown. Encounters with the religious other, refracted through texts, conversations, artefacts and places, are used to illustrate the ancient

part i meetings 1 The Middle of Things 2 Schools of Faith 3 Communities of Conversation 4 Thresholds of Meaning part ii crossings 5 The art of Translation 6 Mending Memories 7 Channelling Desire

world constantly returns to the ‘home’ tradition, reinvigorated in its appreciation of the other. .

Dialogue, Spirituality and the Christian Imagination

Jacket illustration: ‘Inside of a borie, Provence’; photo by andrew Dickson.

Michael Barnes S. J.

Jacket designed by Hart McLeod Ltd

printed in the united k ingdom

Religion (general)

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-01284-4 Hardback £60.00

A

The Cambridge Companion to Religious Studies

CAmbRidgE COmpAniOns tO REligiOn

The Cambridge Companion to Religious Studies is both informative and provocative, introducing readers to key debates in the contemporary REligiOus study of religion and suggesting future research studiEs possibilities. Written by a group of distinguished scholars, the volume’s essays should prove valuable and interesting to scholars throughout the humanities and social sciences. • Features a distinguished list of contributors • Each chapter is framed by pressing theoretical issues or questions, rather than presenting simple ‘introduction’ or encyclopedia style surveys • Each chapter considers new directions in critical thinking about religion and provides readers with a sense of how scholars of religion deal with complex and contentious issues thE CAmbRidgE COmpAniOn tO

Edited by

Robert A. Orsi

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 380pp 13 b/w illus.   978-0-521-88391-7 Hardback £60.00 A 978-0-521-71014-5 Paperback £18.99 P

part iii im aginings 9 The Divine Imperative 10 Passion for Justice 11 Tragedy and Loss 12 Spirit of Wonder Post-face : a spirituality of dialogue Bibliography Index

The Evolution of Religious Beliefs from Pythagoras to Tertullian Marian Hillar | Texas Southern University

FROM LOGOS TO TRINITY The Evolution of Religious Beliefs from Pythagoras to Tertullian

This book presents a critical evaluation of the doctrine of the Trinity, tracing its development and investigating the intellectual, philosophical and theological background that shaped this influential doctrine of Christianity. It identifies important nonChristian sources of Trinitarian thought in addition to considering Hebrew messianic concepts and Greek philosophic ideas. • Incorporates little-known sources for the formulation of the doctrine of the Trinity; Greek middle-Platonic philosophical writings of Numenius and Egyptian metaphysical writings • Presents new perspective on the chronological development of the Hebrew messianic concepts based on the textual analysis of the apocalyptic and eschatological literature • Offers a new explanation of the intellectual processes which led to the rise of the doctrine of the Trinity in Christianity, investigating the Greek philosophical concept of Logos and its use by early Christian thinkers M ARI AN HILL AR

Theology

Edited by Robert A. Orsi | Northwestern University, Illinois

Religion (general) | Cambridge Companions to Religion

8 Waiting on God

From Logos to Trinity

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 336pp 978-1-107-01330-8 Hardback £60.00

A N IN T RODUC T ION TO

MeDIe vA l TheOl Ogy Rik Van Nieuwenhove

This book is essential reading for all those who are interested in medieval thought, be they students of theology, philosophy or literature of the medieval period. Rik van Nieuwenhove discusses a radically theo-centric perspective and shows how medieval thought both challenges and enriches theology today. • Challenges some of the key presuppositions of today’s modern and postmodern theology • The reader is invited to think along with medieval authors and their radical theo-centric perspective • Written in an accessible style, with brief descriptions of the historical context of the authors that are being discussed

27

Theology | Introduction to Religion

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 320pp 1 b/w illus.   978-0-521-89754-9 Hardback c. £45.00 A 978-0-521-72232-2 Paperback c. £15.99 A

Management

acknowledgements

In this vital contribution to current comparative Interreligious theology studies, Michael Barnes puts learning Learning at the centre of responsible interfaith dialogue. Discussing a Christian spirituality which builds on virtues of hospitality and welcoming of other traditions, this book demonstrates that learning about another’s faith goes together with learning about one’s own. • Proposes an alternative model for theology of religions based on cultivation of learning, making an important contribution to current comparative theology studies • Argues for the significance of difference and particularity in the search for meaning, underlining the importance of religious diversity in today’s world • Readers are encouraged to bring their own experience to bear upon the complex issues raised by interreligious relations, making the study relevant to everyday life Patristic theme of ‘seeds of the Word’. Cumulatively they show that a faith that learns how to engage imaginatively with another religious

A

Preface : Dialogue and Learning

FROM LOGOS TO TRINITY

of Globalization

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 224pp 978-0-521-51864-2 Hardback c. £60.00 978-0-521-74012-8 Paperback c. £17.99

edited by marcia j. bunge

HILLAR

in the Age

Religion (general)

Jewish, Christian, and Muslim Perspectives

C on t e n t s

Interreligious Learning

and Protest

Investigates the origins of fundamentalism, outlining its characteristics and the history of key fundamentalist movements around the world, Fundamentalism considering examples from Christianity, Islam, Buddhism and Hinduism. The book traces the rise and trajectory of fundamentalist movements, as well as their historical development from the nineteenth century to the present. • Offers a new understanding of fundamentalism, making a clear argument about the historical causes of fundamentalist movements • Provides a comparative perspective that considers movements in many world religions, including Hinduism and Buddhism • Based in part on a series of exclusive interviews with Mullah Krekar, who was named by Colin Powell as an extremist leader February 2012 216 x 138 mm 298pp 978-0-521-76625-8 Hardback £65.00 978-0-521-14979-2 Paperback £19.99

Dialogue, Spirituality and the Christian Imagination Interreligious Learning Michael S. J. Barnes | Heythrop College, University of London Lecturer in Interreligious relations at heythrop College, University of London. he has written a

Prophecy

Rik van Nieuwenhove | Mary Immaculate College, Limerick

Religious ethics

Barnes  

MICh a EL Ba rnES S. J. is reader and Senior

Prophecy and Protest in an Age of Globalization Torkel Brekke | University of Oslo

Jewish, Christian and Muslim Perspectives Edited by Marcia J. Bunge | Valparaiso University, Indiana

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-01114-4 Hardback c. £55.00

Interreligious Learning

Fundamentalism

An Introduction to Medieval Theology

Children, Adults, Collected essays discussing religious and ethical And shAred perspectives on children and obligations to responsibilities them within the religious traditions of Judaism, Christianity and Islam. Contributes to intellectual inquiry regarding children in the specific areas of children’s rights and childhood studies, and provides resources for child advocates and those engaged in interreligious dialogue. • One of the first collaborative efforts to provide a highly informed study of religious and ethical perspectives on children within the Abrahamic faiths • Challenges readers to re-examine their own perspectives on children and obligations to them • The authors come from different strands within these three religious traditions, representing diverse views

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 477pp 4 tables   978-0-521-19621-5 Hardback c. £55.00 A

A A

Barnes:  Interreligious Learning JaCKET C M Y BLK

26

This book explores issues such as abortion, euthanasia, global poverty and the dignity of non-human animals to show that Peter Singer and Christian ethics, commonly understood as occupying polarized positions, are far closer than has been thought. It will be valuable for all who are interested in their continuing debate. • For those interested in the practical application of moral theology and philosophy on important contemporary moral issues • Opens readers to a more penetrating understanding of controversial figures and issues by overcoming the distracting polarization that currently frustrates this possibility • Of interest to theologians, philosophers, and public policy analysts

Hanegraaff reveals the neglected history of how intellectuals since the Renaissance have tried to come to terms with ideas of the ‘esoteric’ and ‘occult’, present in Western culture. He asks what implications this forgotten history of exclusion has for established textbook narratives of religion, philosophy and science. • The argument is presented as a historical narrative, taking the reader on an intellectual voyage from the early Renaissance to the present day • Discusses currents of thought which have played an important role in intellectual history, but have never before been sufficiently identified • Demonstrates patterns of intellectual prejudice that have distorted views of the history of religion, philosophy and science

Children, Adults, and Shared Responsibilities

Models of Opportunity The Entrepreneurs Design Firms to Achieve the Unexpected Gerard George | Imperial College London

Gerard George Adam J. Bock

The time has come to overhaul what we know MODELS OF about entrepreneurship and business models. This OPPORTUNITY book links scholarly research on business models and organisational design to the reality of building entrepreneurial firms. It provides actionable advice based on a deeper understanding of how business models function and change. • Presents a managerially based framework for developing and assessing business models • Applies an entrepreneurial lens that more accurately frames the business model in the context of venture creation and survival • Features case studies of small firms actively developing and legitimising business models How entrepreneurs

design firms to achieve the unexpected

Entrepreneurship and innovation

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 250pp 24 b/w illus.  18 tables   978-0-521-76507-7 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-0-521-17084-0 Paperback c. £23.99 P

A

Getting and Staying Productive

Reconsidering John Calvin Randall C. Zachman | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

Places John Calvin in conversation with theologians such as Pascal, Kierkegaard, Barth, Ezra the Scribe and Julian of Norwich to examine our place in the immensity of the universe, our love of enemies, God’s love for the Jews and our contemplation of the love and wrath of God. • Innovative approach places John Calvin in conversation with theologians with whom he is not usually identified, such as Pascal, Kierkegaard and Barth • Rethinks existing perspectives by attending to themes in Calvin’s theology which have been largely ignored, such as his theological use of astronomy • Short, focused study makes this an ideal guide to the subject for students of theology

Applying Swift, Even Flow to Practice Roger W. Schmenner | Indiana University

This book is for all those who want to make organizations more productive, such as students of business and thoughtful managers. It introduces ‘swift, even flow’ and shows how that concept stands behind many of today’s popular business tools and how it can lead to deep, strategic insights. • Shows how to apply the concept of swift, even flow to improve productivity through case studies of real-life companies • Not simply relabelling of tools like Six Sigma and lean techniques, as this can provide strategic vision that those tools cannot • Applies to services as well as manufacturing and to entire supply chains as well as individual operations General management

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 270pp 24 b/w illus.  8 tables   978-1-107-02132-7 Hardback c. £48.00 P

Theology | Current Issues in Theology

December 2011 216 x 138 mm 280pp 978-1-107-01575-3 Hardback £45.00 978-1-107-60177-2 Paperback c. £17.99

A A

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 24378.indd 26-27

16/12/2011 15:35


Management / Sociology

Corporate Governance and Initial Public Offerings An International Perspective Edited by Alessandro Zattoni | Università degli Studi di Napoli ‘Parthenope’

Sociology / Anthropology

Corporate Governance and Initial Public Offerings An International Perspective Edited by

Alessandro Zattoni William Judge

28

Based on an international research project, this book analyses the corporate governance of Initial Public Offerings (IPOs) in twenty-one countries. The end result is a broad and deep assessment of governance practices and IPO activity for an array of economies that represent roughly 80% of the global economy. • Analyses corporate governance of IPOs with a systematic exploration of the national characteristics of a variety of internal and external governance mechanisms • Features illustrations of corporate governance of IPOs in 21 countries, some of which are important and relatively unexplored (such as Russia, China, India, Saudi Arabia) • Provides guidance to policy makers and scholarly insights to academics regarding national governance configurations Governance

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 500pp 3 b/w illus.  180 tables   978-1-107-01686-6 Hardback c. £60.00 A

Democratizing Entrepreneurship Sumit K. Majumdar | University of Texas, Dallas

INDUS TRIAL REVOLUT ION

Sumit K. Majumdar

L AT E , L AT E

Democratizing Entrepreneurship

India is awakening from its economic slumber and is experiencing a late, late industrial revolution. This important new book catalogues and explains this revolution through a combination of rigorous analysis and entertaining anecdotes about India’s entrepreneurs, Indian firms’ strategies and the changing role of government in Indian industry. • Provides an exhaustive survey of India’s industrialization, from ancient times to the present • Explains India’s current growth in the context of the industrial revolutions of Europe and North America, and the later industrialization experiences of Asia • Shows how India’s industrialization is being driven by autonomous entrepreneurship, and contrasts it with the past when the government played the most important role International business

Measuring the Performance of Public Services Principles and Practice

Michael Pidd

Organisation studies

February 2012 247 x 174 mm 320pp 54 b/w illus.  20 tables   978-1-107-00465-8 Hardback c. £45.00 A

Social Work From Theory to Practice Marie Connolly | University of Melbourne

Ethnolinguistics and Cultural Concepts

This book captures the critical information students need to feel confident in the application of theory to practice. Social Work: From Theory to Practice provides a comprehensive exploration of knowledge in practice and the ways in which theory helps practitioners to understand, make sense of, and respond to complex human needs. • Provides social work students with a comprehensive introduction to the ways in which theories inform practice • Features case studies from practitioners in the field • It explores a range of theories using the metaphors of systems, onionpeeling, faulty-engine, story-telling and mountain-moving approaches Sociology (general)

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 224pp 978-0-521-13362-3 Paperback £45.00

A

CAmbridgE ComPAnions to mAnAgEmEnt

d ow nsi z i ng is Less still more? Edited by Cary L. Cooper, Alankrita Pandey and James Campbell Quick

Downsizing is one of the most frequently used business strategies for reducing costs, returning firms to profit or for restructuring businesses following takeovers, mergers and acquisitions. This book provides a comprehensive overview of downsizing that examines both the strategic and human implications of this process. • A comprehensive overview of downsizing, one of the most understudied phenomena in modern business • Provides a global perspective that moves beyond the usual US-centric view • Examines the affects of downsizing from an employee and survivor perspective rather than just the organizational outcomes Strategic management | Cambridge Companions to Management

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 350pp 24 b/w illus.  15 tables   978-1-107-00467-2 Hardback c. £50.00 A

Sociology

An Alternative History of Sociology Christian Borch | Copenhagen Business School

Real Social Science Applied Phronesis Edited by Bent Flyvbjerg | University of Oxford

Decoding Organization Bletchley Park, Codebreaking and Organization Studies

How was Bletchley Park made as an organization? What was Bletchley Park’s culture and how was its work co-ordinated? Challenging many popular perceptions, this book examines the hitherto unexamined complexities of how 10,000 people were brought together in complete secrecy during World War II to work on ciphers. • The first social scientific account of Bletchley Park by one of the leading figures in organization studies • Proposes a distinctive approach to organization studies that will appeal to those dissatisfied with current thinking • Offers a detailed historical case study that challenges many popular preconceptions and myths Christopher Grey

Real Social Science is a major development in a novel and thriving field of research. Presenting a range of examples of a new, hands-on approach to social inquiry, this book will be required reading for students and academics across the social sciences who want to make a difference in practice. • Develops the idea of a phronetic social science beyond the original formulation • Will appeal to methodologists working in research traditions that combine different analytical techniques • All contributions, introductory and concluding chapters have had the benefit of three editors with long and active research backgrounds and have been written with one ‘authorial voice’

Offers an original approach to ethnolinguistics, discussing how abstract concepts such as truth, love, hate and war are expressed across cultures and ethnicities. It will be welcomed by those working in the fields of sociolinguistics, linguistic anthropology, discourse analysis, semantics and pragmatics. • Proposes a new and wider view of ethnolinguistics based on European approaches to language difference • Offers a linguistically-informed and philosophically provocative approach to studying emotions (loving and hating) and fundamental concepts (truth and war) • Challenges established approaches to theories about the relationship between language and thought

29

Linguistic anthropology

Warfare and Shamanism in Amazonia

Modern society was born as a society of crowds. This book analyses how the phenomenon of crowds became a concern to sociologists in the nineteenth century and how the understanding of crowds has evolved since then. The result is a fresh perspective on society and modern sociology. • Offers the first full analysis of sociological theories of crowds from the inception of sociology in the late nineteenth century to today • Readers interested in the recent revival of crowd thinking will find a historical account here to substantiate their work • Provides an alternative history of sociology and argues for a revived interest in crowd thinking • Though sociological in outlook, the book brings in work in political theory, history, social psychology, philosophy and also draws connections between literature and sociology Social theory

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-00973-8 Hardback c. £60.00

Truth, Love, Hate and War James W. Underhill | Université Stendhal, Grenoble

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 300pp 2 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01064-2 Hardback c. £60.00 A

The Politics of Crowds

A

The Reflexive Imperative in Late Modernity Margaret S. Archer | École Polytechnique Fédérale, Lausanne

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 300pp 32 b/w illus.  44 tables   978-1-107-01500-5 Hardback c. £50.00 A 978-1-107-62286-9 Paperback c. £18.99 A

Organisation studies

Anthropology

Textbook

Measuring the performance of public agencies and programmes is essential to ensure that citizens enjoy quality services and that governments can be sure that taxpayers receive value for money. This book shows how the principles, uses and practice of performance measurement for public services differ from those in for-profit organisations. • Introduces and explores the principles of performance measurement, helping readers to avoid common mistakes and misunderstandings • Examines the different uses of performance measurement, showing that it is for more than just central control or auditing • Covers many of the technical problems encountered in performance measurement, showing how they can be overcome in practice

Is Less Still More? Edited by Cary Cooper | Lancaster University

INDIA’S

Bletchley Park, Codebreaking and Organization Studies Christopher Grey | University of Warwick

Principles and Practice Michael Pidd | Lancaster University

Downsizing

India’s Late, Late Industrial Revolution

Decoding Organization

Measuring the Performance of Public Services

What do young people want from life? Using analysis of family experiences and life histories, Margaret Archer concludes her investigation of the role of the ‘internal conversation’ in mediating between structure and agency. She advances a new theory of relational socialisation and shows how forms of reflexivity may be changing. • Margaret Archer is one of Europe’s leading sociologists with a worldwide reputation • Brings Archer’s influential work on ‘reflexivity’ to bear on young people’s view of the world and how they make choices • Provides a new history of reflexivity (how people see their place in the world), never attempted before

Carlos Fausto | Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro

This book is an ethnographic study of the Parakanã, a little-known indigenous people of Amazonia, who inhabit the Xingu–Tocantins interfluve in the state of Pará, Brazil. Carlos Fausto analyzes the relationship between warfare and shamanism in Parakanã society from the late nineteenth century until the end of the twentieth century. • Extensive empirical base • Strong theoretical claims • Innovative approach Social, cultural anthropology | Cambridge Latin American Studies, 96

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 250pp 24 b/w illus.  8 maps  20 tables   978-1-107-02006-1 Hardback c. £40.00 A

Witchcraft and a Life in the New South Africa Isak Niehaus | Brunel University

Casting new light on scholarly understandings of the connections between politics, witchcraft and AIDS in South Africa, this biography reconstructs the life of Jimmy Mohale, who studied and worked as a teacher during the anti-apartheid struggle and died from an undiagnosed sickness, attributing his misfortunes to witchcraft. • Methodologically innovative for its combination of biography and ethnography • The analysis of contemporary witchcraft illuminates several important questions, namely: continuities with earlier cosmologies in modern life; themes of material inequalities in illness and death; and the historic and ongoing role of the AIDS pandemic in South African society Social, cultural anthropology | The International African Library, 43

June 2012 228 x 152 mm 253pp 7 b/w illus.  2 maps   978-1-107-01628-6 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Social theory

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 320pp 25 b/w illus.   978-1-107-02095-5 Hardback c. £55.00 A 978-1-107-60527-5 Paperback c. £19.99 P

Research methods in sociology and criminology

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 433pp 3 b/w illus.  2 tables   978-1-107-00025-4 Hardback c. £50.00 A 978-0-521-16820-5 Paperback c. £17.99 A

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 220pp 4 b/w illus.  3 tables   978-1-107-00545-7 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 24378.indd 28-29

16/12/2011 15:35


Archaeology

Archaeology / Psychology

Archaeology Understanding the Archaeological Record Gavin Lucas | University of Iceland, Reykjavik

30

Reassessing Paleolithic Subsistence Understanding

The Archaeological Record Gavin Lucas

This book explores the diverse understandings of the archaeological record in both historical and contemporary perspective, while also serving as a guide to reassessing current understandings. Gavin Lucas calls for a rethinking of the nature of archaeological evidence and the kind of history and narratives written from it. • Examines views of the archaeological record in an international perspective • Stresses the importance of linking theory to the particular characteristics of archaeological evidence • Re-thinks the nature of social archaeology Archaeological science

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 314pp 21 b/w illus.  6 tables   978-1-107-01026-0 Hardback c. £65.00 A 978-0-521-27969-7 Paperback c. £20.00 P

The Archaeology of China From the Late Palaeolithic to the Early Bronze Age Li Liu | Stanford University, California

This book explores the roles of agricultural development and advancing social complexity in the processes of state formation in China. Over a period of about 10,000 years, it follows evolutionary trajectories of society from the last Paleolithic hunting-gathering groups, through Neolithic farming villages, and on to the Bronze Age Shang dynasty in the latter half of the second millennium BC. • Covers major topics including the roles of agricultural development, advancing social complexity and state formation in ancient China • Considers the origins of archaic states in the Yellow River valley • Includes discussion of regional interactions within China and between China and the outside world Archaeology of Asia, Sub-Saharan Africa, Pacific | Cambridge World Archaeology

May 2012 253 x 177 mm 450pp 97 b/w illus.  42 maps  11 tables   978-0-521-64310-8 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-0-521-64432-7 Paperback c. £19.99 P

Mobile Pastoralism and the Formation of Near Eastern Civilizations Weaving Together Society Anne Porter | University of Southern California

March 2012 253 x 215 mm 400pp 28 b/w illus.  9 maps  6 tables   978-0-521-76443-8 Hardback c. £65.00 A

The Neandertal and Modern Human Foragers of Saint-Césaire

The contribution of Neandertals to the biological and cultural emergence of early modern humans remains highly debated in anthropology. Particularly controversial is the long-held view that Neandertals in Western Europe were replaced 30,000 to 40,000 years ago by early modern humans expanding out of Africa. This book contributes to this debate by exploring the diets and foraging patterns of both Neandertals and early modern humans. • Debates about the fate of the last Neandertals • Recent human evolution in Western Europe • The expansion of early modern humans

Eugène Morin

Archaeology of Europe, Near and Middle East

May 2012 253 x 177 mm 350pp 112 b/w illus.  4 maps  61 tables   978-1-107-02327-7 Hardback c. £65.00 A

Sculpture and Social Dynamics in Preclassic Mesoamerica

Sculpture and Social Dynamics in Preclassic Mesoamerica Julia Guernsey

Julia Guernsey | University of Texas, Austin

This book examines the functions of sculpture during the Preclassic period in Mesoamerica and its significance in statements of social identity. Julia Guernsey focuses specifically on an enigmatic type of public, monumental sculpture known as the ‘potbelly’ that traces its antecedents to small domestic ritual objects. The potbellies became central to the physical representation of new forms of social identity and expressions of political authority during the development of the first state-level societies in Mesoamerica. • First ever exploration of the social role of sculpture in Preclassic Mesoamerica • Methodologically innovative in its use of data derived from the fields of art history, archaeology and anthropology • Most extensive assembled inventory of Preclassic sculptures of this type, many never published before in English Archaeology of the Americas

April 2012 279 x 215 mm 127pp 125 b/w illus.  2 maps  1 table   978-1-107-01246-2 Hardback c. £65.00 A

Cultural Foundations of Learning IAN ARMIT

Ian Armit | University of Bradford

This book describes fundamental differences in learning beliefs between the Western mind model and the East Asian virtue model of learning, detailing how children engage in learning, regard their learning peers and express their learning, as well as how parents guide their children. • Traces the cultural origins of the two large intellectual traditions • Up-to-date comparison of two distinct learning cultures

Prehistory

Schools can do little to reduce the economic and political causes of war and violence, but they can do much to moderate the psychological factors by helping students understand the forces that manipulate them. This book provides an approach to peace education designed to help Nel Noddings students understand these psychological factors. • Suggests what education might do to discourage war • Provides a clear discussion of how citizens are psychologically manipulated • Distinctive in its treatment of psychological factors of war

April 2012 253 x 177 mm 250pp 76 b/w illus.  6 maps  5 tables   978-0-521-87756-5 Hardback c. £50.00 A

Psychology The Cambridge Handbook of Psycholinguistics

THE CAMBRIDGE HANDBOOK OF

Edited by Michael Spivey | Cornell University, New York

Psycholinguistics

Psycholinguistics, or the study of how humans learn and use language, is a central topic in cognitive science. This collection of chapters is written by leading researchers from a wide array of subfields, who have been shaping the field of psycholinguistics over the last decade. This is required reading for advanced researchers, graduate students, and upper-level undergraduates. • Authors consist of major players in the field and represent highly diverse methodologies and perspectives • Full coverage of the field, including many areas not covered in other similar handbooks • This handbook provides broader coverage of the many sub-areas of psycholinguists

Debates in the Archaeology of Human Origins Edited by Manuel Domínguez-Rodrigo | Universidad Complutense, Madrid

The stone tools and fossil bones from the earliest archaeological sites in Africa have been used over the past fifty years to create models that interpret how early hominins lived, foraged, behaved, and communicated, and how early and modern humans evolved. In this book, an international team of archaeologists examines early Stone Age tools and bones to present the most holistic view to date of the archaeology of human origins. • Shows opposite views on some of the most important debates in human evolution • Provides a theoretical basis for viewing these debates from a scientific approach • Contains in the same book an updated summary of what we know from the study of stone tools and the fossil bones that integrate early archaeological sites Prehistory

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 300pp 25 b/w illus.  1 map  9 tables   978-1-107-02292-8 Hardback c. £65.00 A

Developmental psychology

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 350pp 18 b/w illus.  4 tables   978-0-521-76829-0 Hardback c. £55.00 A 978-0-521-16062-9 Paperback c. £19.99 A

Peace Education How We Come to Love and Hate War Nel Noddings | Stanford University, California

31

Peace Education How We Come to Love and Hate War

Educational psychology

EDITED BY

Michael Spivey Ken McRae Marc Joanisse

Cognition | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

Stone Tools and Fossil Bones

East and West Jin Li | Brown University, Rhode Island

Across Iron Age Europe the human head carried symbolic associations with power, fertility, status, HEADHUNTING AND THE BODY gender, and more. Evidence for the removal, IN IRON AGE EUROPE curation and display of heads ranges from classical literary references to iconography and skeletal remains. This book examines the beliefs and practices associated with headhunting and headveneration across a range of diverse and fragmented Iron Age societies. • Offers significant new interpretations of the evidence for headhunting, head veneration and attitudes to the human body in Iron Age Europe • Examines the archaeological realities behind the ‘Celtic cult of the head’ • Presents detailed contextual studies of the literary, archaeological and iconographic evidence

May 2012 253 x 177 mm 720pp 61 b/w illus.  2 colour illus.   978-0-521-86064-2 Hardback c. £85.00 A 978-0-521-67792-9 Paperback c. £45.00 A

Overcoming Learning Disabilities

BASED ON THE IDEAS of Russian psychologists Lev Vygotsky and Alexander Luria, this book explores methods of preventing or overcoming learning disabilities. Akhutina and Pylaeva follow Vygotsky and Luria’s sociocultural theory and their principle of a systemic structure and dynamic organization of higher mental functions, and build on their theoretical foundation by focusing on the interactive scaffolding of the weak components of the child’s functional systems, the transition from joint child-adult co-actions, and the emotional involvement of the child.

Tatiana V. Akhutina | Lomonosov Moscow State University The authors discuss effective methods of remediation of attention, executive functions (working memory and cognitive control), and spatial and visual-verbal functions. Overcoming Learning Disabilities translates complex problems into easily understandable concepts that will be appreciated by school psychologists, special and general education teachers, and parents of children with learning disabilities.

Overcoming Learning Disabilities

Archaeology of Europe, Near and Middle East

The Neandertal and Modern Human Foragers of Saint-Césaire Eugène Morin | Trent University, Peterborough, Ontario

Headhunting and the Body in Iron Age Europe

Akhutina Pylaeva

In this book, Anne Porter explores the idea that mobile and sedentary members of the ancient world were integral parts of the same social and political groups in greater Mesopotamia during the period 4000 to 1500 BCE. • Draws on a wide variety of sources • Relevant to those interested in archaeology, anthropology, mobile pastoralism and the Near East • Covers the Uruk expansion, Gilgames, the ancient city of Ebla and the Third Dynasty of Ur

Reassessing Paleolithic Subsistence

Overcoming Learning Disabilities

Based on the ideas of Russian psychologists Lev Vygotsky and Alexander Luria, this book explores methods of preventing or overcoming learning disabilities. After describing the typical forms of learning disabilities, Tatiana V. Akhutina and Natalia M. Pylaeva discuss the effective methods of remediation of attention, executive functions (working memory and cognitive control), and spatial and visual-verbal functions. • A book by pupils of great Russian neuropsychologist Alexander Luria • Authors describe how to work in the Zone of Proximal Development (Vygotsky’s term) conducting an ongoing qualitative analysis of children’s difficulties and helping them strengthen the weak ‘link’ of the functional system TATIANA V. AKHUTINA is the head of the Laboratory of Neuropsychology at Lomonosov Moscow State University, and head of the Laboratory of Learning Disabilities at Moscow State University of Psychology and Education. She has published in Russian, English, Spanish, Finnish and German. In 2003 the Journal of Russian and East European Psychology dedicated a special issue to her research on psychology of language and neuropsychology. NATALIA M. PYLAEVA is neuropsychologist at Lomonosov Moscow State University. She is an author of 5 books on methods of remediation of learning disabilities (together with T. Akhutina). Her articles and books have been translated into English, Finnish, Slovak and Spanish.

A VYGOTSKIAN-LURIAN NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL APPROACH

December 2011 216 x 138 mm 192pp 978-0-521-19382-5 Hardback £65.00 978-1-107-65872-1 Paperback £17.99

A P

Hearing Voices The Histories, Causes and Meanings of Auditory Verbal Hallucinations Simon McCarthy-Jones | Macquarie University, Sydney

The history, phenomenology, meanings and causes of hearing voices that others cannot hear (auditory verbal hallucinations) are explored in this book, which travels from voice-hearing in the ancient world through to contemporary experiences and neuroscience, examining how power, politics, gender, medicine and religion have shaped the meaning of hearing voices. • The most comprehensive history yet written on hearing voices, examining a 5000-year span from ancient times to the present day • Provides a truly biopsychosocial understanding of the causes of hearing voices • Looks forward to consider how voice-hearing may be understood in the future and what theories of its causes may look like Health and clinical psychology

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 350pp 2 b/w illus.  14 tables   978-1-107-00722-2 Hardback c. £65.00 A

Tatiana V. Akhutina Natalia M. Pylaeva

Cover design by ALICE SOLOWAY

Developmental psychology

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 232pp 138 b/w illus.  10 tables   978-1-107-01388-9 Hardback c. £45.00 A

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 24378.indd 30-31

16/12/2011 15:35


Psychology / Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Gender and Culture in Psychology Theories and Practices Eva Magnusson | Umeå Universitet, Sweden

32

Gender and Culture in Psychology introduces readers to new approaches to the psychological study of gender that bring together feminist psychology, socio-cultural psychology, discursive psychology and critical psychology. It describes interpretative research methods and also addresses current controversies regarding acquaintance rape, women’s eating problems, and gender and mental health. • Introduces a new vision of the psychology of gender that brings together gender studies, socio-cultural theory, and interpretative inquiry • Moves psychological theorizing beyond the narrow confines of traditional conceptions of ‘the individual’ • Presents a detailed critical review of psychological work on sex differences

Beyond Prejudice Extending the Social Psychology of Conflict, Inequality and Social Change Edited by John Dixon | The Open University, Milton Keynes

This edited collection of essays re-evaluates the concept of prejudice, in an attempt to move beyond conventional approaches to the subject. It is an investigation into the problems of conflict and discrimination, and aims to help the reader gain a clearer understanding of relations within and between groups. • Brings together, within a single volume, the work of a range of authors who have been instrumental in rethinking the concept of prejudice • Will appeal to scholars, across a broad range of disciplines, who are interested not only in the social psychology of prejudice, but also in how its limitations might be transcended • Will appeal to scholars and practitioners who want to change ‘problematic’ relations between members of different groups in historically unequal and divided societies Social psychology

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 360pp 7 b/w illus.  1 table   978-0-521-19816-5 Hardback £60.00 A 978-0-521-13962-5 Paperback £21.99 P

Putting Social Movements in their Place

Anthony Michael Bertelli | University of Georgia

Natural Law and the Antislavery Constitutional Tradition Justin Buckley Dyer | University of Missouri, Columbia

In a series of case studies, Dyer reconstructs the arguments of prominent antislavery thinkers such as John Quincy Adams, John McLean, Abraham Lincoln and Frederick Douglass. What emerges is a convoluted understanding of American constitutional development that emphasizes the centrality of natural law to America’s greatest constitutional crisis. • Succinct account of the development of antislavery constitutionalism • Lucid and engaging prose • Combines normative and empirical analysis • Written against the backdrop of recent revisionist scholarship

This book provides a general, non-technical introduction to core ideas in positive political theory as they apply to public management and policy. Anthony Michael Bertelli helps readers understand public-sector governance arrangements and their implications for public management practice policy outcomes. • This is a policy book that takes management seriously • Non-technical introduction to political economy as it is relevant to public administration • This extends the political economy literature available to public management problems American government, politics, policy

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 208pp 8 b/w illus.   978-0-521-51782-9 Hardback c. £40.00 A 978-0-521-73664-0 Paperback c. £15.99 A

February 2012 216 x 138 mm 216pp 978-1-107-01363-6 Hardback £55.00

Latinos in the New Millennium

A

Latinos in the New Millennium is the most current and comprehensive profile of Latinos in the United States to look at their social characteristics, group relations, policy positions, and political orientations. The authors draw on information from the 2006 Latino National Survey (LNS), the largest and most detailed source of data on Hispanics in America. This book provides essential knowledge about Latinos, contextualizing research data by structuring discussion around many dimensions of Latino political life in the United States. The encyclopedic range and depth of the LNS enable the authors to appraise Latinos’ group characteristics, attitudes, behaviors, and their views on numerous topics. This study displays the complexity of Latinos, from

An Almanac of Opinion, Behavior, and Policy Preferences Luis R. Fraga | University of Washington

recent immigrants to those whose grandparents were born in the United States.

Ideology in America

Luis R. Fraga is Russell F. Stark University Professor and Professor of Political Science at the University of Washington. He also serves as Associate Vice Provost for Faculty Advancement and Director of the Diversity Research Institute.

Christopher Ellis | Bucknell University, Pennsylvania

John A. Garcia is Research Professor and Director of Community Outreach, Inter-University Consortium at the Institute for Social Research, as well as Faculty Associate in the Center for Political Studies at the University of Michigan.

This book explains why the American public thinks of itself as conservative, but supports liberal positions on specific policy matters. Focusing squarely on the contradiction in public attitudes, it provides a broader explanation of American political ideology and how American citizens connect their beliefs to the choices presented by policy-makers. • Explains why the public thinks of itself as conservative, while supporting primarily liberal policy positions • Explains a long noted, but rarely explored, contradiction in public attitudes • Speaks to popular debates over whether the United States is predominantly a nation of the left or a nation of the right American government, politics, policy

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 216pp 37 b/w illus.  31 tables   978-1-107-01903-4 Hardback c. £55.00 A 978-1-107-68741-7 Paperback c. £19.99 A

Rodney E. Hero is Professor of Political Science at the University of California, Berkeley.

Valerie Martinez-Ebers is Professor of Political Science at the University of North Texas.

Gary M. Segura is Professor of American Politics and Chair of Chicano/a Studies at Stanford University.

Cover image: AP Photo/Charles Rex Arbogast Cover design by Holly Johnson

LATINOS IN THE NEW MILLENNIUM AN ALMANAC OF OPINION, BEHAVIOR, AND POLICY PREFERENCES

Luis R. Fraga • John A. Garcia • Rodney E. Hero • Michael Jones-Correa • Valerie Martinez-Ebers • Gary M. Segura

American government, politics, policy

iPolitics

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 470pp 150 b/w illus.  169 tables   978-1-107-01722-1 Hardback £60.00 A 978-1-107-63873-0 Paperback £25.00 A

Citizens, Elections, and Governing in the New Media Era Edited by Richard Fox | Loyola Marymount University, California

The U.S. Women’s Jury Movements and Strategic Adaptation

Citizens, Elections, and Governing in the New Media Era

iPolitics describes the ways in which new media innovations change how politicians and citizens engage the political arena. Contributors to this volume analyze whether the public’s political knowledge has increased or decreased in the new media era and the manner in which political leaders should navigate the new media environment. • No other edited volume focuses on such a diverse set of new media topics, such as how YouTube, Twitter and Facebook affect politics • Though most chapters focus on the U.S., the volume includes chapters addressing new media’s influence in Europe and the Middle East • Contributors provide fresh insight on whether new media actually improves governance and democratic processes RICHARD L. FOX JENNIFER M. RAMOS

American government, politics, policy

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 310pp 22 b/w illus.  28 tables   978-1-107-01595-1 Hardback £55.00 A 978-1-107-66765-5 Paperback £20.99 P

A More Just Verdict Holly J. McCammon | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee

This book explores efforts by women to gain the right to sit on juries in the United States. History shows that the organised female movements that tailored their tactics to the specific demands of the political and cultural context succeeded more rapidly in winning a change in jury law. • The only book-length study of women’s efforts in the United States to gain the right to serve on juries • Explores women’s rights activism in the United States between the first and second waves of feminism, between the suffrage movement and the campaign for the ERA • Examines strategic collective action, particularly how activists tailor their tactics to better help them succeed in winning political reforms American government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics

May 2012 234 x 156 mm 336pp 10 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00992-9 Hardback c. £50.00 A

This book reports the results of a comparative study of twenty communities earmarked for environmentally risky energy projects. The authors find the overall level of emergent opposition to the projects very low, and they seek to explain that variation and the impact it had on the proposed projects. • Instead of studying social movements, studies communities ‘at risk’ for a movement, seeking to explain the factors that account for whether or not the community mobilized in the face of the environmental threat posed by the project • Makes use of a highly innovative set of qualitative and quantitative methods to analyze twenty cases • Includes a critical ‘sociology of knowledge’ analysis of the origin, development and current state of the field of social movement studies

33

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 208pp 13 b/w illus.  1 map  23 tables   978-1-107-02066-5 Hardback c. £55.00 A 978-1-107-65031-2 Paperback c. £18.99 P

The most current and comprehensive profile of Latinos in the United States: looking at their social characteristics, group relations, policy positions and political orientations. The authors draw on information in the 2006 Latino National Survey (LNS), the largest and most detailed source of data on Hispanics in America. • Provides the broadest available guide to the public opinion, attitudes and behaviors of Latinos residing in the United States • Draws on the best existing source of data on Latinos in the US, the 2006 Latino National Survey • Presents data in the context of research findings and the literature in the social sciences Michael Jones-Correa is Professor of Government at Cornell University.

Explaining Opposition to Energy Projects in the United States, 2000–2005 Doug McAdam | Stanford University, California

American government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics

American government, politics, policy

LATINOS IN THE NEW MILLENNIUM

A X

The Political Economy of Public Sector Governance

Fraga et al.

Social psychology

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-01803-7 Hardback c. £60.00 978-1-107-64951-4 Paperback c. £23.99

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Collective Action in Organizations Interaction and Engagement in an Era of Technological Change Bruce Bimber | University of California, Santa Barbara

This book explores how people participate Collective Action in Organizations in public life through organizations in a time when digital media can make organizations seem irrelevant. The authors examine three of the largest organizations in the United States. In each, people use technology when they participate, but technology does not make them participate more. ��� Explores how people participate in public life through organizations • Examines The American Legion, AARP, and MoveOn, showing surprising similarities across these three organizations Interaction and Engagement i n a n E r a o f Te c h n o l o g i c a l C h a n g e

Bruce Bimber Andrew J. Flanagin Cynthia Stohl

American government, politics, policy | Communication, Society and Politics

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 208pp 9 b/w illus.  17 tables   978-0-521-19172-2 Hardback c. £50.00 A 978-0-521-13963-2 Paperback c. £16.99 A TEXTBOOK

Contemporary Politics in Australia Theories, Practices and Issues Edited by Rodney Smith | University of Sydney

Contemporary Politics in Australia offers a comprehensive overview of current theories, debates and research in Australian political science. Written by a diverse range of experts, it encompasses not only formal and institutionally based politics, but also the informal politics of everyday life, including the politics of Australian culture and media. • Provides a comprehensive coverage of Australian politics, including an in-depth exploration of political theories and how these connect with current issues and debates • Written by a diverse range of experts from around Australia • Covers the ‘politics in everyday Australian life’, including cultural and media politics, as well as ‘formal’ politics Australian politics

May 2012 448pp 978-0-521-13753-9 Paperback c. £38.00

A

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 24378.indd 32-33

16/12/2011 15:35


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Accounting for

Ministers

Scandal And Survival in the British Government

This book uses the tools of modern political science to analyse how the fortunes of Cabinet ministers are determined. Using a unique dataset of ministers from 1945 to 2007, it examines the factors that lead to ministerial selection and durability, providing new insights into the nature of Cabinet government. • Provides a new account of ministerial behaviour • Focuses on the relationship between Prime Ministers and their Cabinets • Uses a unique dataset of ministers from 1945 to 2007

34

Samuel Berlinski Torun Dewan Keith Dowding

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 280pp 19 b/w illus.  16 tables   978-0-521-51972-4 Hardback c. £50.00 A

Harold L. Wilensky | University of California, Berkeley

The Rise of Ethnic Politics in Latin America

Mary Alice Haddad | Wesleyan University, Connecticut

Raúl L. Madrid | University of Texas, Austin

This book explains how Japan became a democracy. Its main purpose is to offer more of a grassroots perspective and holistic understanding of Japan’s democratization process and examine what it means for the nation today. The book is primarily focused on understanding contemporary Japan. • Explains how a nondemocratic country (Japan) has successfully democratized • Offers new information and perspective on contemporary Japanese culture and politics • Offers a variety of perspectives on democratization – government, civil society and individual citizens – in a single volume

Argues that indigenous parties in Latin America have won elections by using a combination of inclusive ethnic and populist appeals to reach out to whites and mestizos, as well as to indigenous people. Contains up-to-date analyses of parties in seven countries, including detailed case studies of Bolivia, Ecuador and Peru. • Explores why ethnic parties have emerged in Latin America for the first time in the region’s history • Argues that some indigenous parties have succeeded because they have reached out to whites and mestizos as well as indigenous people by using a combination of inclusive ethnic and populist appeals

Comparative politics

April 2012 234 x 156 mm 256pp 12 b/w illus.  7 tables   978-0-521-19559-1 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-0-521-15325-6 Paperback c. £17.99 P

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 232pp 13 b/w illus.  10 tables   978-1-107-01407-7 Hardback c. £50.00 A 978-1-107-60169-7 Paperback c. £17.99 A

British government, politics, policy

American Political Economy in Global Perspective

Building Democracy in Japan

Ethnic Minority Migrants in Britain and France American Political Economy in Global Perspective Harold L. Wilensky

Integration Trade-Offs Rahsaan Maxwell | University of Massachusetts, Amherst

Comparative politics

Comparative politics

March 2012 234 x 156 mm 376pp 6 b/w illus.  11 tables   978-1-107-01809-9 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-1-107-63895-2 Paperback c. £21.99 A

February 2012 234 x 156 mm 272pp 10 b/w illus.  24 tables   978-1-107-00481-8 Hardback c. £45.00 A

Confucianism and Democratization in East Asia Doh Chull Shin | University of California, Irvine

State-Building and Tax Regimes in Central America CONFUCIANISM AND DEMOCRATIZ ATION IN EAST ASIA

This book examines the prevalence of Confucian legacies in six countries: China, Japan, South Korea, Singapore, Taiwan and Vietnam. Analyses of the Asian Barometer and World Values surveys reveal that popular attachment to Confucian legacies has mixed results on democratic demand. The author argues that citizens of historically Confucian Asia have an opportunity to combine Confucian ideals and democratic principles in a novel, particularly East Asian brand of democracy. • Ascertains and compares distinct patterns of Confucianism in East Asia • Analyzes Confucianism as the culture of hierarchism and government of paternalistic meritocracy • Examines democracy as a regime structure and a process of governance • Conceptualizes authentic democrats as citizens who are informed and supportive of democracy as a regime and a process DOH CHULL SHIN

Comparative politics

Aaron Schneider | Tulane University, Louisiana

This book asks how to get rich people to pay their taxes. More specifically, the book explores the politics of raising revenue from the most dynamic sectors of an economy as an expression of the relationship between state and society and the capacity of state institutions. In small, poor and economically stratified countries like those of Central America, collecting revenues implies securing contributions from the most dynamic portions of the economy, yet these sectors currently and historically have been highly resistant to sharing their wealth with the rest of society, even if by sharing they could build states and long-term development. • This book combines political and economic analysis • It includes historical, quantitative and qualitative evidence • It offers a unique perspective on an understudied part of the world, Central America • It provides a clear description of a complicated area of public policy, taxation, which has become both more important and more difficult as a result of globalization

The State and Its Challenges Robert Hislope | Union College, New York

Offering a fresh perspective on the fundamentals of political science, this text engages readers as it traces states’ struggles against the pressures of global economic and political interdependence, fragmented identities and secessionism, transnational criminal networks and terrorism. • Special sections in each chapter – ‘Wait A Minute. Consider This.’ – are provided to encourage students to think critically about the material before proceeding • Philosophical, historical and intellectual foundations of the core concepts of comparative politics are explored Comparative politics

May 2012 253 x 177 mm 296pp 12 tables   978-0-521-76516-9 Hardback c. £75.00 978-0-521-75838-3 Paperback c. £29.99

A X

fn nationalism is the assertion of legitimacy for a nation and its effectiveness as a political entity, why do many nations empha-

size images of their own defeat in understanding their history? Using Israel, Serbia, France, Greece, and Ghana as examples, the author argues that this phenomenon exposes the ambivalence that lurks behind the passions nationalism evokes. Symbols of defeat glorify a

Steven Mock | University of Waterloo, Ontario

nation’s ancient past, while reenacting the destruction of that past

STE V EN J. MOCK

SYMBOLS of DEFEAT in the CONSTRUCTION of NATIONAL IDENTITY

as a necessary step in constructing a functioning modern society. As a result, these symbols often assume a foundational role in national mythology. Threats to such symbols are perceived as threats to the

This book is a comparative study of nations that emphasize images of their own defeat in their country’s mythology and sense of history. The author uses examples from Israel, Serbia, France, Greece and Ghana to explore this phenomenon, offering insights on current theories of nations and nationalism. • This is the first comparative study of the role of symbols of defeat, as a category, in the construct of the modern nation • It proposes an original theoretical model – drawn from a diversity of disciplinary sources such as sociology, anthropology and the psychology of religion – to explain this phenomenon, which in turn offers a novel contribution to existing debates on the nature of nations and nationalism • Applying this new theory, it proposes a novel framework for understanding particular nations that emphasize defeat in their mythologies – such as Serbia, Israel, France and Greece – particularly during historical periods of conflict or nation-building nation itself and consequently are met with desperation difficult for outsiders to understand.

STEVEN J. MOCK is a Morrison Fellow in Peace and Conflict Studies at the

Balsillie School of International Affairs and teaches courses on nationalism,

ethnic conflict and power sharing in the Political Science Department of the University of Waterloo. Mock is a past chair of the Association for the Study

of Ethnicity and Nationalism and a former editor and current member of the

international advisory board for the journal Nations and Nationalism. Working on issues related to racism, ethnic conflict, and genocide and traveling

extensively in Europe, the Balkans, and the Middle East piqued his interest in

methods and theories for modeling symbols of identity and the emotions they evoke in conflict situations.

Jacket photograph: The Burghers of Calais by Auguste Rodin. Sculpture in Victoria Tower Gardens. London, England 1889. Author’s photograph. Cover designed by pemastudio

35

Comparative politics

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-01336-0 Hardback £55.00 9781107016293ppc.qxd:Layout 1

9/12/11

12:08 PM

A Page 1

Ethnic Violence and Education Identity, Educational Bubbles, and Resource Mobilization Matthew Lange | McGill University, Montréal ETHNIC VIOLENCE AND EDUCATION

In Educations in Ethnic Violence, Matthew Lange explores the effects education has on ethnic violence. Lange contradicts the widely-held belief that education promotes peace and tolerance. Rather, Lange finds that education commonly contributes to aggression, especially in environments with ethnic divisions, limited resources, and ineffective political institutions. He describes four ways in which organized learning spurs ethnic conflicts. Socialization in school shapes students’ identities and the norms governing intercommunal relations. Education can also increase students’ frustration and aggression when their expectations are not met. Sometimes, the competitive atmosphere gives students an incentive to participate in violence. Finally, education provides students with superior abilities to mobilize violent ethnic movements. Lange employs a cross-national statistical analysis with case studies of Sri Lanka, Cyprus, the Palestinian territories, India, sub-Saharan Africa, Canada, and Germany.

ETHNIC VIOLENCE AND EDUCATION

This book analyzes migrants’ labor market and political integration outcomes. It offers a unique perspective on why migrant groups have different integration outcomes and provides the first systematic way of understanding why assimilation outcomes do not always match economic and political outcomes. • Detailed data on ethnic minority migrant political representation in France which have never been compiled or published by any other author • Detailed yet broad: it includes detailed data on migrant integration in Britain and France, as well as a general overview of The Netherlands and the United States • The differences in these four countries suggest that the argument can be applied more widely • Colorful quotations from politicians and activists in Britain and France, drawn from over 270 interviews conducted by the author

Comparative Politics

SYMBOLS of DEFEAT in the CONSTRUCTION of NATIONAL IDENTITY

LANGE

Harold L. Wilensky provides an overview of the impact of seven major dimensions of globalization. Drawing on lessons from abroad and from America’s own past successes, he shows how we can reverse our three-decade decline and restore a more civilized, egalitarian and fair society. • A readable and provocative guide to the maze of rhetoric and social-science studies about the proper role of government and markets • Summarizes, updates and applies to recent American politics and policies Wilensky’s comparative research of over 40 years • First to measure and fully incorporate the cumulative power of mass based political parties • Provides an overview of the impact of seven major dimensions of ‘globalization’

Comparative politics

Symbols of Defeat in the Construction of I National Identity

TRAUMA, SACRIFICE, and the CONSTRUCTION of MODERN NATIONAL IDENTITY

Scandal and Survival in British Government 1945–2007 Samuel Berlinski | Inter-American Development Bank

MOCK

Accounting for Ministers

ETHNIC VIOLENCE AND EDUCATION

Matthew Lange explores education’s impact on ethnic violence, highlighting the role that social context plays. Rather than deterring violence, Lange finds that education commonly contributes MATTHEW LANGE to aggression. He employs a cross-national statistical analysis with case studies of Sri Lanka, Cyprus, the Palestinian territories, India, subSaharan Africa, Canada and Germany. • Mixed methods: the book offers a strong empirical analysis that combines statistics with case studies • Length: the book offers a broad analysis in only 200 pages • Corrective: the book offers a corrective to the popular belief that education is a universal elixir of peace Matthew Lange is an associate professor of sociology at McGill University. He is the author of Lineages of Despotism and Development (2009) and co-editor of States and Development (2005) and Oxford Handbook on the Transformation of States (forthcoming).

Cover designed by Joseph Piliero.

Strangers at the Gates Movements and States in Contentious Politics Sidney Tarrow | Cornell University, New York

The book places social movements in the broader arena of contentious politics. Looking at examples from peasants and communists in 1960s Italy, to movements and politics in contemporary western polities, to the global justice movement in the new century, the book argues that contentious actors are neither outside of nor completely within politics, but rather they occupy the uncertain territory between total opposition and integration into the policy. • It draws on both historical and contemporary materials • It covers social movements and contentious politics in both the West and the global South • It deals with both domestic and transnational social movements

Comparative politics

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 75pp 2 b/w illus.  17 tables   978-1-107-01629-3 Hardback £55.00 A 978-1-107-60237-3 Paperback £16.99 P

Comparative politics

March 2012 234 x 156 mm 288pp 13 b/w illus.  8 tables   978-1-107-00938-7 Hardback c. £55.00 A 978-1-107-40201-0 Paperback c. £19.99 A

Comparative politics

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 208pp 11 b/w illus.  25 tables   978-1-107-01909-6 Hardback c. £55.00 A

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 382pp 33 b/w illus.  47 tables   978-1-107-01733-7 Hardback £60.00 A 978-1-107-63178-6 Paperback £20.99 A

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 24378.indd 34-35

16/12/2011 15:35


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Corruption and Reform in India Public Services in the Digital Age Jennifer Bussell | University of Texas, Austin

36

This book investigates why some governments improve public services more effectively than others, highlighting the case of administrative reforms using digital technology. Drawing on extensive analysis of Indian states, Jennifer Bussell shows that politicians’ access to income from corruption explains variation in the timing, management and comprehensiveness of reforms. • Offers a unique account of a new era in administrative reform characterized by the use of digital technologies to deliver public services • Provides a dual analysis of the policy effects of both petty and grand corruption that is rare in the field • Draws on detailed fieldwork from 17 Indian states and offers a distinctive medium-N, subnational analysis, using a mixed-methods approach that exploits detailed case studies, a field experiment, a citizen survey, statistical modeling and interviews of citizens, bureaucrats and politicians to provide diverse and comprehensive evidence to support the argument Comparative politics

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 300pp 19 b/w illus.  34 tables   978-1-107-01905-8 Hardback c. £60.00 A

Popular Movements in Autocracies Religion, Repression, and Indigenous Collective Action in Mexico Guillermo Trejo | Duke University, North Carolina

An explanation of the rise of social movements and cycles of protest in autocracies, the conditions under which protest becomes rebellion and the impact on democratization. Based on a pioneer dataset, the book explains why religion plays a crucial role in the creation of independent popular movements in authoritarian regimes. • Develops a new explanation of collective action in autocracies that connects social movement theories with the study of armed insurgencies and the emerging literature on authoritarian regimes • Presents a novel explanation of indigenous collective action that emphasizes how religious and political competition empowered indigenous communities to contest economic competition • Analysis is based on an original database of protest and repression and on extensive fieldwork guided by the logic of natural experiments Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

April 2012 234 x 156 mm 280pp 28 b/w illus.  4 maps  12 tables   978-0-521-19772-4 Hardback c. £50.00 A

The Political Construction of Corporate Interests Cathie Jo Martin | Boston University

This book recounts the development of encompassing employers’ associations and the subsequent paradoxical positive effect of these associations on employers’ views toward social policies. This research has important implications for the construction of business as a social class and powerful ramifications for equality, welfare state restructuring, and social solidarity. • Combines extensive historical and contemporary analysis of the development and impacts of employers’ organizations and institutions of coordination in the post-industrial democracies • Utilizes a creative, mixed-methods approach, combining extensive, cross-national, primary source research; randomly-selected interviews with 107 firms; and state-of-the-art quantitative analysis Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

April 2012 234 x 156 mm 356pp 4 b/w illus.  15 tables   978-1-107-01866-2 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-1-107-60364-6 Paperback c. £19.99 P

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

The Political Geography of Inequality

The European Commission and Bureaucratic Autonomy

Sanctions, Statecraft, and Nuclear Proliferation

Regions and Redistribution Pablo Beramendi | Duke University, North Carolina

Europe’s Custodians Antonis A. Ellinas | University of Cyprus

Edited by Etel Solingen | University of California, Irvine

This is a book about redistribution and inequality in political unions, a form of democracy that involves several levels of government and that encompasses about one third of the population living under democracy around the world. • Explanation of why the EU lacks a common fiscal policy, and of cross national differences in the decentralization of redistribution • Under what conditions are decentralization and redistribution compatible? • Inquiry into the institutional foundations of inequality and the distributive foundations of institutions

In the past two decades, the European Commission, one of the most powerful bureaucracies in the world, has found itself on the defensive as its political masters have sought to tame its authority. This book examines the struggle of the bureaucracy to sustain its autonomy from its political overseers. • Original survey of nearly 200 top Commission officials • Wealth of original data documenting the autonomy of the Commission • Theoretical discussion of bureaucratic autonomy in national and international settings European government, politics, policy

May 2012 215 x 137 mm 208pp 2 b/w illus.  36 tables   978-1-107-02321-5 Hardback c. £60.00 A

Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

April 2012 234 x 156 mm 296pp 37 b/w illus.  35 tables   978-1-107-00813-7 Hardback c. £60.00 A

The Global Right Wing and the Clash of World Politics Clifford Bob | Duquesne University, Pittsburgh

This book analyzes transnational advocacy by conservatives. Mobilizing around diverse issues, their networks challenge progressive foes. Examining combat over gay rights and gun control, Clifford Bob’s conclusions about norms, activists and institutions will change how campaigners fight, scholars analyze policy wars, and all of us understand global politics. • First book to analyze right-wing transnational activism and its clashes with left wing NGOs • First to examine how NGOs simultaneously battle in international institutions (UN and EU) and in particular countries (Brazil, Sweden, Romania and the US) Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 224pp 978-0-521-19381-8 Hardback c. £55.00 978-0-521-14544-2 Paperback c. £18.99

A P

Digital Media and Political Engagement Worldwide A Comparative Study Edited by Eva Anduiza | Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona

This book explores how digital media use affects political attitudes and behavior and how this relationship is shaped by political environments across countries. While research has concentrated on the United States and United Kingdom, such results are set in comparative relief to cases across Europe, Latin-America, the Middle-East and Asia. • Addresses key gaps in the literature and pays special attention to micro-effects – the consequences of digital media use for the political attitudes and behavior of citizens • Unlike web-centered studies centered in the structure of digital environments and the architecture of networked environments, this volume is agent-centered, focusing on embedded actors in specific political systems and civic spheres • Addresses to what extent findings from the US and the UK, the two most intensely researched countries, can be generalized to other countries • Connects individual behaviors and attitudes to system-level contextual factors Comparative politics | Communication, Society and Politics

April 2012 234 x 156 mm 296pp 17 b/w illus.  1 map  37 tables   978-1-107-02142-6 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-1-107-66849-2 Paperback c. £19.99 P

States’ violations of non-proliferation commitments remain a critical issue in international politics. Leading scholars analyse the effect of sanctions and inducements through novel perspectives, original case studies, new data and newly translated documents. Addresses debates of special interest to students, scholars and practitioners in international studies, political economy and comparative politics. • Provides the latest thinking on whether and how sanctions and positive inducements have influenced nuclear proliferating states • Focuses on how sanctions and inducements operate within the domestic politics of target states • Of interest to students and scholars of a wide range of disciplines including international relations, national and international security, public policy and comparative politics

37

International relations, international organisations

The Resurgence of the Radical Right in France

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 280pp 11 b/w illus.  22 tables   978-1-107-01044-4 Hardback c. £50.00 A 978-0-521-28118-8 Paperback c. £17.99 P

From Boulangisme to the Front National Gabriel Goodliffe | The Johns Hopkins University

This book accounts for the resurgence of significant political movements of the Radical Right in France since the establishment of democracy in the country at the end of the nineteenth century. • Reflects on the historical experience of the French Radical Right by placing it in a comparative European context, assessing the prospects for the Radical Right in France and pondering the implications of its influence on the evolution of democracy in the country • Deepens understanding of social and political modernization by relating political cultures and identities to society-specific processes of economic and social development, and showing how they combine to engender forms of resistance which variably influence political outcomes across countries • Reflects on the theoretical and heuristic value of the concept of culture as an independent variable in political science, highlighting the appositeness of bringing culture ‘back in’ as an important explanatory concept and object of inquiry within the field European government, politics, policy

February 2012 234 x 156 mm 360pp 4 b/w illus.  3 tables   978-1-107-00670-6 Hardback c. £60.00 A

French Liberalism from Montesquieu to the Present Day

Edited by T. V. Paul | McGill University

How do different regions change into zones of conflict or cooperation? How and why do some regions remain in perpetual conflict? This book provides a comprehensive treatment of regional transformation, offering insights from a range of perspectives in order to generate theoretically innovative, testable propositions and policy-relevant ideas. • The first book to use the key theories of international relations in one volume to study regions in international politics • Leading scholars in the field offer a broad overview of a very popular subject in international relations • Brings out practical implications of theory for peacemaking in conflictridden regions International relations, international organisations

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 260pp 3 b/w illus.   978-1-107-02021-4 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-1-107-60455-1 Paperback c. £19.99 P

International Drug Control

Edited by Raf Geenens | University of Leuven

France is often thought of as a country of revolutions and extremes – as a country lacking a liberal tradition. In this volume, a distinguished group of philosophers, political theorists and intellectual historians prove this assumption to be false, uncovering the richness and distinctiveness of French political liberalism. • A comprehensive treatment of one of the most significant movements of recent years in the study of the history of political thought • A world-class team of contributors including philosophers, political theorists and intellectual historians • The collection covers major themes and includes chapters on well known and lesser known political thinkers History of ideas

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 348pp 978-1-107-01743-6 Hardback c. £60.00

International Relations Theory and Regional Transformation

A

Consensus Fractured David R. Bewley-Taylor | Swansea University

International Drug Control Consensus Fr aCtureD

This book provides the first integrated analysis of the causes and effects of diverging views of drug use within the international community. The author explains the tense relationship between the tolerant drugs policies pursued at varying levels of governance and the existing international drugs regime. • A succinct overview which provides an accessible introduction to the structure, history and operation of the international drug control system • Uses the tools of international relations and international law in a user-friendly way to explain changes in international regime • Provides a guide to recent developments in drug policy, including harm reduction and tolerance of cannabis David R. Bewley-Taylor

International relations, international organisations

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 350pp 1 b/w illus.  2 maps  4 tables   978-1-107-01497-8 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-1-107-64128-0 Paperback c. £21.99 P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 24378.indd 36-37

16/12/2011 15:35


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Chinese and Indian Strategic Behavior

The Eurocentric Conception of World Politics

Growing Power and Alarm George J. Gilboy | Independent Analyst

Western International Theory, 1760–2010 John M. Hobson | University of Sheffield

CH I NE SE A N D I N DI A N ST R ATEGIC BEH AV IOR

This book offers an empirical comparison of Chinese and Indian international strategic behavior. The book creates a framework for the systematic and objective assessment of Chinese and Indian strategic behavior in four areas: (1) strategic culture; (2) foreign policy and use of force; (3) military modernization (including defense spending, military doctrine, and force modernization); and (4) economic strategies (including international trade and energy competition). • First comprehensive side-by-side empirical comparison of the world’s two most important rising powers, China and India • Findings challenge many western assumptions about China and India as international powers and present new recommendations for American policy • For upper-level undergraduates and above: a data-rich study that tests theories in international politics GROWING POWER AND ALARM G E O R G E J . G I L B OY • E R I C H E G I N B OT H A M

38

International relations, international organisations

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 250pp 12 b/w illus.  3 maps  42 tables   978-1-107-02005-4 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-1-107-66169-1 Paperback c. £20.99 A

John Hobson reveals international theory as The EurocEntric grounded in Eurocentrism and argues that its concEption of prime purpose has been to promote the idea World politics of Western civilization. This book will interest researchers in international relations and all those interested in understanding Eurocentrism across cultural studies and social sciences. • Provides a thorough history of the development of ideas in international relations over 250 years • A provocative argument that ideas in international relations are not objective and scientific, but assume the superiority of Western civilization • Contributes to debates about Edward Said’s views on Orientalism across the humanities and social sciences Western International Theory, 1760–2010

International relations, international organisations

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 350pp 18 b/w illus.  6 tables   978-1-107-02020-7 Hardback c. £55.00 A 978-1-107-60454-4 Paperback c. £18.99 A

Securitizing Islam Identity and the Search for Security Stuart Croft | University of Warwick

The Credibility of Transnational NGOs When Virtue is Not Enough Edited by Peter A. Gourevitch | University of California, San Diego

We rely on NGOs to monitor the ethical practices of governments and for-profit firms and to undertake many humanitarian tasks that public and private actors will not do. This book evaluates the credibility of NGOs as they carry out these important functions in international politics. • Questions how to evaluate the evaluators and monitor the monitors • Does not assume that virtue is a sufficient credential for passing judgement on others • Proposes new ways to think about activism in social action International relations, international organisations

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 7 b/w illus.  5 tables   978-1-107-01804-4 Hardback £55.00 A 978-1-107-65169-2 Paperback £19.99 A

Achieving Nuclear Ambitions Scientists, Politicians and Proliferation Jacques E. C. Hymans | University of Southern California

From Iraq to Iran and from Libya to North Korea, recent attempts to join the club of nuclear powers have tended to lose their momentum or even to fail outright. This book shows how developing country rulers unintentionally thwart their own nuclear ambitions by undermining their scientific and technical workers. • Offers detailed case studies of Iraq, China, Yugoslavia and Argentina, and additional shadow case studies of the USSR, Pakistan, North Korea and Iran • Highlights the puzzling decline over time in the efficiency of nuclear weapons projects, and in-depth research on the internal dynamics of past nuclear programs upends conventional assumptions • Demonstrates the insufficiency of narrow technical analyses of proliferation capacity and promises to revolutionize nuclear proliferation intelligence International relations, international organisations

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-0-521-76700-2 Hardback c. £55.00 978-0-521-13225-1 Paperback c. £18.99

John M. hobson

Securitizing Islam examines the impact of 9/11, focusing on the ways in which identities in Britain have been affected in relation to Islam. Croft looks at how the promotion of Britishness has in part led to Muslims being seen as a threat to security. • Proposes a new relationship between ontological security studies and securitization studies • Provides a detailed case study of Britishness and of the ‘failure’ of integration • Connects with real world political debates International relations, international organisations

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 280pp 4 b/w illus.  3 tables   978-1-107-02046-7 Hardback c. £55.00 A 978-1-107-63286-8 Paperback c. £18.99 A TEXTBOOK

An Introduction to International Relations Second edition Edited by Richard Devetak | University of Queensland

Invaluable to students and those approaching the subject for the first time, this new edition provides a comprehensive and stimulating introduction to international relations and features chapters written by a range of experts from around the world. Now in full colour and accompanied by a password-protected companion website. • Includes contributions from leading experts and academics from across the globe, including Hidemi Suganami, Alex J. Bellamy, Peter Singer, J. Ann Tickner, Paul Sharp, Geoffrey Wiseman, Robyn Eckersley, David Kilcullen and Thomas G. Weiss • Features a companion website with additional chapters and case studies • Provides a wide-ranging, engaging and accessible introduction to international relations International relations, international organisations

December 2011 592pp 20 colour illus.  5 maps   978-1-107-60000-3 Paperback £39.00 X

Human Rights in International Relations

Saddam Hussein’s Ba’th Party

Third edition David P. Forsythe | University of Nebraska, Lincoln

Inside an Authoritarian Regime Joseph Sassoon | Georgetown University, Washington DC

This third edition of Forsythe’s successful textbook provides an authoritative overview of the place of human rights in contemporary international politics. With completely revised chapters, new case studies and using new sources, it provides a fresh analysis of terrorism, prodemocracy protests, wars and the full range of human rights issues. • Understanding of human rights in relation to contextual factors which assist or block the implementation of rights protection • Thematic exploration of the meaning of realism and liberalism in regard to human rights • Often human rights are discussed without attention to social science theories, but this book offers a linkage between information presented in this book and other social science subjects

Under Saddam Hussein’s leadership, a powerful authoritarian regime was created in Iraq. The true horrors of this regime have been exposed for the first time through a massive archive of government documents captured after the fall of Saddam Hussein. It is these documents that form the basis of this extraordinarily revealing book. • The insider story of Saddam Hussein’s Iraq told through a massive archive of state documents seized after the American invasion • Reveals the horrors of Hussein’s authoritarian state and the surveillance network he created • Translated and analysed by an Iraqi historian with a deep knowledge of the field and his country of origin

International relations, international organisations | Themes in International Relations

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-01567-8 Hardback c. £55.00 978-1-107-62984-4 Paperback c. £19.99

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 320pp 16 b/w illus.  1 map  6 tables   978-0-521-19301-6 Hardback £60.00 A 978-0-521-14915-0 Paperback £18.99 G

A X

International Law and International Relations

Voter Turnout A Social Theory of Political Participation Meredith Rolfe | Nuffield College, Oxford

Second edition David Armstrong | University of Buckingham

In this fully updated and revised edition, the authors explain the relationship between international law and international relations. Examining events such as the Iraq War and the Libyan intervention, and using different theoretical perspectives, they explain what international law is, how it works and how it changes. • Clear and accessible introduction which makes international law understandable to students of international relations and law • New edition is fully updated and contains new material on international crime, non-western perspectives, the role of international institutions and other non-state actors, and ‘English School’ theory • Brings leading theories together with key events (the Iraq War, the Libyan intervention, the creation of the International Criminal Court) to show the impact of law on world politics International relations, international organisations | Themes in International Relations

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 350pp 5 tables   978-1-107-01106-9 Hardback c. £55.00 A 978-1-107-64824-1 Paperback c. £19.99 A

This groundbreaking book, which is the first comprehensive assessment of al-Maqdisi, his life, ideology and influence, is based on his extensive writings as well as interviews that the author conducted with former jihadis. More broadly, the book offers an alternative, insider perspective on the rise of radical Islam. • A path-breaking analysis of the life and thought of Abu Muhammad al-Maqdisi, one of the most influential Muslim thinkers alive today • Based on internet archives and interviews with former jihadis, including al-Maqdisi himself • For students, journalists and policy-makers interested in the ideas behind radical Islam and the protagonists involved

A P

A Social Theory of Political Participation

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 248pp 16 b/w illus.  4 maps  14 tables   978-1-107-01541-8 Hardback £55.00 A

The Ideology and Influence of Abu Muhammad al-Maqdisi Joas Wagemakers | Radboud Universiteit Nijmegen

Middle East government, politics, policy

Voter

A combination of positive political theory, social Turnout network research and computational modeling, explaining why some people are more likely to vote than others. Most do not weigh the costs and Meredith Rolfe benefits of participation, but instead rely on largely automatic decision rules that are conditional on the decisions of their friends and family. • Applies insights from the behavioral revolution in economics started by Simon, Kahneman and Tversky to the study of voter turnout • Based on research for which the author won the Mancur Olsen prize in Political Economy • Innovative research design integrates content analysis, computational modeling, results from public goods experiments, interviews with candidates and statistical analyses of the General Social Survey, voting returns and census data • Dramatic but constructive rethinking of how demographics such as education, income and interest in politics are related to participation Political economy | Political Economy of Institutions and Decisions

A Quietist Jihadi

June 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-02207-2 Hardback c. £60.00 978-1-107-60656-2 Paperback c. £18.99

39

Middle East government, politics, policy

The French Enlightenment and the Emergence of Modern Cynicism

The French Enlightenment and the Emergence of Modern Cynicism

Sharon A. Stanley | University of Memphis

Sharon A. Stanley analyzes cynicism from a political-theoretical perspective, arguing that cynicism isn’t unique to our time and argues S a. S instead that the French philosophes reveal the possibility of a democratically hospitable form of cynicism. • Contests common, extremely negative depictions of cynicism as wholly anti-political and anti-democratic, revealing a more complex, potentially even sympathetic disposition • Uses cynicism as a lens through which to examine the many, unexpected points of a commonality between Enlightenment and postmodernism h a ron

ta n l e y

Political theory

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-01464-0 Hardback c. £50.00

A

A P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 24378.indd 38-39

16/12/2011 15:35


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Benjamin Gregg writes that human rights can be created by the people to whom they are addressed and that they are valid only if embraced by those to whom they would apply. To view human rights this way is to increase the chances and opportunities that more people across the globe will come to embrace them. • Not just theory; shows how to apply human rights to various circumstances • Interdisciplinary; draws on philosophy, sociology, anthropology and jurisprudence • Full of empirical and historical examples • Explains how individuals can themselves be the authors of the human rights addressed to them

Public services are used by everyone. Dissatisfied consumers can either voice their complaints, or exit. Using survey evidence from the UK, this book examines how people’s investment or stake in their communities affects their choice to exit or voice and the implications for the provision and quality of public services. • The first empirical study of a central social scientific theory of public service provision • Provides a new understanding of how citizens react to public services • Shows how citizens can work to improve public services through lobbying and voting

Political theory

Arms and the University

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 272pp 978-1-107-01593-7 Hardback £55.00

Military Presence and the Civic Education of Non-Military Students Donald Alexander Downs | University of Wisconsin, Madison

A

Global Distributive Justice

Political theory

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 270pp 978-1-107-00892-2 Hardback c. £55.00 978-1-107-40140-2 Paperback c. £18.99

A X

Enduring Injustice Jeff Spinner-Halev | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-01751-1 Hardback c. £55.00 978-1-107-60307-3 Paperback c. £18.99

A A

John GerrinG Second Edition

Gerring’s exceptional textbook has been thoroughly revised in this second edition. It offers a one-volume introduction to social science methodology, relevant to disciplines across the social sciences. It covers both qualitative and quantitative methods and synthesizes the diverse field of methodology in a way that is clear, concise and comprehensive. • Places social science methodology in a broad historical and intellectual context • Relies on basic level criteria of adequacy to ground the methods and practices of the social sciences • Identifies broad themes of social science methodology that are useful to practitioners “The second edition presents a remarkable updating and expansion of Gerring’s arguments and presentation – and both methodologists and teachers of methodology owe Gerring an enormous debt for producing an even more compelling version of what was already an outstanding book.” D a v i d C o l l i e r , Chancellor’s Professor of Political Science, University of California, Berkeley

“Gerring is one of the few political scientists who is equally adept at both qualitative and quantitative research, and can make the advantages of each approach clear to students. This book sheds more light on how to study causation in the social sciences than any other text – i recommend it to everyone from active researchers to beginning students.” J a c k A . G o l d s t o n e , hazel Professor of Public Policy, George Mason University

John Gerring is Professor of Political Science at Boston University.

www.cambridge.org/gerring

• Sample Syllabi • Figures and Tables • Web Links • PowerPoint Slides • Questions and Exercises

Research methods in politics | Strategies for Social Inquiry

Arms and the University probes various dimensions of the tense relationship between the military and the university. Developing and applying a theory of civic and liberal education, this book shows how some military presence on campus can contribute to the diversity of ideas and the education of all students. • Develops a theory of liberal and civic education and applies it with surveys of military and non-military students as well as dozens of interviews with key players at major universities such as Harvard, UWMadison and Columbia • Provides a unique history of the Reserve Officer Training Corps in the Ivy League and elsewhere, including the rebellions against the program in the late 1960s and the major efforts in recent years to restore ROTC to campuses that effectively banned it back then • Provides a unique discussion of the plights and status of military history and security studies as fields of inquiry, as well as a theory of civic and liberal education that is linked to these scholarly endeavors Politics (general)

March 2012 234 x 156 mm 408pp 14 tables   978-0-521-19232-3 Hardback c. £50.00 A 978-0-521-15670-7 Paperback c. £18.99 A

The Tea Party Three Principles Elizabeth Price Foley | Florida International University

THE

TEA PARTY ELIZABETH PRICE FOLEY

Politics (general)

A

December 2011 247 x 174 mm 472pp 22 b/w illus.  26 tables   978-0-521-11504-9 Hardback £60.00 A 978-0-521-13277-0 Paperback £24.99 P

Poverty Amid Plenty in the New India Atul Kohli | Princeton University, New Jersey

Poverty Amid Plenty Politics, Economics, and Inequality in the New India

Atul Kohli India has one of the fastest growing economies on earth, and socialism has been replaced by pro-business policies as the way forward. Yet grinding poverty is still a feature of everyday life. Kohli blames this discrepancy on a prioritizing of economic growth above all other social and political considerations. • Kohli, a seasoned commentator on Indian politics, argues that the state has prioritized economic growth to the detriment of millions of impoverished citizens • Advises that more inclusive policies will be needed to handle increasing inequalities • A thoughtful and cogently argued account for all those interested in India’s meteoric rise in the world

An Information Theoretic Approach to Econometrics

12

George G. Judge | University of California, Berkeley

r e a d c s i s z a r s a r o v B o lt z m a n G i B B s Jay ne s s h a nn o n

B o lt z m a n

GiBBs

Jay ne s

s h a nn o n

K u l l B acK - l e i B l e r

r e n y i t s a l l i s cr e s s i e - r e a d c s i s z a r s a r o v B o lt z m a n G i B B s Jay ne s s h a nn o n K u l l B acK - l e i B l e r r e n y i t s a l l i s

An Information Theoretic Approach to Econometrics

cr e s s i e - r e a d

csisz ar

sarov

s h a nn o n K u l l B acK - l e i B l e r

B o lt z m a n

renyi

GiBBs

tsallis

Jay ne s

cr e s s i e -

K u l l B acK - l e i B l e r r e n y i t s a l l i s cr e s s i e - r e a d c s i s z a r sarov

B o lt z m a n

GiBBs

Jay ne s

s h a nn o n

K u l l B acK -

Most econometric books do not recognize the illposed inverse nature of their econometric models and the indirect noisy characteristics of their sample data. This book focuses on these problems and provides a basis for dealing with estimation and inference issues that typically arise in a range of traditional and nontraditional econometric models. • Develops the solution to stochastic ill-posed inverse problems within traditional sampling theory estimation and inference • Includes sampling experiments to illustrate finite sample performance • Provides a basis for handling computational problems, elucidating new estimation and inference paradigms in econometrics leiBler

renyi

B o lt z m a n

tsallis

GiBBs

cr e s s i e - r e a d

Jay ne s

s h a nn o n

csisz ar

sarov

K u l l B acK - l e i B l e r

r e n y i t s a l l i s cr e s s i e - r e a d c s i s z a r s a r o v B o lt z m a n

G i B B s Jay ne s s h a nn o n K u l l B acK - l e i B l e r r e n y i t s a l l i s

cr e s s i e - r e a d s h a nn o n

csisz ar

sarov

K u l l B acK - l e i B l e r

B o lt z m a n

renyi

GiBBs

tsallis

Jay ne s

cr e s s i e -

r e a d c s i s z a r s a r o v B o lt z m a n G i B B s Jay ne s s h a nn o n K u l l B acK - l e i B l e r r e n y i t s a l l i s cr e s s i e - r e a d c s i s z a r

sarov

B o lt z m a n

leiBler

renyi

B o lt z m a n renyi

GiBBs

tsallis

GiBBs

Jay ne s

Jay ne s

s h a nn o n

K u l l B acK -

cr e s s i e - r e a d csis ar sarov GeorGe G.z JudGe

ron C. MittelhaMMer s h a nn on K u l l B acK - l e i B l e r

Filename: tsal l i s cr eart/86959fig9˙3˙2.eps s s i e - r e a d c s i s z a r Percentage: s a r o v B o lt z m a n Height: 15.2567pc Width: 28.17134pc

G i B B s Jay ne s s h a nn o n K u l l B acK - l e i B l e r r e n y i t s a l l i s

April 11, 2011

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 248pp 13 b/w illus.  7 tables   978-0-521-86959-1 Hardback £65.00 A 978-0-521-68973-1 Paperback £24.99 P TEXTBOOK

Economic Development Fifth edition E. Wayne Nafziger | Kansas State University

Nafziger explains the reasons for the recent fast growth of India, Poland, Brazil, China and other Pacific Rim countries, and the slow, yet essential, growth for a turnaround of sub-Saharan Africa. The book is suitable for those with a background in economics principles. • Most comprehensive textbook on economic development on the market • Excellent coverage of new themes: outsourcing, impacts of information technology, explanations for changing growth rates, effects of recent financial crises • Accessible exposition, valuable student and instructor aids, 50% new figures and tables, and a rich historical and contemporary perspective Economic development and growth

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 260pp 12 b/w illus.  7 tables   978-0-521-51387-6 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-0-521-73517-9 Paperback c. £18.99 P

May 2012 253 x 215 mm 832pp 79 b/w illus.  1 colour illus.  1 map  47 tables   978-0-521-76548-0 Hardback c. £38.00 X

Condorcet: Political Writings Edited by Steven Lukes

Revolutionary, mathematician, economist, philosopher and politician, Condorcet (1743–1794) wrote a compelling view of human progress across world history and a remarkably prophetic view of the future. Set in context by the editors’ introduction, this revised translation of ‘The Sketch’ and lesser-known writings shows why Condorcet is of growing interest today. • A new, revised translation of the political writings of the last great philosophe of the French Enlightenment and a central figure in the early years of the French Revolution • Edited by two of the world’s leading political scientists, who provide a contextual introduction • A chronology of Condorcet’s life and a list of further reading are included as aids to the reader Texts in political thought | Cambridge Texts in the History of Political Thought

April 2012 216 x 138 mm 250pp 978-1-107-02101-3 Hardback c. £50.00 978-1-107-60539-8 Paperback c. £18.99

A P

41

Econometrics, statistics and mathematical economics

South Asian government, politics, policy

I I I

Three Principles

In this book, Elizabeth Price Foley asserts that the mainstream media’s characterization of the American Tea Party movement is distorted. Foley sees the decentralized, wide-ranging group as a movement bound by allegiance to three ‘core principles’ of American constitutional law: limited government, unapologetic US sovereignty and constitutional originalism. She explains how these principles predict the Tea Party’s impact on the American political landscape. • Offers the only substantive explanation of what animates the Tea Party movement February 2012 216 x 138 mm 200pp 978-1-107-01135-9 Hardback c. £15.99

A Unified Framework

Economics, business studies

Dynamic Modeling and Applications in Global Economic Analysis

A sequel to Global Trade Analysis: Modeling and Applications (Cambridge University Press, 1996, edited by Thomas W. Hertel), this new volume presents the technical aspects of the Global Trade Analysis Program’s global dynamic framework (GDyn) and its applications within important global policy issues. The book covers a diverse set of topics including trade reform, growth, investment, technology, demographic change, and the environment. Environmental issues are particularly well-suited for analysis with GDyn, and this volume covers its uses with climate change, resource use, and technological progress in agriculture. Other applications presented in the book focus on integration issues such as rules governing foreign investment, e-commerce regulations, trade in services, harmonization of technical standards, sanitary and photo-sanitary regulations, streamlining of customs procedures, and demographic change and migration. Elena Ianchovichina is Lead Economist for the Middle East and North Africa region of the World Bank. Since joining the Bank in 2000, she has served in the Bank’s Research Department, East Asia and Pacific Region, and managed the Economic Policy and Debt Department’s program on inclusive growth. Her work has focused on country-specific analyses of economic growth, emerging Asia, and fiscal and trade reform. Dr. Ianchovichina has published more than twenty articles in a variety of journals including the Canadian Journal of Economics, Contemporary Economic Policy, Review of International Economics, World Bank Economic Review, and Ecological Economics. She received Purdue University’s 2008 Apex award for outstanding contribution to quantitative trade analysis.

Edited by Elena Ianchovichina | The World Bank

DYNAMIC MODELING AND APPLICATIONS FOR GLOBAL ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

Political theory

Social Science Methodology

Ianchovichina & Walmsley

How should we deal with past injustices? Some call for apologies and reparations while others stress the needs of victims of injustice today. Spinner-Halev argues that some peoples face injustices from the past which cause injustice today, and that understanding enduring injustices can help us find ways to overcome them. • Topical subject – how we should deal with injustices faced in the past by oppressed peoples • Covers slavery and the plight of indigenous peoples • The author is an eminent philosopher and political theorist and this book contributes to developing liberal theory

“Gerring’s book is simultaneously provocative and wise. He offers a compelling case for what unifies social science methodology that can be debated for years to come. On the other hand, students of social science will benefit enormously by closely reading this sage volume. They will find particularly valuable his thorough, but nontechnical presentation of causal analysis.” C h r i s t o p h e r Wi n s h i p , Diker-Tishman Professor of Sociology, harvard University

S T r AT e G i e S F o r S o C i A L i n Q U i r Y

New India

This is the first textbook to focus exclusively on issues of distributive justice on the global scale. It gives clear and up-to-date accounts of the major theories of global justice and spells out their significance for a series of political issues, including climate change, international trade, human rights and migration. • Single author, with focus on global distributive justice which fits with courses • Combines theories with important issues in world politics • Range of student features, including case studies and ‘Further Issues’ sections

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 7 b/w illus.  35 tables   978-1-107-02242-3 Hardback c. £55.00 A

“Social Science Methodology is a ‘must read’ for students and scholars as Gerring gets to the core of what social scientists do. readers reach a practical end, which is knowing what approach to use when and how to adapt based on the question posed.” J a n e t M . B o x - S t e f f e n s m e i e r , Vernal riffe Professor of Political Science, Courtesy Professor of Sociology, and Director of the Program in Statistics and Methodology, ohio State University

Politics, Economics, and Inequality

An Introduction Chris Armstrong | University of Southampton

Political theory | Theories of Institutional Design

John Gerring’s exceptional textbook has been thoroughly revised in this second edition. it offers a one-volume introduction to social science methodology relevant to the disciplines of anthropology, economics, history, political science, psychology, and sociology. This new edition has been extensively developed with the introduction of new material and a thorough treatment of essential elements such as conceptualization, measurement, causality, and research design. it is written for students, long-time practitioners, and methodologists, and covers both qualitative and quantitative methods. it synthesizes the vast and diverse field of methodology in a way that is clear, concise, and comprehensive. While offering a handy overview of the subject, the book is also an argument about how we should conceptualize methodological problems. Thinking about methodology through this lens provides a new framework for understanding work in the social sciences.

Social Science Methodology

A Unified Framework Second edition John Gerring | Boston University

c o v e r d e si g n : su e wat so n

40

Social Science Methodology

Citizens’ Reaction to Public Services Keith Dowding | Australian National University

second edition

Benjamin Gregg | University of Texas, Austin

Exits, Voices and Social Investment

BLK

Benjamin Gregg

M Y

social constRuction

GErrinG: Social Science Methodology PPC C

Human RigHts as

GErrinG

Human Rights as Social Construction

Politics, social theory, history of ideas / Economics, business studies

DYNAMIC MODELING AND APPLICATIONS FOR GLOBAL ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

This book presents the technical aspects of an economic model used to examine issues of global economic significance, providing a number of studies using the model to examine trade reform, growth and investment, climate change, natural resources, technology, and demographic change and migration. • Most up-to-date quantitative guide to dynamic modeling in applied economics across sectors (trade, finance, environment, agriculture) • Usable by upper-level undergraduates and above worldwide and serves as course basis at Purdue University Terrie L. Walmsley is an Associate Professor at Purdue University and a Principal Fellow, Associate Professor at the University of Melbourne, Australia. Dr. Walmsley is also the Director of the Center for Global Trade Analysis, the Purdue home of the Global Trade Analysis Project, a global network of 8,500 researchers from 150 countries (www.gtap.org). Dr. Walmsley leads the construction of the GTAP Data Base, a global database used world-wide for examining the impact of international trade and environmental policies. Dr. Walmsley’s research has focused on international trade in goods and services and the movement of capital and labor across national boundaries, which has been used extensively by the World Bank.

Edited by

Cover illustration © Kts | Dreamstime.com Cover design by James F. Brisson

ELENA IANCHOVICHINA

TERRIE L. WALMSLEY

Economic development and growth

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 456pp 100 b/w illus.  93 tables   978-1-107-01169-4 Hardback c. £85.00 A 978-1-107-00243-2 Paperback c. £30.00 P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 24378.indd 40-41

16/12/2011 15:35


Economics, business studies

42

Economics, business studies

Indigenous Peoples, Poverty, and Development

The Capital Asset Pricing Model in the 21st Century

Edited by Gillette H. Hall | Georgetown University, Washington DC

Analytical, Empirical, and Behavioral Perspectives Haim Levy | Hebrew University, Jerusalem

This is the first book that documents poverty systematically for the world’s indigenous peoples in developing regions in Asia, Africa and Latin America. It draws on nationally representative data to compare trends in countries’ poverty rates and other social indicators with those for indigenous sub-populations. • First book to track indigenous poverty and other socio-economic indicators in comparable ways across Africa, Asia and Latin America • Country chapter teams include at least one author from that country, giving strong local context to solid empirical work and latest poverty analysis techniques • Provocative results reveal a marked difference in outcomes with rapid poverty reduction among indigenous populations in Asia contrasting with relative stagnation in Latin America and Africa Economic development and growth

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 400pp 38 b/w illus.  2 maps  101 tables   978-1-107-02057-3 Hardback c. £65.00 A

The Service Sector in India’s Development Gaurav Nayyar | WTO Appellate Body, Geneva

This book analyzes the Indian service sector’s heterogeneity. Unlike the few other books in the area, this analysis uses hitherto unutilized databases, more rigorous methods and examines some unexplored questions. • Explores the heterogeneity of the Indian services sector in crossnational perspective • Uses microeconomic data to analyze macroeconomic issues • Compares the service sector with both industry and agriculture in terms of wages and productivity Economic development and growth

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 19 b/w illus.  111 tables   978-1-107-01989-8 Hardback c. £70.00 A

The World in the Model How Economists Work and Think Mary S. Morgan | London School of Economics and Political Science

March 2012 253 x 215 mm 448pp 71 b/w illus.  4 colour illus.  6 tables   978-1-107-00297-5 Hardback c. £75.00 A 978-0-521-17619-4 Paperback c. £24.99 G

Behavioral economics and the classical models in finance, such as the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM), seemingly contradict each other, creating a teaching and a research dilemma to professors in finance and economics. This tension is particularly strong for professors who teach both the CAPM and behavioral finance. This book bridges prospect theory and the classical models in finance to show that there is no contradiction between them. • Provides a novel perspective on the tension between traditional and behavioral financial models • Bridges behavioral economics and the classical models in finance to show that there is no contradiction between them • Celebrated author Levy has written or co-authored more than twenty titles in finance including three textbooks Finance

December 2011 253 x 215 mm 456pp 63 b/w illus.  32 tables   978-1-107-00671-3 Hardback £85.00 A 978-0-521-18651-3 Paperback £35.00 P

Strategic Financial Planning over the Lifecycle A Conceptual Approach to Personal Risk Management Narat Charupat | York University, Toronto

This is a final-year college level textbook on personal finance, jointly written by business school and mathematics professors. It is aimed at a wide audience of people who are interested in wealth management from a more rigorous perspective. It may be used in both personal applications and professional classrooms. • Uses the lifecycle model of Nobel Laureate Franco Modigliani as the unifying theme for understanding finance • Blends practical advice with technical rigor on all features of strategic financial planning • Slides for teaching the book and a solutions manual will be available to instructors Finance

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 350pp 20 b/w illus.  59 tables   978-0-521-76456-8 Hardback c. £80.00 A 978-0-521-14803-0 Paperback c. £30.00 P

Principles of Pricing Pricing drives three of the most important elements of firm success: revenue and profits, customer behavior,

An Analytical Approach Rakesh Vohra | Northwestern University, Illinois

and firm image. This book provides an introduction to the basic principles for thinking clearly about pricing. Unlike other marketing books on pricing, the authors use a more analytic approach and relate ideas to the basic principles of microeconomics. Rakesh Vohra and Lakshman Krishnamurthi also cover three areas in greater depth and provide more insight than may be gleaned from existing books: 1) the use of auctions, 2) price discrimination, and 3) pricing in a competitive environment.

RAKESH V. VOHRA is the John L. and Helen Kellogg Professor of Managerial Economics and Decision

Sciences at the Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University, where he is also Director of the Center for Mathematical Studies in Economics and Management Science. He previously taught at the Fisher School of Business, Ohio State University, MIT’s Sloan School of Management, the Wharton School, University

PRINCIPLES OF PRICING

Economics special topics

How the World’s Richest Nations Financed Industrial Growth Caroline Fohlin

Vohr a K rishnamurthi

Previously economists used words to describe their economic world and to argue about its laws. Nowadays, economists describe the world through mathematics and explain the phenomena of the real-world economy by reasoning with those little models. The World in the Model tells the story of this major cognitive shift. • Explains how economics evolved into a model-based science by offering a ‘tourist’ guide to the major models that have made economics technocratic • Provides an integrated history and philosophy of how economics has changed since Adam Smith’s days, accessible to readers across the social sciences, humanities and science • Gives insight into how economic science, and its small model worlds, have become important in our lives

Mobilizing Money

Pricing drives three of the most important elements of firm success: revenue and profits, customer behavior and firm image. This book provides an Principles analytic basis for making pricing decisions. of Pricing • Analytical and descriptive treatment of pricing, not simply anecdotal • Both relevant and rigorous in its approach, based on 20 years of teaching the subject in the MBA/PhD classroom • Readable as well as encouraging the reader to work through the logic of the arguments of Pennsylvannia and is the author of Advanced Mathematical Economics (2005) and Mechanism Design:

A Linear Programming Approach (Econometric Society Monographs, Cambridge University Press, 2011). Professor Vohra received his doctorate in mathematics from the University of Maryland.

LAKSHMAN KRISHNAMURTHI is the Montgomery Ward Distinguished Professor of Marketing at the

Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University, where he has taught since 1980. He chaired the

marketing department from 1993 to 2004, and has served as Academic Director of the Pricing Strategies and

Tactics program since 1995. Professor Krishnamurthi is the recipient of the Paul Green and Donald Lehmann awards from the Journal of Marketing Research, the John D.C. Little award from Marketing Science, and numerous teaching awards at Kellogg. He earned his doctorate in marketing from Stanford University.

An Analytical Approach

Cover image:

Cover design by Alice Soloway

Finance

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 256pp 24 b/w illus.  55 tables   978-1-107-01065-9 Hardback c. £35.00 A

Rakesh V. Vohra Lakshman Krishnamurthi

Mobilizing Money how the World’s richest nations Financed industrial Growth

The Clash of Economic Ideas Policy Debates and Experiments of the Last Hundred Years Lawrence H. White | George Mason University, Virginia

This book examines the origins of modern corporate finance systems during the rapid industrialization period leading up to World War I. • Only comparative history of the modern financial systems of the US, UK, Germany, Japan and Italy in the 1815–1914 period • Significantly revises received wisdom in financial and economic history • Based on many new sources of information and re-interpreting the historical record

The Clash of Economic Ideas covers disputes over the free market, socialism, fascism, the Great Depression, the New Deal, war, nationalization and more. It puts the debates in historical context and discusses how economic ideas have influenced swings in economic policy. • Illuminates the economic history of the last hundred years by drawing on developments in economic thought • Illuminates the history of economic thought by connecting theories to economists’ real-world policy concerns • Begins each chapter with an engaging anecdote and avoids unnecessary jargon and mathematics

Finance | Japan-US Center UFJ Bank Monographs on International Financial Markets

History of economic thought and methodology

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 280pp 8 b/w illus.  13 tables   978-0-521-81021-0 Hardback £65.00 A

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 450pp 9 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01242-4 Hardback c. £80.00 A 978-1-107-62133-6 Paperback c. £30.00 P

Caroline Fohlin

Credibility and the International Monetary Regime A Historical Perspective Edited by Michael D. Bordo | Rutgers University, New Jersey

Between 1914 and the present several monetary regimes gradually moved away from the gold standard, with varying success in maintaining price stability and credibility. This book presents ten studies which combine historical narrative with econometrics to analyze the role of credibility in four monetary regimes. • Credibility in different monetary regimes is a hot topic in economics and finance • The essays combine rich historical narratives with sophisticated econometrics • Primarily focused on developed countries but also usable for emerging economies Finance | Studies in Macroeconomic History

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 225pp 39 b/w illus.  46 tables   978-0-521-81133-0 Hardback c. £65.00 A

Structural Dynamics and Economic Growth Edited by Richard Arena | Université de Nice, Sophia Antipolis

An alternative to mainstream models of economic growth emerged from the Cambridge school of Keynesian economists in the 1950s and 1960s. The scholar most associated with this approach to economic growth is Luigi Pasinetti. This collection evaluates the achievements of Pasinetti’s structural dynamics, with contributions from post-Keynesian and neo-classical economists. • Proposes and evaluates a post-Keynesian alternative to the dominant neo-classical models of economic growth • Focuses on structural dynamics and responds to the need for bringing together related strands on learning and innovation as the sources of structural change • Explores different paradigms of economic dynamics and discusses their respective historical roots History of economic thought and methodology

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 300pp 8 b/w illus.  2 tables   978-1-107-01596-8 Hardback £60.00 A

Governance, Regulation and Powers on the Internet Edited by Eric Brousseau | Université de Paris X

43 Governance, Regulation and Powers on the Internet Edited by Eric Brousseau, Meryem Marzouki and Cécile Méadel

Digital technologies have prompted the emergence of new modes of regulation and governance. This book brings together an international team of scholars to explain how collective regulations evolve in the broader context of the development of post-modern societies, globalization, the reshaping of international relations and the profound transformations of nation-states. • Proposes an integrated vision of Internet and governance issues, from the regulation of the Internet to the impact of digital technologies on politics • Provides both theoretical analysis of Internet governance issues and empirical research through case studies • Written from a multidisciplinary and international perspective with contributions from renowned academic researchers who are deeply involved in Internet governance debates and developments on the ground Industrial economics

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 350pp 2 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01342-1 Hardback c. £60.00 A

Organizing Entrepreneurial Judgment A New Approach to the Firm Nicolai J. Foss | Copenhagen Business School

Drawing on insights from Austrian economics, this book shows how judgment is the key to understanding firm performance and organization. It fills an important gap in the literature by developing an entrepreneurial theory of the firm that focuses on the connections between entrepreneurship and management. • An important contribution to our understanding of entrepreneurship and the economics of the firm that draws heavily on Austrian economics • Provides useful introductions to research on entrepreneurship and the economics of the firm that are suitable for use in graduate or advanced undergraduate courses • Management scholars and practitioners uncomfortable or unfamiliar with mathematics will find the book engaging and accessible as it avoids the use of formal mathematics and graphs Industrial economics

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 270pp 3 b/w illus.   978-0-521-87442-7 Hardback c. £55.00 A 978-0-521-69726-2 Paperback c. £19.99 A

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 24378.indd 42-43

16/12/2011 15:35


Economics, business studies

Geography, the environment / Law

Sports Economics Roger D. Blair | University of Florida

Sports Economics focuses primarily on the business and economics aspects of major professional sports and the NCAA. It employs the basic principles of economics to address issues such as RogeR D. BlaiR the organization of leagues, pricing, advertising and broadcasting as well as the labor market in sports. • Most comprehensive undergraduate textbook on sports economics in the marketplace • Covers themes not explored in rival texts, such as misconduct, cheating, discrimination, steroids • Usable at community colleges and MBA programs as well as undergraduate courses

44

Industrial economics

January 2012 253 x 215 mm 552pp 53 b/w illus.  53 tables   978-0-521-87661-2 Hardback c. £80.00 P

Geography, the environment

The Political Economy of Terrorism Second edition Walter Enders | University of Alabama

This book analyzes all aspects of terrorism from the viewpoint of the government, terrorists and other interested participants, including the victims. There is no book that takes such a broad approach, whilst analyzing the rational choice aspects. This book is rich in details about incidents and the practice of counterterrorism. • Applies simple economic models and statistical analyses to provide unique perspective on study of terrorism, used at Centers of Excellence, funded by DHS • In addition to new bibliography and preface, the new edition updates most topics so as to reflect the recent literature • Accounts for changes with respect to DHS, the USA Patriot Act, insurance against terrorist incidents and other institutional concerns Microeconomics

An Introduction to International Economics

K e n net h A. R ei neRt

New Perspectives on the World Economy Kenneth A. Reinert | George Mason University, Virginia

This book is designed for a one-semester or two-semester course in international economics, international economics primarily targeting non-economics majors and programs in business, international relations, public policy and development studies. It has been written to make international economics accessible to wide student and professional audiences. • Most accessible introduction to international economics on the market • Practitioner-oriented, aims to have readers understand subject entirely, not just economic models • Covers international production and migration, not just trade and finance an introduction to

new Perspectives on the World Economy

International economics

February 2012 253 x 177 mm 512pp 117 b/w illus.  51 tables   978-1-107-00357-6 Hardback £120.00 A 978-0-521-17710-8 Paperback £38.00 X

The Great Recession Market Failure or Government Failure? Robert L. Hetzel | Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 375pp 64 b/w illus.  4 tables   978-1-107-01188-5 Hardback c. £35.00 A

Second edition Edited by Victor V. Ramraj | National University of Singapore

Planning Australia An Overview of Urban and Regional Planning Second edition Susan Thompson | University of New South Wales, Sydney

Planning Australia provides a comprehensive introduction to urban and regional planning in Australia today. It explores the history of the discipline, its relationship to broader governance structures and its legislative framework. Fully revised and updated, it is an indispensable resource for students, practitioners, decision-makers and anyone with general interest. • As a comprehensive introduction to urban and regional planning in contemporary Australia, Planning Australia is an indispensable resource for students, practitioners and decision-makers • Fully revised and updated, this edition features new chapters on healthy planning and transport planning • Written in an accessible style and richly illustrated with instructive case study examples Human geography

Interactive Strategies in Economics and Management Aviad Heifetz | Open University of Israel

May 2012 145 x 175 mm 416pp 978-1-107-69624-2 Paperback c. £40.00

A guide to the fundamentals of game theory that lets examples lead the way to the concepts needed to solve them. It provides opportunities for self-study and self-testing through an extensive pedagogical apparatus and also includes more advanced material suitable as a basis for seminar papers or elective topics. • Guides students through the fundamentals of game theory by letting examples lead the way to the concepts needed to solve them • Contains applications that have been simplified to make them accessible and attractive for undergraduate students and MBA students taking a one semester course • Provides opportunities for self-study and self-testing through an extensive pedagogical apparatus of examples, questions and answers

Re-imagining the Trust Trusts in Civil Law Edited by Lionel Smith | McGill University, Montréal

Although the trust is generally seen as a creation of the common law tradition, modern civilian Re-imagining systems are increasingly interested in incorporating the Trust the trust institution. This collection of essays by Trusts in Civil Law experts in the field discusses how trusts have been Lionel Smith received into a range of civilian systems. • Trusts are generally unknown in most modern civilian legal systems, and this book provides a perspective on some of the ways in which civilian systems have accepted them • Civilian and common law readers who are interested in comparative law will appreciate the demonstration of the various ways in which civilian systems can incorporate the trust • Explores the historical foundations of trusts in civilian systems, thereby helping to clarify possible solutions for law reform in other jurisdictions edi t ed by

April 2012 246 x 189 mm 400pp 70 b/w illus.   978-0-521-76449-0 Hardback c. £75.00 A 978-0-521-17604-0 Paperback c. £35.00 X

Quotes to come. he U.S. economy today is confronted with the prospect of extended stagnation. This book explores why. Thomas I. Palley argues that the Great Recession and destruction of shared prosperity is due to flawed economic policy over the past thirty years. One flaw was the growth model adopted after 1980 that relied on debt and asset price inflation to fuel growth instead of wages. A second flaw was the model of globalization that created an economic gash. Third, financial deregulation and the house price bubble kept the economy going by making ever more credit available. As the economy cannibalized itself by undercutting income distribution and accumulating debt, it needed larger speculative bubbles to grow. That process ended when the housing bubble burst. The earlier post–World War II economic model based on rising middle-class incomes has been dismantled, while the new neoliberal model has imploded. Absent a change of policy paradigm, the logical next step is stagnation. The political challenge we face now is how to achieve paradigm change.

The Destruction of Shared Prosperity and the Role of Economics Thomas I. Palley

ThOmAS PAlley is an economist living in Washington, D.C. he is currently an Associate of the economic Growth Program of the New America Foundation in Washington, D.C. he was formerly Chief economist with the U.S.–China economic and Security Review Commission. Prior to joining the Commission he served as Director of the Open Society Institute’s Globalization Reform Project and as Assistant Director of Public Policy at the AFl-CIO. Dr. Palley is the author of Plenty of Nothing: The Downsizing of the American Dream and the Case for Structural Keynesianism (1993) and Post Keynesian Economics (1996). he has published in numerous academic journals, and written for The Atlantic Monthly, American Prospect, and Nation magazines. his numerous op-eds are posted on his website www.thomaspalley.com. he holds a BA from Oxford University, and an mA in International Relations and PhD in economics from yale University.

From Offers an explanation of the financial crisis that Financial Crisis emphasizes the destruction of shared prosperity to stagnation over the past thirty years, contrasting with ‘black swan’ styled explanations that emphasize unexpected financial shocks. This book explains why the economy is now confronted with stagnation rather than the quick recovery predicted by other accounts. • Emphasizes roots of current crisis in economic and financial deregulation starting c.1980 • Puts politics and ideas no less than economics at the core of the argument • Narrative extremely accessible with no jargon or maths – intelligible to broad audiences, reading mainstream business economics/politics Cover design: Newgen Imaging Systems

Comparative law

The Great Recession, the Destruction of Shared Prosperity, and the Role of Economics

March 2012 216 x 138 mm 288pp 3 tables   978-1-107-01132-8 Hardback c. £60.00

Thomas I. Palley

9781107016620ppc.indd 1

45

Comparative law

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 635pp 978-1-107-01467-1 Hardback £110.00

A

Law and Development and the Global Discourses of Legal Transfers

A

Law

Microeconomics

From Financial Crisis T to Stagnation

This book is for undergraduate and postgraduate researchers, academics and policy makers looking for an authoritative resource on current antiterrorism law and policy around the globe. It will appeal to those interested in how international, regional and domestic responses to the threat of terrorism have developed since September 11. • Authoritative resource on current anti-terrorism law and policy around the globe • Will appeal to readers looking for information on anti-terrorism law and policy in specific countries or regions, as well as readers who prefer holistic and thematic approaches • Assists readers who focus on law and policy at the international, regional or domestic levels to understand the wider global context surrounding specific anti-terrorism laws and policy

Edited by John Gillespie | Monash University, Victoria

From Financial Crisis to stagnation

Macroeconomics and monetary economics | Studies in Macroeconomic History

Game Theory

PAlley

The 2008–2009 recession destroyed the professional consensus about the kinds of models required to understand cyclical fluctuations, reviving credit-cycle explanations of recession that dominated nineteenthand early twentieth-century thinking. These ‘market-disorder’ views emphasize excessive risk taking in financial markets and the need for government regulation. • A comprehensive overview of the policies of central banks and regulators during the 2008–2009 recession • Challenges readers to think about need for reform of the monetary standard and financial regulation, not to personify institutional failures or blame scapegoats • A ready comprehension of complex issues of monetary policy through use of historical narrative

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 408pp 62 b/w illus.  39 tables   978-1-107-00456-6 Hardback £65.00 A 978-0-521-18100-6 Paperback £23.99 P

Global Anti-Terrorism Law and Policy

7/15/11 2:42:49 PM

A

Leading scholars provide a fresh theoretical look at the reasons why many legal development projects fail and explore in rich empirical detail how different societies interpret global legal reforms and the implications of this for development aid. • Proposes a recipient-focused understanding of law and development that shifts attention from the delivery of legal reform programmes to the social demand by recipients in developing countries • Case studies demonstrate in rich empirical detail the processes recipients follow in interpreting global legal reforms • Comparative analysis provides insights into the local historical and social factors that shape different interpretive practices Comparative law | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 375pp 5 tables   978-1-107-01893-8 Hardback c. £60.00

A

Merger Control Worldwide Second edition General Editor Maher M. Dabbah | Queen Mary, University of London

This multi-contributor collection sets out the law in every jurisdiction where a mechanism for merger control is in place, thereby providing a comprehensive and authoritative source on the merger rules in different jurisdictions which will prove valuable to practitioners and policy-makers. • An authoritative guide to the merger control mechanisms in place worldwide • Flowcharts and diagrams assist in clearly outlining merger control mechanisms • Comprehensive accounts of the law in each jurisdiction make this publication invaluable to lawyers and policy-makers Competition law, anti-trust law | Antitrust and Competition Law

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 1600pp 15 b/w illus.  34 tables   978-0-521-19509-6 2 Volume Set c. £395.00

P

Macroeconomics and monetary economics

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 256pp 26 b/w illus.  26 tables   978-1-107-01662-0 Hardback c. £50.00 A

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 24378.indd 44-45

16/12/2011 15:35


Law

Law

9780521887311ppc.qxd

46

Australian Federalism Comparative and Interdisciplinary Perspectives Edited by Gabrielle Appleby, Nicholas Aroney and Thomas John

8/15/11

2:02 PM

Page 1

European Consumer Protection

Perspectives on Commercializing Innovation

Theory and Practice Edited by James Devenney | University of Durham

Edited by F. Scott Kieff

Intellectual property is a vital part of the global economy, accounting for about half of GDP in countries like the United States. Innovation, competition, economic growth, and jobs, all can be helped or hurt by different approaches to this key asset class where seemingly slight changes in the rules of the game can have remarkable impact. This book brings together

The Derivative Action in Asia

diverse perspectives from the fields of law, economics, business, and political science to explore the ways varying approaches to intellectual property can positively and negatively impact our economy and society. Employing approaches that are both theoretically rigorous and grounded in the real world, Perspectives On Commercializing Innovation is well suit-

ed for practicing lawyers, managers, lawmakers, and analysts, as well as academics conducting research or teaching in a range of courses in law schools, business schools, and in economics departments, at either the undergraduate or graduate level. This is one of several collaborations between Kieff and Paredes through the Hoover Project on Commercializing Innovation, which studies the law, economics, and politics of innovation

PERSPECTIVES ON COMMERCIALIZING INNOVATION

Comparative and Interdisciplinary Perspectives Edited by Gabrielle Appleby | University of Adelaide

the future of

Kieff/Paredes

The Future of Australian Federalism

This book brings together diverse perspectives to explore the ways varying approaches to intellectual property can positively and negatively impact PERSPECTIVES ON COMMERCIALIZING our economy and society. This book is well suited INNOVATION for practising lawyers, managers, lawmakers and analysts, as well as academics conducting research. • Presents diverse perspectives on key practical and theoretical insights for improving innovation and its impact on the economy and society • Chapters are both theoretically rigorous and grounded in the real world – well suited for academics as well as practising lawyers, managers, lawmakers, and analysts • Well suited for a range of courses in law schools, business schools and in economics departments, at either the undergraduate or graduate level – including entrepreneurship, corporate governance, finance, economic development, intellectual property, antitrust, and bankruptcy, and is available on the web at www.innovation.hoover.org. Contributors:

This important contribution to the topic of federalism reform brings together eminent lawyers, economists and political scientists from Australia and overseas to explain, analyse and evaluate the operation of the contemporary Australian federal system and to canvass the prospects of and different options for change. • Examination of contemporary Australian federalism clarifies the state of contemporary relations between the Federal, state and territory governments • Interdisciplinary contributions from leading jurists, legal academics, political scientists, economists and demographers provides a nuanced understanding of the different facets of Australia’s federal relations • Comparisons with various other federal systems help readers understand those systems and provide unique perspectives from which to consider Australia’s federal relations and options for reform • Innovative reform proposals will be of interest to those who work in politics, government, the legal profession and academia

This topical volume provides detailed analyses European Consumer Protection of European consumer protection law in both its theoretical and practical dimensions. Part I casts a critical light over consumer protection strategies and mechanisms in the EU, Part II critically explores responses to vulnerability and Part III contextualises aspects of European consumer protection law. • Exploration of the European dimension to consumer protection deepens readers’ understanding of its importance in the EU and its place in an integrating market • Comparative insights into consumer protection in common law and civil law jurisdictions alert readers to the challenges facing proposals for greater harmonisation, consolidation and codification of private law in this area • Analysis of the broader dimensions of European private law increases readers’ understanding of the scope of protective mechanisms in private law

Constitutional and administrative law, public law

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 500pp 2 b/w illus.  2 tables   978-1-107-01301-8 Hardback c. £95.00 A

Governance of Global Financial Markets

Commercial Law

This multidisciplinary analysis of governance structures for international finance critiques the national approach to the regulation of global financial markets, provides a new reading of the causes of the global financial crisis, and proposes a new governance system to stabilise the international financial system and promote open global markets. • Provides a clear overview of current regulatory reforms in the EU, the USA and at the global level • Analyses current EU, US and international reforms (Basle III, FSB Standards) dealing with systemic risk, too-big-to-fail institutions, capital and liquidity regulation, bank resolution, OTC derivatives and credit rating agencies • Conceptual analysis of the evolution of governance structures for international finance and of the legal, economic and political developments that shaped them gives the reader an understanding of the different bodies and economic and political rationales that underpin and shape international financial regulation

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 528pp 9 b/w illus.  15 tables   978-1-107-00637-9 Hardback c. £75.00 A

Comparative Constitutional Design Edited by Tom Ginsburg | University of Chicago School of Law

This volume brings together essays by leading scholars of comparative constitutional design from myriad disciplinary perspectives. The authors collectively assess what we know – and do not know – about the design process as well as particular institutional choices concerning executive power, constitutional amendment processes and many other issues. • Presents a range of topics not usually analyzed in a single volume Constitutional and administrative law, public law

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 325pp 12 b/w illus.  6 tables   978-1-107-02056-6 Hardback c. £85.00 A

Proportionality Constitutional Rights and their Limitations Aharon Barak | Radzyner School of Law, Interdisciplinary Center Herzliya

Having identified proportionality as the main tool for limiting constitutional rights, Aharon Barak explores its components and discusses its relationship with reasonableness. He goes on to analyse the concept of deference and to consider the main arguments against the use of proportionality. • Theory of proportionality in limiting constitutional rights will interest scholars, students and judges • Demonstrates the application of the theory by using judgments from many legal systems • Written from the perspective of a judge who applies the theory in practice Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Cambridge Studies in Constitutional Law

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 600pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00858-8 Hardback c. £70.00 A 978-1-107-40119-8 Paperback c. £32.99 A

Theory and Practice

Edited by James Devenney and Mel Kenny

Michael B. Abramowicz, John R. Allison, Terry L. Anderson, Charlene Cho,

William Kuang-Wei Chueh, Wesley M. Cohen, John F. Duffy, Richard Gold, Stephen Haber, Mong-Yao Ker, F. Scott Kieff, Naomi R. Lamoreaux, Mark Lemley, Josh Lerner,

Gary D. Libecap, Douglas Lichtman, Paul C. B. Liu, Shaun P. Martin, Charles R. McManis, Robert P. Merges, Sucheol Noh, Troy A. Paredes, Frank Partnoy, Arti K. Rai, Bhaven Sampat, Henry E. Smith, Kenneth Sokoloff, Daniel F. Spulber, John P. Walsh

Edited by F. Scott Kieff and Troy A. Paredes

Cover photo: Modern glass and spiral staircase in NYC with skyscrapers in background. ©istockphoto.com/Patrice Le Guilloux Cover design: Wendy Bedenbaugh

Corporate law, commercial law, company law

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 598pp 12 b/w illus.  48 tables   978-0-521-88731-1 Hardback £85.00 A

This innovative textbook examines commercial law and the social and political context in which it develops. It unlocks this complex area by providing topical examples, such as funding for terrorism, recommended reading and revision questions. Extensive teacher and student feedback makes this an important new textbook in the field. • Innovative textbook that examines commercial law and the social and political context in which it develops • Includes topical illustrations, such as funding for terrorism, to promote learning and understanding by showing the law’s relevance to real life situations • Further reading sections point students to important sources for advanced study Corporate law, commercial law, company law

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 750pp 978-0-521-76064-5 Hardback c. £70.00 978-0-521-75802-4 Paperback c. £31.99

A X

Corporate Social Responsibility of Multinational Corporations in Developing Countries Perspectives on Anti-Corruption Adefolake O. Adeyeye | National University of Singapore

Adefolake Adeyeye’s assessment of the adequacy of international law’s approach towards corporate liability for bribery and corporate responsibility for international corruption will interest academics, students and practitioners seeking in-depth information about CSR and its implications for anti-corruption. • Fresh perspective on avenues for eliminating corruption, especially in developing countries, will appeal to those interested in exploring alternatives to anti-corruption campaigns which focus on governments and governmental mechanisms • Offers insights into how corporate governance, global governance and international law impact CSR and international corruption • Makes clear how binding and non-binding rules can curb international corruption

The Law, the Economics, the Politics Emilios Avgouleas | University of Manchester

Corporate law, commercial law, company law | International Corporate Law and Financial Market Regulation

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 350pp 4 b/w illus.   978-0-521-76266-3 Hardback c. £85.00 P

international corporate law and financial market regulation

The Derivative

This comparative examination of the derivative Action in Asia action in Asia explores its function, history and practical application in seven jurisdictions. The analysis by leading corporate law scholars of one of the most important corporate governance mechanisms in Asia will benefit corporate lawyers, business executives and corporate law and governance scholars. • Provides a single entry point for the reader who wishes to understand how shareholders may protect their interests by litigating on behalf of a company in Asia’s leading economies • Includes a legislative appendix containing an English-language comparison of the derivative actions legislation in each of Asia’s leading economies • Holistic approach takes into account other mechanisms for corporate governance in order to explain the operation of the derivative action A Comparative and Functional Approach

edited by dan w. puchniak, harald baum and michael ewing-chow

47

Corporate law, commercial law, company law | International Corporate Law and Financial Market Regulation

Corporate law, commercial law, company law

Principles and Policy Nicholas Ryder | University of the West of England, Bristol

A Comparative and Functional Approach Edited by Dan W. Puchniak | National University of Singapore

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 425pp 12 tables   978-1-107-01227-1 Hardback c. £80.00 P

The Internationalisation of Criminal Evidence Beyond the Common Law and Civil Law Traditions John D. Jackson | University College Dublin

With reference to the jurisprudence of the European Court of Human Rights and the new international criminal tribunals, John Jackson and Sarah Summers chart the development of a genuinely cosmopolitan law of evidence in criminal cases across the common law and civil law traditions. • Proposes a new conception of the law of criminal evidence across different legal traditions that gives students and practitioners a fresh perspective on the topic • Systematic analysis of the way in which international bodies and courts such as the European Court of Human Rights and the international criminal tribunals have been developing the law of criminal evidence provides students, practitioners and policymakers with a detailed knowledge and critique of the international jurisprudence on criminal evidence • Examines the impact of international jurisprudence on the law of criminal evidence in both common law and civil systems, thus shedding light on the development of the law of criminal evidence across the common law/civil law divide Criminal law | Law in Context

January 2012 247 x 174 mm 525pp 978-1-107-01865-5 Hardback £80.00 978-0-521-68847-5 Paperback £38.00

A P

Corporate law, commercial law, company law

April 2012 216 x 138 mm 300pp 978-1-107-01362-9 Hardback c. £75.00

A

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 24378.indd 46-47

16/12/2011 15:35


Law

Law

The Principles and Practice of International Commercial Arbitration

Principles of International Environmental Law

Second edition Margaret L. Moses | Loyola University, Chicago

Third edition Philippe Sands | University College London

This book provides the reader with immediate access to understanding the world of international arbitration by explaining how and why arbitration works. It is short and readable, but comprehensive in its coverage of the basic requirements, including the most recent changes in arbitration laws, rules and guidelines. • Covers the latest changes in arbitration laws, rules and guidelines • Short and readable, and includes comments of arbitrators and counsel on their views and experience of arbitration • Provides a comprehensive overview of international commercial arbitration

New edition of seminal textbook which offers comprehensive and critical commentary on international environmental law. It is an essential guide to the course that covers key topics, incorporates the latest developments in treaty and case law and draws links to other areas of international law. • Leading textbook in an area of growing importance and complexity, an essential guide for students of international environmental law • Critical commentary on some of the world’s most pressing problems including climate change, biodiversity and regulating pollution and waste • Looks at the contribution made by different groups – governments, courts and non-state actors – for a full understanding of the protagonists involved

Dispute resolution, mediation & arbitration

48

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 360pp 978-1-107-00878-6 Hardback c. £60.00 978-1-107-40133-4 Paperback c. £19.99

May 2012 247 x 174 mm 950pp 978-0-521-76959-4 Hardback c. £80.00 978-0-521-14093-5 Paperback c. £38.00

Judging Under Uncertainty Andrés Rigo Sureda | International Arbitrator, Washington DC

Investment treaty arbitration is a popular topic in international law, and the literature on investment treaty arbitration is extensive. However, Andrés Rigo Sureda’s topic of how arbitral tribunals decide in the face of the uncertainty of the law has hitherto received little attention. • Study of exercise of judicial discretion will be of interest to those concerned with judicial decision-making • Search for limits at the jurisdictional and merits phases will appeal to those concerned with policy issues in investment treaty arbitration • Search of consistency in an uncertain context will appeal to those who are concerned with contradictory decisions by arbitral tribunals Dispute resolution, mediation & arbitration | Hersch Lauterpacht Memorial Lectures, 20

A

MASON: Electronic Signatures in Law PPC C M Y BLK

Mason

Third edition Stephen Mason | Chambers of Stephen Mason

L AW P RAC T I T I O N E R S E R I ES

Electronic

Electronic Signatures in Law

Third Edition

Signatures in Law This third edition examines what constitutes an electronic signature, the forms an electronic signature can take and the issues relating to evidence, formation of contract and negligence. Case law from various common law and civil law jurisdictions is analysed to illustrate how the law has adapted in the past. • Case studies illustrate how judges have dealt with new technological developments in the past, thereby helping lawyers and judges to understand electronic signatures and reach correct conclusions • Simplifies the process of advising clients by illustrating how legislation in some jurisdictions requires the use of a specific method of electronic signature when entering into contractual relations • Explores the legal acceptability of negotiations conducted by e-mail, in the context of judges being generally committed to continuing with the tradition of ensuring new forms of commercial communications are legally binding Stephen Mason

Third Edition

E-commerce law, internet law | Law Practitioner Series

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 475pp 978-1-107-01229-5 Hardback c. £125.00

P

A X

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 600pp 31 b/w illus.  16 tables   978-0-521-50490-4 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-0-521-73275-8 Paperback c. £21.99 X

a students guide to

Judith Bray | University of Buckingham

Equity&Trusts This introduction explores all topics the student encounters on a trusts and equity module. The law is made relevant with chapters that define and explain key equity principles. Examples and Judith Bray exercises show how these rules work in practice and bring the subject to life. • Introduces the student to all the key topics in an equity and law module • Examples and exercises show how these rules work in real life • Practical exercises give students the opportunity to apply the law • Key facts and summaries help students remember the essential points of each topic A X

The Future of Europe Towards a Two-Speed EU? Jean-Claude Piris

A candid account of what Europe must do to overcome its current crisis. Written by a leading figure in European law, it concludes that only ‘two-speed’ development can save the project. Critical and accessible, this is required reading for European lawyers, political scientists and all interested in the EU’s future. • Candid, current and critical assessment of where Europe is and where it needs to go • Author’s standing as key figure central to all recent EU developments ensures unique insight • Pragmatic, problem-solving approach makes this essential reading for not just specialists but all those interested in the future of the EU European law

December 2011 216 x 138 mm 200pp 6 b/w illus.   978-1-107-02137-2 Hardback £55.00 A 978-1-107-66256-8 Paperback £17.99 G

Assessing National Human Rights Institutions Edited by Ryan Goodman | New York University School of Law

By collecting innovative work from experts spanning international law, political science, sociology and human rights practice, this book critically examines the significance of a relatively new class of organization: National Human Rights Institutions (NHRIs). It focuses on the prospects of these institutions to effectuate state compliance and social change. • Focuses on an important, new institution that has not received substantial scholarly attention • Includes multiple disciplines represented including law, political science and sociology • Directly engages with cutting edge scholarship on the topic of state compliance with international legal norms and accountability of political institutions

49

Human rights

Collective Rights

Law, State and Religion in the New Europe

A Legal Theory Miodrag A. Jovanovic | University of Belgrade

Debates and Dilemmas Edited by Lorenzo Zucca | King’s College London

Law, State and Religion in the New Europe

Do the Islamic veil or the crucifix have a place in schools? Should the secular state make allowances Debates and Dilemmas for religion? Such questions are examples of important issues for scholars and politicians and law-makers, and to answer them this book goes back to the fundamentals of European law and politics. • Interdisciplinary treatment of the role of religion in Europe will appeal to lawyers, political scientists, philosophers, sociologists • Brings together political theory, legal theory and case law • Contains important new contributions from influential scholars such as Murizio Viroli, Robert Audi, Rainer Forst and Michel Rosenfeld as well as from promising younger scholars E di t e d by

Lorenzo Zucca and Camil Ungureanu

In this book, Miodrag A. Jovanovic challenges the widely accepted methodological tools of jurisprudence and offers a case for ‘value collectivism’ and the connecting of theoretical debates to legal practice. Of interest to legal theorists, political philosophers, international legal experts and constitutionalists. • Legal-theoretical account of the topic helps readers differentiate between the problems of legal conceptualisation and other relevant issues which concern collective rights • Grounded in the normative-moral view of ‘value collectivism’, but sheds new light on the dominant standpoint of ‘value individualism’, which takes collectives to be only instrumentally, and not inherently, valuable • Demonstrates how the topic is connected to the larger philosophical debate about the international law of human rights Human rights

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 275pp 978-1-107-00738-3 Hardback £60.00

European law

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 352pp 978-0-521-19810-3 Hardback c. £65.00

Human Rights, State Compliance, and Social Change

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 368pp 4 b/w illus.  8 tables   978-0-521-76175-8 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-0-521-15017-0 Paperback c. £23.99 P

bray2 copy:Layout 1 06/01/2011 14:08 Page 1

A Student’s Guide to Equity and Trusts

February 2012 247 x 174 mm 350pp 978-0-521-19630-7 Hardback c. £45.00 978-0-521-15299-0 Paperback c. £17.99

This textbook offers a coherent and scholarly analysis presented within a clear structure. It examines the European Union from a classic constitutional perspective. The book covers all the central themes of the course – the history and structure of the European Union, its powers and procedures, and its rights and remedies. • New textbook on European constitutional law offering coherent and scholarly analysis presented within a clear three-part structure • Covers all central topics taught on European constitutional law courses • Analyses the EU through a classic constitutional law perspective: from the history and structure, the powers and procedures of the different branches of government, to the rights and remedies of European citizens • Numerous illustrations reinforce key concepts to aid understanding European law

Equity and trusts

Electronic Signatures in Law

Electronic signatures are ubiquitous. Anyone sending an e-mail or using a credit card uses one. They can have a bearing on all areas of law, and no lawyer is immune from having to advise their clients about their legal effects. This third edition provides an exhaustive discussion of what constitutes an electronic signature, the forms an electronic signature can take and the issues relating to evidence, formation of contract and negligence in respect of electronic signatures. Case law from a wide range of common law and civil law jurisdictions is analysed to illustrate how judges have dealt with changes in technology in the past and how the law has adapted in response.

Robert Schütze | University of Durham

Environmental law

A X

Investment Treaty Arbitration

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-02251-5 Hardback c. £45.00

European Constitutional Law

A

A

Soft Law and the Global Financial System Rule Making in the 21st Century Chris Brummer | Georgetown University, Washington DC

This book explains how international financial law ‘works’ – and presents an alternative theory for understanding its purpose, operation and limitations. • Presents an up-to-date and highly topical analysis of the international regulatory and legal responses to the financial crisis • Examines the relationship, effectiveness and legitimacy of key regulatory bodies like the G-20, Basel Committee, Financial Stability Board and IOSCO • Written for a broad, generalist audience including political scientists, lawyers and economists

Reforming Justice A Journey to Fairness in Asia Livingston Armytage | University of Sydney

Livingston Armytage argues that justice reform should focus on promoting fairness and equity, as opposed to economic growth and good governance. Finding a balance between utility and aggregate wellbeing on the one hand and equity and individual wellbeing on the other is at the crux of this important book. • Provides solutions to improve justice reform endeavor around the world • Analysis of the philosophical justifications for reform exposes the pervasive influence of ideology in the justification of development • Examines a substantial body of new evidence from Asia, an area which has hitherto been the subject of little scholarly analysis Human rights

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-01382-7 Hardback c. £55.00

A

Financial law, banking law

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 312pp 2 b/w illus.  11 tables   978-1-107-00484-9 Hardback £55.00 A 978-0-521-18167-9 Paperback £19.99 P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 24378.indd 48-49

16/12/2011 15:35


Law

Law

Examining Critical Perspectives on Human Rights Edited by Rob Dickinson | Newcastle Law School

This collection of essays provides a forum in which both sceptics and proponents of human rights assess what can be salvaged from and what the future might hold for the human rights project in the aftermath of the war on terror. • Critical examination of the role of human rights will appeal to human rights scholars in both legal and other social science disciplines • Includes contributions from both the USA and the UK • Draws on theoretical and international developments in the human rights debate, making this of interest to academics, lawyers and policy makers with interests in the field of human rights

50

Human rights

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 table   978-1-107-00693-5 Hardback c. £60.00 A

Reducing Genocide to Law

The Rise and Fall of War Crimes Trials

Definition, Meaning, and the Ultimate Crime Payam Akhavan | McGill University, Montréal

From Charles I to Bush II Charles Anthony Smith | University of California, Irvine

This original and daring book asks the simple but overlooked question of whether genocide is in fact the ‘ultimate crime’. It begins by challenging the myth that other international crimes are less important and goes on to explore the sensibility of reducing overwhelming evil to the confines of legal reasoning. • Reflections from one of the first UN war crimes prosecutors, who is also a recognised scholar and practitioner • Goes beyond conventional treatises on the law of genocide that remain oblivious to how jurisprudence is profoundly shaped by human emotion and the limits of language as a medium for capturing such realities • Daring and penetrating treatment of a taboo subject that contributes to a better understanding of how we confront radical evil and suffering

This book is the first comprehensive analysis of the politics of war crimes trials. It provides a systematic and theoretically rigorous examination of whether these trials are used as tools for political consolidation or whether justice is their primary purpose. The consideration of cases begins with the trial of Charles I of England and goes through the presidency of George W. Bush. • First comprehensive treatment of war crimes tribunals that is theoretically grounded • First volume that tracks the evolution of war crimes trials from the outset through the present • Offers a theoretical argument supported by a thorough analysis of the empirical evidence

A

Australian Intellectual Property Law, Second Edition has been fully revised to take into account these significant case and legislative developments in trade marks, copyright and patents law.

Second edition Mark Davison | Monash University, Victoria

this book offers students and legal professionals a detailed discussion of the black-letter aspects of the law, with a primary emphasis on legal principles and complexities.

UN Human Rights Treaty Bodies

At the time of writing, an exposure draft of the Intellectual Property Laws Amendment (Raising the Bar) Bill 2011 had been released by iP Australia for comment. these proposals have been integrated into the text and a companion website for this book, www.cambridge.edu.au/academic/intellectual, will provide all the amendments once they have been passed in parliament.

Law and Legitimacy

studies on hum a n r ights con v entions

This analysis of the legal aspects of UN human rights treaty bodies, their effectiveness, and the legitimacy of their composition, procedures and decisions contains contributions by a variety of eminent legal experts, including present and former members of the treaty bodies. • Places human rights treaty bodies in their general international institutional context and analyses their special legal features • Analyses the legitimacy of the human rights treaty bodies and their decisions • Discusses the effectiveness of the human rights treaty bodies in ensuring respect for human rights obligations, a hitherto underexplored area

edited by

Helen Keller Geir Ulfstein

A

Ann L. Monotti is Professor in the Faculty of law at Monash university and is a member of the intellectual Property committee of the law council of Australia. Leanne Wiseman is Associate Professor in the school of law at Griffith university and is a member of the intellectual Property committee of the law council of Australia.

Mark J. Davison Ann l. Monotti leanne wiseman

series design: Modern Art Production Group

AustIntProperyLaw2eCvrFinal.indd 1

14/09/11 8:39 PM

Intellectual property

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 752pp 978-1-107-63603-3 Paperback £55.00 9781107014619ppc.qxd

8/15/11

A 1:28 PM

The Legality of Power-Sharing Among Warlords, Rebels, and Junta Jeremy I. Levitt | Florida A&M University, College of Law

construct “intellectual property,” the book sheds new light on the nature of this fas-

cinating area of law. t explains anomalies between social and intellectual property

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-0-521-88868-4 Hardback c. £45.00

A

Constructing Intellectual Property

and it helps to explain the role of intellectual property from a structural (rather than the traditional normative) perspective.

Dr. Alexandra George is a Senior Lecturer in Law at the University of New South

(2006) and her writing has been published in numerous journals including Oxford

Journal of Legal Studies, Res Publica, Archiv für Rechts- und Sozialphilosophie, Santa Clara Journal of International Law, UTS Law Review, Journal of Brand Management, and Sydney Law Review. Her main areas of scholarly interest are the applied legal philosophy of intellectual property, globalization and international intellectual

property law and policy, and issues concerning copyright piracy and trademark counterfeiting.

Cover art: Diego Velazquez, 1656, The Family of Felipe IV, or Las Meninas. Cover design: Wendy Bedenbaugh

Intellectual property

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 275pp 16 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01461-9 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Dev Gangjee

There is huge variation in the nature, scope and institutional forms of legal protection for valuable geographical brands such as Champagne, Colombian coffee and Darjeeling tea. Adopting a historical approach, Dev Gangjee investigates the extent to which these brands are protected by international intellectual property law. • Historical account of international GI protection brings together a number of archival sources and interdisciplinary materials to explain the current international legal regime • Tackles the unanswered questions and gaps in this area, bringing conceptual clarity to a notoriously complex area of intellectual property law • Overview of international GI protection will be of use to legal scholars, legal practitioners, business and economic historians, geographers, rural sociologists and others who are beginning to study the potential for traditional regional products more closely February 2012 228 x 152 mm 384pp 978-0-521-19202-6 Hardback c. £70.00

A

Alexandra George

Examines the way in which this important area of law is constructed by the legal system. It argues that intellectual property is a body of rules, created by the legal system, that regulate the documented forms of abstract objects, which are also defined into existence by the legal system. • Analyses the core concepts by which intellectual property law is constructed • Explains intellectual property from a metaphysical or structural perspective rather than the more typical normative perspective • Examines intellectual property as an area of law, not just one aspect of it uses of concepts such as authorship – here dubbed “creatorship” – and originality,

Wales, Australia. She is the editor of the book Globalization and Intellectual Property

This volume examines the legal and political efficacy of transitional political power-sharing between democratically constituted governments and the African warlords, rebels, or junta that seek to violently unseat them. This book addresses this issue and others through the prism of three West African case studies: Liberia, Sierra Leone and Guinea-Bissau. • Presents a multidisciplinary study drawing from law, political science and history • Provides the first substantive inquiry into the legality of peace agreements, particularly political power-sharing • Addresses this issue and others through the prism of three West African case studies: Liberia, Sierra Leone and Guinea-Bissau Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

A

Alexandra George | University of New South Wales, Sydney through the application of a collection of core concepts. By analyzing the metaphysical structure of intellectual property law and the concepts the legal system uses to

Constructing Intellectual Property

Human rights | ASIL Studies in International Legal Theory

Intellectual property law thus constructs its own objects of regulation, and it does so

George

This book examines the boundary between parochial and cosmopolitan justice. Nine lawyers and philosophers from five continents consider whether certain states or persons deserve special treatment, exemptions or heightened duties under international law. Essays draw the line between international law, national jurisdiction and the private autonomy of persons. • Determines the limits of international law: what is local, what is universal, and how to draw the boundary between the two • Considers parochialism in international law, the cosmopolitanism in international law and the theory of international law

body of rules, created by the legal system, that regulate the documented forms of abstract objects, which are also defined into existence by the legal system.

Relocating the Law of Geographical Indications

Intellectual property | Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law, 15

Page 1

Constructing Intellectual Property

Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law

Dev Gangjee | London School of Economics and Political Science

s e c o nD e D i t i o n

cover image: © tatiana Popova, 2011, used under licence from shutterstock.com.

What is “intellectual property”? This book examines the way in which this important

Illegal Peace in Africa

Relocating the Law of Geographical Indications

AustrAliAn intellectuAl ProPerty lAw

Intellectual property law in Australia has changed dramatically in the last decade. Developments in technology, the rise of the internet and the globalisation of trade have affected the laws surrounding intellectual property. This second edition has been fully revised to reflect these significant developments in trademarks, copyright and patents law. • Provides comprehensive coverage of recent developments in Australian intellectual property law, such as the rise of the internet, the globalisation of trade and the increasing importance of ‘superbrands’ • Features a companion website with upcoming amendments to the Intellectual Property Laws Amendment (Raising the Bar) Bill 2011 • Written by experts in the field of intellectual property law in Australia Mark J. Davison is Professor in the Faculty of law at Monash university, special counsel with Knightsbridge lawyers and is a member of the intellectual Property committee of the law council of Australia.

area of law is constructed by the legal system. It argues that intellectual property is a

Edited by M. N. S. Sellers | University of Baltimore

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 302pp 978-0-521-51802-4 Hardback £60.00

Australian Intellectual i Property Law

ntellectual property law in Australia has changed dramatically in the last decade and continues to change. Developments in technology, the rise of the internet, the globalisation of trade and the increasing importance of ‘superbrands’ – trade marks with global appeal – have all affected the laws surrounding intellectual property. Furthermore, globalisation has resulted in greater pressure on intellectual property owners to expand their rights as they endeavour to capture the potential benefits of ownership in an increasingly affluent and integrated world economy.

Law and Legitimacy Edited by Helen Keller | Universität Zürich

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 500pp 978-1-107-00654-6 Hardback c. £70.00

51

Textbook

A

Human rights | Studies on Human Rights Conventions, 1

Parochialism, Cosmopolitanism, and the Foundations of International Law

Efforts to expand the scope of legal protection given to reputation and brands in the Asia Pacific region have led to considerable controversy. Written by a variety of experts, the essays in this book consider the developing law of reputation and brands in a fraught area. • Interdisciplinary study of intellectual property law will appeal to those who prefer to go beyond ‘black-letter law’ approaches • Focused on current legal issues and debates of contemporary interest, such as trade mark dilution, moral rights and personality rights • Offers a pragmatic consideration of economic, business and sociocultural influences on law March 2012 228 x 152 mm 304pp 1 b/w illus.  11 tables   978-1-107-01772-6 Hardback c. £90.00 A

AustrAliAn intellectuAl ProPerty lAw

UN Human Rights Treaty Bodies

Edited by Andrew T. Kenyon | University of Melbourne

Intellectual property | Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law, 16

A

seconD eDition

Legal, Philosophical and Religious Perspectives Edited by Esther D. Reed | University of Exeter

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-107-00898-4 Hardback c. £55.00

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-107-02354-3 Hardback c. £60.00

Davison Monotti Wiseman

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-0-521-82441-5 Hardback £60.00

Human rights

Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

Human rights | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 87

Civil Liberties, National Security and Prospects for Consensus Distinguished political philosophers, lawyers, scholars of international relations, social scientists and theologians explore why and how the protection of security and the promotion of human rights are better regarded as interrelated and complementary goals than as diametric alternatives. • Multidisciplinary approaches to ‘security’ will appeal to a specialists in security and human rights as well as policy-makers and think-tanks • Includes rarely heard religious voices in the debate • Critiques the dominant discourse that places security and basic freedoms in opposition • Examines how a number of UK and USA counter-terrorism measures have generated significant controversy in recent years

The Law of Reputation and Brands in the Asia Pacific

Fashioning Intellectual Property Exhibition, Advertising and the Press, 1789–1918 Megan Richardson | University of Melbourne

This book is the story of the shifting relationships between intellectual property law and the economic, social and cultural technologies and circumstances that surrounded and provided its subject matter in the ‘long nineteenth century’, with particular reference to international exhibitions, advertising and the press. • Interdisciplinary study of intellectual property law will appeal to those who prefer to go beyond black-letter approaches • Demonstrates how economic, social and cultural influences in the period from the French Revolution to the First World War helped fashion intellectual property • Focus on exhibition, advertising and the press highlights some important and neglected sources of influence on the fashioning of intellectual property Intellectual property | Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law, 14

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 208pp 12 b/w illus.  1 table   978-0-521-76756-9 Hardback c. £65.00 A

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 24378.indd 50-51

16/12/2011 15:35


Law

52

Law

A Handbook on the WTO TRIPS Agreement

Laughing at the Gods

Making Legal History

Edited by Antony Taubman | World Trade Organization

Great Judges and How They Made the Common Law Allan C. Hutchinson | Osgoode Hall Law School, York University, Toronto

Approaches and Methodologies Edited by Anthony Musson | University of Exeter

This book showcases eight judges that the author argues exemplify judicial greatness and looks at what role they play in law and society. It does not define what makes a great judge but postulates qualities of judges who in their judicial tenures have shown vision and inventiveness that, combined with the courage of their convictions, has fundamentally influenced the impact of law on society. • Looks behind the mystery of the law to put a human face on law • Shows law as a messy and pragmatic social practice rather than a detached exercise in formal rule-application

Leading legal historians reveal the methods, priorities and concerns that inspire, guide and constrain researchers in legal history. Essays range across various jurisdictions, cultures and subjects and provide a rich insight into the complexities and dynamism of researching into the history of law. • Explanations of the fundamental methodological underpinning of legal history research will benefit all readers with an interest in legal history • Reflects a wealth of experience in legal history research and provides readers with a breadth of insight into the writing of legal history spanning jurisdictions and cultures from across the world • Addresses the methodology of legal history through individual research interests and experience, thus providing insights into the basis of specific subjects within legal history scholarship which may be of interest to the specialist reader

This handbook provides a comprehensive and non-technical explanation of the WTO Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS), later legal instruments, current policy issues and the relationship between TRIPS and public health. It is aimed at an audience including government officials and policy-makers, non-governmental organizations, academics and students. • Non-technical explanation of each section of the TRIPS Agreement, as well as later instruments and current policy issues, provides the reader with a clear understanding of the key provisions, their background and relevant developments • Detailed analysis of and commentary on the later instruments pertaining to public health that were adopted in the WTO ensures that the reader is aware of the main changes that took place post-1995 in the context of public health • Provides an overview of the institutional framework within the WTO that administers the TRIPS Agreement and describes some of the experience in analysing and interpreting it in the context of the WTO dispute settlement system, thereby enabling the reader to understand the TRIPS Agreement as part of the broader WTO trading regime and its institutional framework Intellectual property

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 325pp 5 b/w illus.  9 tables   978-1-107-02316-1 Hardback c. £90.00 A 978-1-107-62529-7 Paperback c. £45.00 A

Regulating Trade in Services in the EU and the WTO Trust, Distrust and Economic Integration Edited by Ioannis Lianos | University College London

Regulating tR ade in SeRviceS in the eu and the WtO

This critical analysis of the regulation of trade in services within the EU and the challenges that regional integration regimes are confronted with in managing regulatory pluralism discusses different approaches to the maintenance of pluralism and diversity by studying concrete examples from a variety of economic sectors. • Engages with recent and complex case law of the European courts on the regulation of trade in services • Builds an overall theory of economic integration that provides a critical analysis of the EU services directive and subsequent legislative developments • Discusses the tensions between regulatory pluralism and regional or international trade regimes trust, distrust and economic integration

Edited by

Ioannis Lianos Okeoghene Odudu

International economic and trade law, WTO law

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 520pp 5 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00864-9 Hardback c. £80.00 A

Feminist Constitutionalism Global Perspectives Edited by Beverley Baines | Queen’s University, Ontario

Constitutionalism affirms the idea that democracy should not lead to the violation of human rights or the oppression of minorities. This book aims to explore the relationship between constitutional law and feminism. The contributors offer a spectrum of approaches and the analysis is set across a wide range of topics. • Contains 28 chapters about various countries and by authors from various countries • Includes a foreword written by a pre-eminent feminist theorist, Catherine MacKinnon • Addresses both familiar topics such as reproductive rights and marital status and emerging issues such as new societal approaches to household labor and the participation of women in constitutional discussions online

Jurisprudence, legal theory

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 328pp 24 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01726-9 Hardback £60.00 A 978-1-107-66276-6 Paperback £19.99 P

Global Legal Pluralism A Jurisprudence of Law Beyond Borders Paul Schiff Berman | Arizona State University

Legal history

This book proposes a multidisciplinary approach that seeks to grapple with the pluralist reality rather than ignoring it, as both nation-state sovereigntists and international law triumphalists tend to do. It addresses both public and private law subjects and the interactions of both formal law and informal norms. • Offers an alternative comprehensive framework for conceptualizing the effects of globalization on legal systems • Analyzes a wide variety of situations where legal systems conflict, including both public and private law, as well as formal and informal norms • Broadly interdisciplinary, drawing on a variety of areas of legal scholarship, as well as approaches drawn from anthropology, sociology, political philosophy, critical geography and cosmopolitan theory Jurisprudence, legal theory

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 376pp 978-0-521-76982-2 Hardback c. £60.00

A

Textbook

Modern Criminal Law of Australia Jeremy Gans | University of Melbourne

Modern Criminal Law of Australia is a guide to interpreting and understanding statutory offence provisions in every Australian jurisdiction. It covers the common law, traditional code and model code systems, and includes examples from all states. This unique book provides students with the skills to practise law anywhere in Australia. • Students gain a deeper understanding of each legal system in Australia through comparisons and contrasts • Provides students and modern practitioners with the skills and information to understand and advise clients about any of the thousands of criminal offences across Australia • The book excerpts hundreds of statutory provisions together with detailed discussion of how to read them Law (general)

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 416pp 978-0-521-73747-0 Paperback £55.00

Ethical Problems and Genetics Practice

A

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 325pp 8 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01449-7 Hardback £60.00 A

Judges and Judging in the History of the Common Law and Civil Law

Bioethics and Law

Ethical Problems and Genetics Practice

Michael Parker | University of Oxford

Ethical Problems and Genetics Practice provides a rich, case-based account of the ethical issues arising in genetics for health professionals, patients and their families. It will be particularly relevant to medical, nursing and genetic-counselling students and to graduate students in bioethics, social science and medical anthropology. • Empirically grounded account will appeal to those who are interested in ethical issues arising in genetics for health professionals, policymakers and family members • Proposes and exemplifies a new approach to bioethics that will appeal to those interested in theoretical and methodological approaches to ethics • Investigation of the relationships between bioethics and social science which makes a significant contribution to debate on methods and interdisciplinarity and to the role of ethics in relation to these two disciplines Michael Parker

53

Medical law, health law | Cambridge Bioethics and Law

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-02080-1 Hardback c. £55.00 A edited by paul br and and joshua getzler

Judges and Judging in the History of the Common Law and Civil Law From Antiquity to Modern Times

From Antiquity to Modern Times Edited by Paul Brand | University of Oxford

Genetic Data and the Law

Bioethics and Law

A Critical Perspective on Privacy Protection Mark Taylor | University of Sheffield

Genetic Data and the Law A Critical Perspective on Privacy Protection

Research using genetic data must be properly regulated. Regulation that does not take account of the public interest in research and privacy protection might undermine the legitimacy of the regulatory environment. Using genetic data as an example, Mark Taylor explores the limitations of the current law of data protection. • Describes a concept of privacy that ensures appropriate research access to genetic data without sacrificing proper privacy protection • Highlights the inability of the legal concept of personal data to protect informational privacy and makes clear the importance of fluid interpretive frameworks to the relationship between data and information • Provides recommendations for reform that suggest how a broader range of privacy interests might be taken into account within a regulatory environment Mark Taylor

This volume of essays by leading legal historians addresses the history of judges and judging, with comparisons not only between British, American and Commonwealth experience, but also with the judiciary in civil law countries. The essays derive from papers presented at the 18th British Legal History Conference. • Essays by some of the leading legal historians of our time provide a survey of the best of recent scholarship in the field • Essays cover both common law and civil law countries, making this of interest to lawyers, historians and social scientists in a range of jurisdictions • Crosses boundaries of classical, medieval and modern periods, covering a wide range of themes from imperial, public, criminal and procedural law to private law and the family Legal history

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 400pp 3 b/w illus.  1 table   978-1-107-01897-6 Hardback £70.00 A

Medical law, health law | Cambridge Bioethics and Law, 16

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 264pp 978-1-107-00711-6 Hardback c. £60.00

A

Legal Education in the Digital Age Edited by Edward Rubin | Vanderbilt University School of Law

This collection of essays by legal scholars explores the digital revolution that has transformed legal education. It discusses the way digital materials will be created and how they will change concepts of authorship as well as methods of production and distribution. • Provides a general guide to the creation, use and potential effects of digital course materials in law schools • First general discussion of the way that the digital revolution will affect the creation, distribution, use and impact of law school course materials • Offers a wealth of ideas for law teachers and law librarians to take advantage of coming technological changes Legal skills and practice

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 275pp 978-1-107-01220-2 Hardback c. £55.00

A

Jurisprudence, legal theory

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 488pp 2 tables   978-0-521-76157-4 Hardback c. £65.00 978-0-521-13779-9 Paperback c. £24.99

A A

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 24378.indd 52-53

16/12/2011 15:36


Law

Law

Bioethics and Law

End-of-Life Decisions in Medical Care

54

Principles and Policies for Regulating the Dying Process Stephen W. Smith

Decisions relating to assisted dying, euthanasia, palliative care and the withdrawal of treatment must take into account a range of issues. Stephen W. Smith outlines an ethical theory for end-of-life decisions and provides a critical examination of regulatory practices at the end of life. • Examines end-of-life decisions as a continuum of possible choices, thereby allowing readers to explore the connections and interactions between various types of end-of-life decision • Examines the evidence relating to the practical effects of regulating end-of-life decisions, allowing readers to critically evaluate whether the acceptance of certain end-of-life decisions will have adverse effects upon society • Provides a workable ethical theory for end-of-life decisions that will help readers evaluate the appropriateness of various decisions Medical law, health law | Cambridge Bioethics and Law

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 400pp 4 tables   978-1-107-00538-9 Hardback c. £65.00 A

What Makes Health Public?

*** the travaux préparatoires of the crime of aggression *** edited by stefan barriga and claus kreß

This unique collection of documents spans fifteen years of negotiations on the crime of aggression and includes unpublished materials and unofficial transcripts that put the historic breakthrough at the 2010 Kampala Review Conference of the International Criminal Court into context. Introductory articles and select historic documents are also included. • Makes accessible a complete and chronological compilation of all official, selected unofficial and certain previously unpublished documents • Three introductory articles explain the main strands of the negotiations and provide an authoritative account of the negotiations from an insider’s perspective • Thematic index of the Travaux Préparatoires allows the reader to quickly identify where certain topics are discussed Public international law

December 2011 247 x 174 mm 725pp 978-1-107-01527-2 Hardback £95.00 978-1-107-63920-1 Paperback £52.00

A P

A History of International Law Emmanuelle Jouannet | Université de Paris I

With a focus on the literature in ethics, law, politics, public health and health policy, John Coggon argues that the important question for analysts in public health law and ethics is ‘what makes health public?’ His argument will interest those working on health-related ethical, legal and political issues. • Functions as both a foundational text and as an analytic critique to those interested in public health ethics and public health law • Develops a ‘self-aware’ methodological approach to engagement with political theory, allowing readers to evaluate the complex issues involved in the development and assessment of moral, legal and political claims • Demonstrates and evaluates the broad nature and scope of public health’s apparent ‘jurisdiction’ and responds to those concerned about public health’s ‘overreach’ and those concerned that important healthrelated issues should not be lost in analysis or ignored by policymakers Medical law, health law | Cambridge Bioethics and Law, 15

Emmanuelle Jouannet identifies the forces that have driven the development of international law from the Enlightenment to the present day and examines the ambivalence between its position as neither a strictly welfarist nor a strictly liberal law. • Helps readers form a view of what the purpose of international law was, is, and could and should be • New take on international law demonstrates the blind spot of standard accounts • Written by a leading French scholar Public international law

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-01894-5 Hardback £60.00

A A

Law, Disability, and the Future of Reproduction Isabel Karpin | University of Technology, Sydney

Prenatal and preimplantation testing technologies have offered unprecedented information about the genetic and congenital makeup of our prospective progeny. This book examines the evolution of this legislative oversight across a number of jurisdictions and explores the tensions and ambiguities that inform these laws. • Provides a comprehensive comparative legal analysis of laws around prenatal testing and abortion and PGD • Provides a general account of laws regulating prenatal testing and PGD in Canada, the USA, NZ and several European jurisdictions • Draws on original empirical research including interviews with regulators and clinicians in Australia Medical law, health law | Cambridge Disability Law and Policy Series

A

International Law, US Power The United States’ Quest for Legal Security

Public international law

Public international law | ASIL Studies in International Legal Theory

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 275pp 3 tables   978-1-107-01672-9 Hardback c. £60.00 978-1-107-60259-5 Paperback c. £19.99

edited by margaret a. young

The Cambridge Companion to International Law

Legal Aspects of Implementing the Cartagena Protocol on Biosafety

Edited by James Crawford | University of Cambridge

Edited by Marie-Claire Cordonier Segger | Centre for International Sustainable Development, McGill University

The volume provides contributions to the current legal and political academic debates on biosafety by discussing key issues under the Cartagena Protocol on Biosafety that affect the further design of national and international law on biosafety, and analyzing recent progress in the development of domestic regulatory regimes for biosafety. • Defines the key issues in sustainable development law on biosafety • Analyzes the key international mechanisms of the Cartagena Protocol • Examines the practical, legal, political and economic challenges and solutions encountered in the development and implementation of biosafety regulatory regimes in several countries from different regions of the world

Public international law

A

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 500pp 12 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00999-8 Hardback c. £75.00 A 978-0-521-27952-9 Paperback c. £35.00 X

the cambridge companion to

International Law

This accessible introduction to international law brings together a group of leading academics to bridge the divides between legal and non-legal methodologies, traditional and critical approaches, theoretical and practical projects of social emancipation and Anglo-American and European orientations towards international law. • Introduction to international law from traditional and critical perspectives will benefit those working in or studying in the field • Chapters provide politically and theoretically informed overviews while avoiding technical or specialised vocabularies • Transcends the key divides in international law to provide multiple insights into the main issues edited by

Ja m e s C r aw f o r d a n d m a rt t i Ko s K e n n i e m i

Public international law | Cambridge Companions to Law

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 425pp 3 tables   978-0-521-19088-6 Hardback c. £65.00 A 978-0-521-14308-0 Paperback c. £25.99 X

This textbook on the law of the sea sets the subject in the context of public international law. It comprehensively covers the principal topics of the course, from the legal regimes governing the different jurisdictional zones, to international co-operation for protection of the marine environment and marine living resources. • In-depth coverage of all key topics in the law of the sea – Part I looks at the classic role of the law of the sea, while Part II looks at newer uses for the law such as protection and the peaceful resolution of disputes • Looks at emerging environmental issues such as conservation and the protection of natural resources and biodiversity in the oceans for students interested in international environmental and natural resources law • Highlights the importance of international co-operation in the way the oceans are governed • Includes student-friendly features such as chapter introductions, figures and tables and further reading sections Public international law

55

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 290pp 1 table   978-1-107-09655-4 Hardback £60.00 A

A A

Yoshifumi Tanaka | University of Copenhagen

The growing awareness that international law is fragmented into separate and self-standing Regime Interaction in International Law legal ‘regimes’ has led to calls for unity and harmonisation. In response, this book combines insights from today’s leading theorists and practitioners, who deal with ongoing diversity and regime interaction in new and provocative ways. • A major examination of the fragmentation of international law, which moves from prevailing discussions of conflicting norms and international dispute settlement to an analysis of how ‘regimes’ of laws and institutions interact in a situation of ongoing diversity • Brings together perspectives from leading public international law intellectuals, allowing readers to access in a single volume the arguments of those who have shaped one of the most important debates in international law • Combines sociological, critical, constitutional, legal pluralist and doctrinal analysis of the interaction between regimes, with the diversities of methods and approaches being made clearer through comparison and mutual reflection

Edited by Donald Earl Childress, III | Pepperdine University School of Law

The purpose of this volume is to explore what role ethical discourse plays in international law. By examining the role of ethical discourse in international law’s public and private dimensions, this volume will hopefully open new avenues for cross-disciplinary exchange in these important fields and related disciplines. • Presents a cross-disciplinary approach that intersects public and private international law • One of the few volumes on the role of ethics in international law and particularly public and private international law • Opens new avenues for cross-disciplinary exchange in these important fields and related disciplines

Shirley Scott

The International Law of the Sea

Facing Fragmentation Edited by Margaret A. Young | University of Melbourne

The Role of Ethics in International Law

This book is for international lawyers, political scientists and all those who want to understand how the USA has benefited throughout its history from its strategic engagement with international law. The USA’s pursuit of offensive and defensive legal security has been an important ingredient of its ‘smart power’. • Allows readers to appreciate and understand the attitude of the USA towards international law and how it typically behaves in international negotiations • Adopts a neutral perspective towards the USA, whereas much of the literature on the topic is partisan • Interdisciplinary approach speaks to both international lawyers and political scientists

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 525pp 2 b/w illus.  23 tables   978-1-107-00438-2 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Regime Interaction in International Law

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 352pp 1 table   978-1-107-01048-2 Hardback £65.00

The United States’ Quest for Legal Security Shirley Scott | University of New South Wales, Sydney

Public international law

A

Facing Fragmentation

Perfecting Pregnancy

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 342pp 978-0-521-76520-6 Hardback c. £60.00

*

International Law, US Power crime of aggression library

The Liberal-Welfarist Law of Nations

A Critical Evaluation of Moral, Legal, and Political Claims in Public Health John Coggon | University of Manchester

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 325pp 978-1-107-01639-2 Hardback £60.00 978-1-107-60241-0 Paperback £27.99

Edited by Stefan Barriga | United Nations, New York

the travaux préparatoires of the crime of aggression

Principles and Policies for Regulating the Dying Process Stephen W. Smith | University of Birmingham

The Travaux Préparatoires of the Crime of Aggression

barriga and kreß

End-of-Life Decisions in Medical Care

Reparations and Victim Support in the International Criminal Court

Conor McCarthy CAMBRIDGE STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL AND COMPARATIVE LAW

Reparations and Victim Support in the International Criminal Court

Conor McCarthy | University of Cambridge

Conor McCarthy explores the Rome Statute’s regime of victim redress, including its reparations regime and the ICC Trust Fund for Victims, and asks what role it can play alongside existing regimes for victim redress and whether it has a contribution to make in the administration of international criminal justice. • Considers whether and how a regime of victim redress predicated on individual criminal responsibility has a role to play alongside the patchwork of other regimes, processes and arrangements, at the national and international level, by which victims of egregious conduct may obtain redress • Analyses the relationship between the Rome Statute’s reparations regime and victim support provided by the ICC Trust Fund for Victims • Draws on a wide range of jurisprudence and practice in the area of reparation, at both the national and international levels, in order to identify and explore the problems and challenges facing the Rome Statute’s regime of victim redress Public international law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 88

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 425pp 978-1-107-01387-2 Hardback c. £60.00

A

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 24378.indd 54-55

16/12/2011 15:36


Law

Law / Education / British history

Creating Legal Institutions for Uncertain Risks Edited by David A. Dana | Northwestern University, Illinois accessible synthesis of the available science regarding the health risks posed by nanotechnology, thoughtful analyses of the potential unreliability of public perceptions of such risks, and a range of provocative proposals for creative “Third Way” approaches

to regulating nanotechnology. This book is essential reading for anyone who may

The volume presents a synthesis of the THE NANOTECHNOLOGY science regarding the health risks posed by CHALLENGE nanotechnology, thoughtful analyses of the potential unreliability of public perceptions of such risks and a range of provocative proposals for creative approaches to regulating nanotechnology. • This book focuses on how society can continue to reap economic and other benefits from nanotechnology • It also addresses the possible risk to humans and the environment from nanotechnology • Features contributions from leading scholars who offer a range of solutions to the challenge of regulating nanotechnology Socio-legal studies

US law

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 438pp 13 b/w illus.   978-0-521-76738-5 Hardback £65.00 A

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 304pp 3 b/w illus.  6 tables   978-1-107-00686-7 Hardback £65.00 A 978-0-521-18726-8 Paperback £18.99 P

the benefits and sustains human health and the environment.

David A. Dana is Associate Dean for Faculty Research and the Stanford Clinton Sr.

and Zylpha Kilbride Clinton Research Professor of Law at Northwestern University. He is the cofounder and co-director of the Northwestern University Institute for

Sustainable Practices (NISP) and a Faculty Fellow at the Kellogg School of Business, Northwestern University. Dana, the author of more than thirty articles on environmental

law and policy, has been published in numerous journals, including Harvard

Environmental Law Review, Yale Law Journal, Ecology Law Journal, and University of Pennsylvania Law Review. He is a former litigator for the U.S. Department of Justice

and at Wilmer & Hale (formerly Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering).

CREATING LEGAL INSTITUTIONS FOR UNCERTAIN RISKS

Edited by David A. Dana

Cover photo: ©istockphoto.com/Martin McCarthy Cover design: Wendy Bedenbaugh

Authoritarian Rule of Law Legislation, Discourse and Legitimacy in Singapore Jothie Rajah | American Bar Foundation INTERNATIONAL LAW REPORTS LAUTERPACHT AND

GREENWOOD

Public international law | International Law Reports, 145

A

International Law Reports

Socio-legal studies | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 368pp 978-1-107-01241-7 Hardback c. £60.00 978-1-107-63416-9 Paperback c. £18.99

A P

The Impact of the OECD and UN Model Conventions on Bilateral Tax Treaties Volume 1 Edited by Michael Lang | Wirtschaftsuniversitat Wien, Austria

Taxation | Cambridge Tax Law Series

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 1400pp 2 tables   978-1-107-01972-0 Hardback c. £195.00

R

Air Raids and Culture in Britain from the Great War to the Blitz

This book studies British civilians’ experiences of, and responses to, air raids during the First and Second World Wars. Memories of the World War I bombings shaped British response to future wars and helped redefine a gendered understanding of how civilians should respond to modern war. • Connects the civilian experience of the First World War with that of the Second World War • Traces the development of political, social and cultural responses to the changing nature of war itself from 1914 to 1915 • Offers the first history addressing Britain’s response to aerial warfare and to attacks on its soil during both the First and Second World Wars

57

20C history of Britain

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 334pp 15 b/w illus.   978-0-521-87494-6 Hardback £60.00 A

Mints and Money in Medieval England Martin Allen | Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge

Textbook

Risk Management in the Outdoors A Whole of Organisation Approach for Education, Sport and Recreation Edited by Tracey Dickson | University of Canberra

Risk Management in the Outdoors is essential reading for students and practitioners involved in outdoor education, sport, recreation and tourism. Each chapter contains focus questions, case studies, action points for practitioners, plus further questions and activities. • A unique resource for students and practitioners • The authors all have experience in conducting outdoor programs in education, sport, recreation and tourism contexts • The whole-of-organisation approach encourages the student to think more critically about where their activities or programs are situated within the organisation Education, history, theory

February 2012 247 x 174 mm 256pp 978-0-521-15231-0 Paperback £45.00

At Home and Under Fire

A

Who made medieval coinage, how was it used and why is it important? This definitive study traces coin production in England from small Anglo-Saxon and Norman workshops to the centralised factory mints of the late Middle Ages, situating mints and money in the context of medieval England’s commerce and government. • A unique source of reference, including full data for the output and profit of English mints and authoritative lists of English mints and coin hoards • Fully integrates the history of mints into the wider economic, social and political history of England, presenting a fuller analytical history of the period than ever before • Includes detailed analysis of all aspects of mint technology, including sources of bullion and the composition and size of the currency and actual size illustrations of coins History of Britain 1066 – 1450

February 2012 246 x 189 mm 750pp 55 b/w illus.  11 maps   978-1-107-01494-7 Hardback c. £120.00 A

The Politics of Gender in Victorian Britain the politics Masculinity, Political Culture and for Women’s Rights Ben Griffin | University of Cambridge Be n GR i F F i n is a Fellow and lecturer in

History at Girton College, University of Cambridge.

His doctoral thesis was awarded the Prince Consort

ofStruggle gender the in victorian britain

This groundbreaking history of Victorian politics, feminism and parliamentary reform challenges traditional assumptions about the development of British democracy and the struggle

and Thirlwall Prize, and the Seeley Historical

for women’s rights, and demonstrates how political activity has

Medal, in 2005, and his previous publications

been shaped by changes in the history of masculinity. From

include The Politics of Domestic Authority in Britain

the second half of the nineteenth century, Britain’s all-male

since 1800 (2009), co-edited with Lucy Delap and

parliament began to transform the legal position of women as it

Abi Wills.

reformed laws that had upheld male authority for centuries. To explain these revolutionary changes, Ben Griffin looks beyond

Part I Introduction 1

the actions of the women’s movement alone and shows how the

behaviour and ideologies of male politicians were fundamentally shaped by their gender. He argues that changes to women’s

rights were the result not simply of changing ideas about women

over her husband, William Gladstone (1809–98),

but also of changing beliefs about masculinity, religion and the

c. 1890. (Photo by Gunn & Stuart / Hulton Archive /

nature of the constitution, and, in doing so, demonstrates how

Getty images.)

gender inequality can be created and reproduced by the state.

2

The domestic ideology of Victorian patriarchy

3

Class, liberalism and the erosion of Victorian domestic ideology

4

Religious change and the transformation of domestic ideology

5

The politics of paternity

6

Performing masculinities in the House of Commons

the politics of gender

This groundbreaking history of Victorian politics, in victorian britain feminism and parliamentary reform challenges traditional assumptions about the development of ben griffin British democracy and the struggle for women’s rights. It shows how political activity was shaped by changing beliefs about masculinity and demonstrates how gender inequality can be created and reproduced by the state. • Breaks down the barriers between political history and gender history, challenging conventional accounts of British politics by demonstrating that the history of masculinity shaped political action • Proposes a new interpretation of Victorian Liberal and Conservative political thought, suggesting how and why Britain moved towards a democratic political system • Presents a new intellectual and political history of feminism Jacket illustration: Mrs Gladstone holds a sunshade

‘Feminism’ and the history of women’s rights

Part II Masculinity and the struggle for women’s rights

in victorian britain

Including thirty-seven country reports from five continents, this book starts a global debate on bilateral tax treaties and ascertains how much the UN and OECD models affect the clauses of bilateral treaties. It is an essential tool for academics, practitioners and tax authorities. • First study of tax treaties to adopt a global perspective • Demonstrates the impact of the OECD and UN Model Conventions via independent expert analysis and supplemented by a general report • Sets new standards for tax treaty interpretation by turning bilateral treaties into a possible core for developing multilateralism in global tax law

Education

SUSAN R. GRAYZEL

Air Raids and Culture in Britain from the Great War to the Blitz Susan R. Grayzel | University of Mississippi

the politics of gender

Volume 146 reports on, among others, International Court of Justice orders and judgments in the Cases Concerning Armed Activities on the Territory of the Congo: DRC v. Uganda and DRC v. Rwanda (New Application: 2002). • Reports on the International Court of Justice orders and judgments in the Cases Concerning Armed Activities on the Territory of the Congo: DRC v. Uganda and DRC v. Rwanda (New Application: 2002) • Reports on awards and related decisions in three NAFTA Chapter 11 Arbitrations against the United Mexican States dealing with the issue of countermeasures: Archer Daniels Midland Company and Tate and Lyle Ingredients Americas, Inc.; Corn Products International, Inc.; and Cargill, Inc.

This book presents an analysis of authoritarian legalism, showing how prosperity, public discourse, and a rigorous observance of legal procedure enable a reconfigured rule of law – liberal form but illiberal content. It shows how institutions and process become tools to constrain dissenting citizens while protecting those in political power. • The first study of how political liberalism can be systematically dismantled such that a nation might be lauded the world over as rule of law even as basic legal freedoms are eroded • The first close and sustained analysis – spanning 50 years – of the political processes • The first application of discourse analysis to penetrate deeply into the ideological techniques and effects of authoritarian assaults on liberal institutions of rule of law

At Home and Under Fire

griffin

Volume 146 Edited by Elihu Lauterpacht | University of Cambridge

A

Edited by David P. Auerswald | National War College

In an increasingly complex and unpredictable world, a growing number of observers and practitioners have called for a re-examination of our national security system. This volume examines variation in the ways Congress has engaged federal agencies overseeing our nation’s national security and also various domestic political determinants of security policy. • Offers detailed attention on the role of Congress in national security policy • Presents a focused treatment of the role of Congress in national security policy, both across time and a variety of topical security issues • Includes leading contributing scholars

wonder how we can continue to innovate technologically in a way that both delivers

Volume 145 reports on the 2001 Interlocutory Decision on the Applicable Law: Terrorism, Conspiracy, Homicide, Perpetration, Cumulative Charging of the Appeals Chamber of the Special Tribunal for Lebanon and the 2010 award on jurisdiction, arbitrability and suspension in Eureko v. Slovak Republic. • Covers the 2001 Interlocutory Decision on the Applicable Law: Terrorism, Conspiracy, Homicide, Perpetration, Cumulative Charging of the Appeals Chamber of the Special Tribunal for Lebanon • Covers the 2010 award on jurisdiction, arbitrability and suspension in Eureko v. Slovak Republic • Covers the 2010 judgment of the Rotterdam District Court in the ‘Cygnus’ case (Somali Pirates)

March 2012 219 x 146 mm 732pp 978-1-107-02241-6 Hardback c. £150.00

THE NANOTECHNOLOGY CHALLENGE

essays by leading law scholars and social and physical scientists offers a range of views regarding how such institutions should be formed. Readers will benefit from an

International Law Reports

Public international law | International Law Reports, 146

Dana

system in the world has yet devised a way to reasonably address the uncertain risks of nanotechnology. To do so will require creating new legal institutions. This volume of

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 500pp 3 tables   978-1-107-01942-3 Hardback c. £95.00 A

January 2012 219 x 146 mm 750pp 978-0-521-76994-5 Hardback c. £130.00

Congress and the Politics of National Security

everything from toothpaste to socks to military equipment. The safety of nanotechnol-

Public international law | Connecting International Law with Public Law, 3

British history

Page 1

ogy for human health and the environment is a great unknown, however, and no legal

The dynamic and unpredictable nature of the environment makes environmental law a complex area. This collection of essays examines the development and application of environmental law and offers new insights relevant to legal and environmental policy specialists and students. • Offers transdisciplinary insights and introduces a social science theoretical framework into environmental law which opens up the legal discipline to social scientists and vice versa • Demonstrates the development of ideas and the increased dominance of discourses about environmental problems • Challenges conventional views about the development of environmental law and the relationships between public law and international law, thereby presenting novel views and perspectives on a developing field of law

Volume 145 Edited by Elihu Lauterpacht | University of Cambridge

12:52 PM

Nanotechnology is the wave of the future and has already been incorporated into

Edited by Brad Jessup | Australian National University, Canberra

56

7/22/11

The Nanotechnology Challenge

GRIFFIN: the politics of gender in victorian britain JACKET C M Y BLK

9780521767385ppc4.qxd

Environmental Discourses in Public and International Law

Part III Political culture and the struggle for women’s rights 7

Classes, interests and parliamentary reform

8

The instability of the 1867 settlement, the secret ballot and women’s suffrage

9

Redefining ‘fitness’: from the educated voter to household suffrage

10

The road to democracy, 1885–1906

11

Conclusion

Masculinity, Political Culture and the Struggle for Women’s Rights

Jacket designed by Hart McLeod Ltd

printed in the united k ingdom

History of Britain after 1450

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 360pp 3 tables   978-1-107-01507-4 Hardback £60.00 A

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 24378.indd 56-57

16/12/2011 15:36


British history / American history

American history / European history

The Magical Imagination

America’s Economic Way of War

The Magical Imagination

Magic and Modernity in Urban England, 1780–1914 Karl Bell | University of Portsmouth

Magic and Modernity in England 1780–1914

War and the US Economy from the SpanishAmerican War to the First Gulf War Hugh Rockoff | Rutgers University, New Jersey

This innovative history of popular magical mentalities in nineteenth-century England reveals how the magical imagination helped people adjust to urban life. Using perspectives from cultural anthropology, sociology, folklore and urban studies, this is a major contribution to our understanding of popular magic and the lived experience of modernization and urbanization. • The first major study of English popular magic in an urban context • Uses magical mentalities to shed new light on a crucial period in the modernization of England • Challenges simplistic notions of the decline of magical thought as well as the recent emphasis on secular re-enchantment in this period K A RL BELL

58

AmERicA’S Economic WAy oF WAR War and the US Economy from the Spanish-American War to the First Gulf War

Hugh Rockoff

A

20C American history | New Approaches to Economic and Social History

Scandal of Colonial Rule

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 240pp 28 b/w illus.  22 tables   978-0-521-85940-0 Hardback c. £40.00 A 978-0-521-67673-1 Paperback c. £15.99 A

Power and Subversion in the British Atlantic during the Age of Revolution James Epstein | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee

A Concise History of the United States of America

A dramatic history of the British public’s confrontation with the iniquities of nineteenthcentury colonial rule. James Epstein uses the trial of the first governor of Trinidad for the torture of a freewoman of color to reassess the nature of British colonialism and the ways in which empire troubled the metropolitan imagination. • Highly readable account of a key colonial scandal and what it tells us about the nature of empire more generally • Methodologically sophisticated with a range of approaches to colonial history, from law and trials and imperial careering to narrative accounts of colonial rule, debates over labor and production, and the colonial archive as an object of study in itself • Combines a close study of colonialism on the ground with the broader global context of the age of revolution

Susan-Mary Grant | University of Newcastle upon Tyne

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 300pp 9 b/w illus.  3 maps   978-1-107-00330-9 Hardback c. £50.00 A 978-0-521-17677-4 Paperback c. £18.99 A

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 464pp 70 b/w illus.  5 maps   978-0-521-84825-1 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-0-521-61279-1 Paperback c. £19.99 G

received fellowships and research support from Clemson University, The University of Chicago, the Miller Center of Public Affairs, the William Nelson Cromwell Foundation, the Harry S.

THE UNWIELDY AMERICAN STATE

published in the Journal of Policy History. She has

THE UNWIELDY

ADMINISTRATIVE POLITICS SINCE THE NEW DEAL

to administrators, the federal government’s

Jacket image: “. . . Olympian heights far removed from men . . .” by Tom Funk. Harper’s Magazine (July, 1953). Courtesy of the Estate of Tom Funk. Jacket design by Alice Soloway

Printed in the United States of America

20C American history

April 2012 234 x 156 mm 320pp 978-1-107-00432-0 Hardback c. £55.00

A

and legal history of the administrative state

After Progressive Era reforms and New Deal

new size and shape made one question that

much more important: how should agencies and commissions exercise their enormous

authority? In examining procedural reforms of the administrative process in light of postwar political developments, Grisinger shows how administrative law was shaped outside the

courts. Using the language of administrative law, parties debated substantive questions about administrative discretion, effective

governance, and national policy and designed reforms accordingly. In doing so, they

legitimated the administrative process as a valid form of government.

American history (general) | Cambridge History of Religions in America

June 2012 228 x 152 mm 2544pp 14 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01334-6 3 Volume Set c. £300.00

of

CONFLICT FOR A CONTINENT

J. C. A . S t A g g

Early republic and antebellum history | Cambridge Essential Histories

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 240pp 5 maps   978-0-521-89820-1 Hardback £50.00 978-0-521-72686-3 Paperback £15.99

A P

This book explains how and why Belgium, a small but influential European country, was changed through its colonial activities in the Congo, from the first expeditions in 1880 to the Mobutu regime in the 1980s. It yields a better understanding of the Congo’s past and present and explains how the imperial experience influenced Belgian politics, diplomacy, economic activity and culture. • An important contribution to the study of colonial history • Offers new insights into the history of twentieth-century Belgium • Offers new insights into the history of the Congo and the impact of colonialism 20C European history

May 2012 234 x 156 mm 312pp 2 b/w illus.  4 tables   978-0-521-19421-1 Hardback c. £60.00 A

59

Complicity in the Holocaust Churches and Universities in Nazi Germany Robert P. Ericksen | Pacific Lutheran University, Washington

In one of the darker aspects of Nazi Germany, churches and universities grew to accept and support Nazi ideology. Complicity in the Holocaust describes how the state’s intellectual and spiritual leaders enthusiastically partnered with Hitler’s regime. Ericksen also examines Germany’s flawed yet successful postwar policy of denazification in these institutions. • Focuses on those we might consider ‘Good Germans,’ but shows how enthusiastically they supported Hitler • Explains what caused Germans to accept and support an ideology as radical and brutal as Hitler’s • Illustrates the historical setting – for example through the lost war and a sense of national crisis • Asks whether there are any lessons to be learned 20C European history

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-01591-3 Hardback £55.00 978-1-107-66333-6 Paperback £18.99

A P

Niemandsland A History of Unoccupied Germany, 1944–1945 Gareth Pritchard | University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand

Niemandsland is the untold story of the largest of the unoccupied enclaves that survived after Niemandsland Germany’s invasion and occupation by allied forces in 1945. Sandwiched between American and Red Army lines, the 500,000 inhabitants overthrew the last vestiges of the Nazi regime and established a little antifascist republic in no-man’s-land. • Fascinating account of Germany in the immediate aftermath of defeat which shows the path the country might have taken without allied intervention • Based on unusually rich archival sources which give us a much more detailed picture of the German experience in 1945 • Uses the history of Niemandsland as a case study to shed new light on broader debates about post-war German history

Forced Migration and the Politics of Memory, 1945–1970 Andrew Demshuk | University of Alabama, Birmingham Quotes to come

Gareth Pritchard

History at the University of Alabama at Birmingham.

policies shifted a substantial amount of power

Examines controversies over federal administrative law in the 1940s and 1950s. The arcane procedures used by federal administrative agencies to make rules, draft policies and issue orders were a major political issue in the years following World War II. Reforms changed both administrative operations and the debates surrounding them. • Combines topics (executive organization, congressional organization and investigations, administrative law and agency politics) that are usually studied separately by historians, lawyers, political scientists and public administration scholars • Brings administrative law into modern political history • Makes administrative law accessible to non-specialists Truman Library Institute, and the Herbert Hoover Presidential Library Association.

the

This book is a narrative history of the many dimensions of the War of 1812, which places the war’s origins and conduct in transatlantic perspective. The book concludes that it resulted from an emerging nation-state trying to contend with the effects of rival European nationalisms. • Short, up-to-date and based on comprehensive research • Should appeal to both academic and general readers • Makes what has always seemed like a confusing and incomprehensible war – to Americans at least – relevant to today’s readers

ANDREW DEMSHUK is Assistant Professor of

The three-volume Cambridge History of Religions in America traces the historical development of religious traditions in America, following their transplantation from other parts of the world and the inauguration of new religious movements on the continent of North America. It extends chronologically from prehistoric times through the formation of the United States as a nation to the twenty-first century. • This collection documents the full range of religious diversity in American history • Tells a religious story that includes both hostility and amicable relationships among the religious communities in America

AMERICAN STATE

wa r 1812

Conflict for a Continent J. C. A. Stagg | University of Virginia

The Lost German East

The Unwieldy American State offers a political from the 1940s through the early 1960s.

January 2012 234 x 156 mm 304pp 7 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01024-6 Hardback £60.00 A 978-0-521-27966-6 Paperback £21.99 A

European history

Edited by Stephen J. Stein | Indiana University, Bloomington ★

Early republic and antebellum history

R

THE LOST GERMAN EAST

lecturer in the Legal Studies program at

Northwestern University. Her articles have been

JOANNA L. GRISINGER

Catholicism and the Shaping of NineteenthCentury America offers one of the first comparative treatments of Protestant and Catholic history in nineteenth-century America. Gjerde argues that Protestant-Catholic conflicts helped shape the nation, fostering the development of broader ideas about religious diversity in American society. • Offers the first comparative treatment of Protestants and Catholics in the nineteenth century • Draws upon political, religious and literary sources to describe Protestant and Catholic views on a wide range of issues, including the nineteenth-century relationship between church and state, the economy, the West, slavery and the family • Explains why religion has constituted and continues to constitute a major dividing line in America

DEMSHUK

GRISINGER

Administrative Politics Since the New Deal Joanna L. Grisinger | Clemson University, South Carolina Quotes to come

Guy Vanthemsche

A History of Unoccupied Germany 1944–1945

The Cambridge History of Religions in America

The Unwieldy American State JOANNA L. GRISINGER is currently a senior

UNITED STATES

American history (general) | Cambridge Concise Histories

American history

Belgium and the Congo, 1885–1980

The War of 1812 A Concise History of

of AMERICA Woven through this richly crafted study of Susan-Mary Grant America’s shifting social and political landscapes are the multiple voices of the nation’s history: slaves and slave owners, revolutionaries and reformers, soldiers and statesmen, immigrants and refugees. These voices help define the United States at the dawn of a new century. • Thoughtful, witty and engaging, a new history of America told from the perspective of its people and their engagement with the past • Highlights the persistent tensions throughout American history between freedom and enslavement, race and gender, material strength and moral imperative • Illustrations are captioned with stories that are key to the narrative

History of Britain after 1450 | Critical Perspectives on Empire

Catholicism and the Shaping of NineteenthCentury America Jon Gjerde | University of California, Berkeley

This revealing book exposes the influence of economics and finance on America’s decisions to go to war, how those wars were fought, and the long-term consequences for the economy. Ranging from the Spanish–American War to the Gulf War it shows the true cost of these wars for the US economy. • Reveals how America’s current wars are financed and how the current financial system reflects the outcomes of past wars • Shows how the extremes of war can illuminate the basic principles of economics • As the first book to provide an economic and financial history of America’s twentieth-century wars, it will help students, journalists, business people and academics place America’s recent wars in Iraq, Afghanistan and Libya into historical perspective

History of Britain after 1450

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-00200-5 Hardback c. £60.00

n e w a pproach es to econom ic a n d soci a l h istory

THE LOST GERMAN EAST Forced Migration and the Politics of Memory, 1945–1970 ANDREW DEMSHUK

After 1945, Germany was inundated with German refugees ethnically cleansed from territories ceded to East European states. Using cultural historical approaches to memory, nostalgia and ethnic cleansing, Andrew Demshuk shows how these refugees came to realize that the idealized world they mourned no longer existed and began to integrate into West German society. • A neglected instance of ethnic cleansing, though the second-largest case on record • Based on archival and private sources virtually untapped in past scholarship • Bridges the end of Europe’s most violent war to the peaceful postwar Europe we know today by featuring twelve million refugees who helped make this transition possible Jacket image: Helmuth Wesemann, two photos from The Lost German East (1957), montage by the author (2010). Courtesy of Stadtarchiv Braunschweig: Nachlass Helmuth Wesemann G IX 78. Jacket design by ALICE SOLOWAY

A fifth of West Germany’s post-1945 population consisted of ethnic German refugees expelled

from Eastern Europe, a quarter of whom came from Silesia. As the richest territory lost inside

Germany’s interwar borders, Silesia was a leading objective for territorial revisionists, many of whom

were themselves expellees. The Lost German East examines how and why millions of Silesian expel-

lees came to terms with the loss of their homeland. Applying theories of memory and nostalgia, as well as recent studies on ethnic cleansing, Andrew

Demshuk shows how, over time, most expellees came to recognize that the idealized world they

mourned no longer existed. Revising the traditional view that most of those expelled sought a restoration of prewar borders so they could return to the

East, Demshuk offers a new answer to the question of why, after decades of violent upheaval, peace

and stability took root in West Germany during the tense early years of the Cold War.

20C European history

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 240pp 2 maps   978-1-107-01350-6 Hardback c. £60.00

A

20C European history

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 216pp 10 b/w illus.  2 maps   978-1-107-02073-3 Hardback c. £50.00 A

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 24378.indd 58-59

16/12/2011 15:36


European history

European history

Paris and the Spirit of 1919

Land and Privilege in Byzantium

Consumer Struggles, Transnationalism and Revolution Tyler Stovall | University of California, Berkeley

60

This transnational history of Paris in 1919 explores the global implications of the revolutionary crisis of French society at the end of World War I, using the events of 1919 to illustrate broader tensions in working class, race and gender politics in Parisian, French and ultimately global society. • Explores the role of consumerism in working class identity and popular mobilization, challenging the view that consumer politics is simply capitalist hegemony • Integrates metropolitan and colonial history, showing how local and global politics intersected at the start of the twentieth century • The book’s transnational approach is also postcolonial, foregrounding debates over colonial subjects and the empire in France 20C European history | New Studies in European History

The Western Allies and the Return of German Archives after the Second World War Astrid M. Eckert | Emory University, Atlanta

The

ASTrid M. eckerT

STruggle for the

The Western Allies and the return of german Archives after the Second World War

20C European history | Publications of the German Historical Institute

A

The German Minority in Interwar Poland Winson Chu | University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee

The German Minority in Interwar Poland analyzes what happened when Germans from three different empires – the Russian, Habsburg and German – were forced to live together in one, new state after the First World War. Winson Chu challenges prevailing interpretations that German nationalism in the twentieth century viewed ‘Germans’ as a homogeneous, single group of people. • Challenges common assumptions about German nationalism and Nazism in the twentieth century • Challenges assumptions about solidarity within ethnic minorities • Winson Chu extensively uses German and Polish archives 20C European history | Publications of the German Historical Institute

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 328pp 3 b/w illus.  3 maps   978-1-107-00830-4 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Mark C. Bartusis

The first comprehensive treatment for over fifty years of the institution of pronoia, the most common type of privilege by which the emperor rewarded subjects and financed the army during the last few centuries of the Byzantine Empire. Essential for those who wish to understand Byzantine administration and provincial life. • Presents a comprehensive analysis of the origin, development and character of the institution of pronoia • Fully explains the development and characteristics of the peasantry, taxation and Byzantine administration from the eleventh to the fifteenth centuries • Places pronoia in its historical context June 2012 247 x 174 mm 728pp 7 b/w illus.  7 maps  22 tables   978-1-107-00962-2 Hardback c. £100.00 A

When American and British troops swept through FileS the German Reich in the spring of 1945, they confiscated government papers and archives, records which were subsequently used in war crimes trials. In 1949, the West Germans asked for their return, and this book traces the tangled history of the captured German records. • Uncovers for the first time the history of the captured German records that became the basis for writing the history of the Nazi dictatorship and World War II • A meticulously researched study that incorporates an unprecedented range of sources from German, American and British archives • Illuminates the history of relations between West Germany and its Western Allies from a new angle March 2012 228 x 152 mm 396pp 978-0-521-88018-3 Hardback c. £50.00

The Institution of Pronoia

European history – 1000 – 1450

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 320pp 22 b/w illus.  5 tables   978-1-107-01801-3 Hardback c. £60.00 A

The Struggle over the Files

The Institution of Pronoia Mark C. Bartusis | Northern State University, South Dakota

Land and Privilege in Byzantium

The Italian Renaissance State Edited by Andrea Gamberini | Università degli Studi di Milano

This magisterial study offers a revised account of the complex political history of Renaissance Italy. Its team of leading international scholars reinvigorates the place of politics in Renaissance historiography, identifying the period as a pivotal moment in the history of the state in Europe. • Re-orientates the historiography of the Italian Renaissance to include a new emphasis on politics • Presents groundbreaking Italian political history in the English language • Situates the political history of Renaissance Italy in the mainstream of contemporary research into the origins of the modern European state European history – 1000 – 1450

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 580pp 1 map   978-1-107-01012-3 Hardback c. £100.00

A

Intellectual Culture in Medieval Paris Theologians and the University, c.1100–1330 Ian Wei | University of Bristol

This book explores the ideas of theologians at the medieval University of Paris and their attempts to shape society. Investigating their views on money, marriage and sex, Ian Wei reveals the complexity of what theologians had to say about the world around them, and the increasing challenges to their authority. • Uses extended textual analysis wherever possible to facilitate interdisciplinary analysis and establish common ground between specialists in different fields • Includes women in medieval intellectual history, contributing towards the wider development of a general history of ideas for the period • Cuts across conceptual boundaries that have separated fields of study in intellectual and institutional history, abstract philosophy and theology, and ethics and moral theology European history – 1000 – 1450

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 445pp 978-1-107-00969-1 Hardback c. £60.00

A

The Shaping of German Identity Authority and Crisis, 1245–1414 Len Scales | University of Durham

For the first time in any language this book recounts the formation of German identity in the late Middle Ages. Offering a significant new perspective on German history and European nation-making, it shows how German identity took shape in a period of weakness and fragmentation for the Holy Roman Empire. • With a wide command of late medieval source material, this book introduces a major body of evidence and engages critically with medievalist and modernist models of early nation-making • Based on an extensive, critical reading of both German and Anglophone scholarship, the book bridges the gap between two important historiographical traditions • Offers a detailed and close account of political developments and ideas in later medieval Germany, particularly in relation to the Holy Roman Empire

The Making of the Monastic Community of Fulda, c.744 – c.900

cambridge studies in medieval life and thought fourth series

The Making of the Monastic Community of Fulda, c. 744 –c. 900 janneke raaijmakers

Janneke Raaijmakers

The monastic community of Fulda was one of the most powerful institutions in early medieval Europe. Tracing its development from its foundation in the 740s over 150 years, this interdisciplinary study presents a vivid picture of life in this monastery and also in early medieval religious communities in general. • Uses a single institution as a case study for aspects of early medieval society at large • Integrates a wealth of scholarly literature in various languages and disciplines which will appeal to historians, architectural and art historians and archaeologists alike • Shows that monastic life was not solely reflected in texts, but also found expression and was created in liturgy, saints’ cults, buildings and religious art

European history – 1000 – 1450

European history – 450 – 1000 | Cambridge Studies in Medieval Life and Thought: Fourth Series, 83

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 600pp 4 maps  1 table   978-0-521-57333-7 Hardback c. £80.00 A

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 350pp 5 b/w illus.  3 maps   978-1-107-00281-4 Hardback c. £60.00 A

Templar Families

Staying Roman

Landowning Families and the Order of the Temple in France, c.1120–1307 Jochen Schenk | German Historical Institute

Conquest and Identity in Africa and the Mediterranean, 439–700 Jonathan Conant | Brown University, Rhode Island

This detailed study explores the close relationship between the Order of the Temple and the landowning families it relied upon for support. Focussing on the regions of Burgundy, Champagne and Languedoc, Jochen Schenk investigates the religious expectations that guided families to found and support Templar communities in the European provinces. • Firmly situates the evolution of the Order of the Temple in the context of religious reform in medieval Europe • Illustrates the extent of the penetration of crusade ideology into medieval European society • Exploring the dissemination of religious sentiment and crusade enthusiasm within and through kinship networks, the author traces religious and ideological continuity over time European history – 1000 – 1450 | Cambridge Studies in Medieval Life and Thought: Fourth Series, 79

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 300pp 12 b/w illus.  3 maps   978-1-107-00447-4 Hardback c. £60.00 A

61

What did it mean to be Roman once the Empire had collapsed in the West? This is the first systematic study of the changing nature of Roman identity in post-Roman North Africa, revealing the value and flexibility of the notion of ‘Romanness’ across the Mediterranean. • Bridges the traditional historiographic divide between classical studies and medieval history to present a fuller picture of the transition from Roman to post-Roman identities • Situates North Africa and its citizens in a pan-Mediterranean context, emphasising the geographical links which influenced Roman identities • Provides historians, archaeologists and art historians of the classical, medieval, Byzantine and Islamic periods with a nuanced interpretation of the Roman Empire’s long-term influence in shaping the Mediterranean world European history – 450 – 1000 | Cambridge Studies in Medieval Life and Thought: Fourth Series, 82

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 456pp 5 b/w illus.  5 maps  29 tables   978-0-521-19697-0 Hardback c. £60.00 A

German History in Modern Times

GERMAN HISTORY IN MODERN TIMES FOUR LIVES OF THE NATION

Four Lives of the Nation William W. Hagen | University of California, Davis

This history of German-speaking central Europe presents the pre-modern era of the Holy Roman Empire; the nineteenth century; the 1914–1945 era of war, dictatorship and genocide; and the William W. Hagen Cold War and post-Cold War eras as successive worlds of German life. This book’s ‘Germany’ is both polycentric and multicultural. • This a compact account of the history of the German-speaking lands since the seventeenth century, with a brief introduction to earlier developments as well • There is a major visual dimension, which brings personalities, cultural styles and social landscapes before the reader’s eye • The work offers an extensive bibliography European history after 1450

March 2012 234 x 156 mm 400pp 158 b/w illus.  17 maps  2 tables   978-0-521-19190-6 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-0-521-17521-0 Paperback c. £19.99 P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 24378.indd 60-61

16/12/2011 15:36


European history

European history / History – other areas

French Books of Hours

v irgini a r einburg

French Books oF hours

Making an Archive of Prayer, c.1400–1600 Virginia Reinburg | Boston College, Massachusetts

Making an Archive of Prayer, c. 1400–1600

The Book of Hours was a ‘best-seller’ in medieval and early modern Europe. This interdisciplinary study offers a full account of how it was used as a book – how it was read to guide prayer and teach literacy and what it meant to its owners as a personal possession. • Combines a social history of the book of hours with an ethnography of prayer • This account of prayer as speech and rite fills a gap in our understanding of religious life • Shows how the book of hours reflects the varied ways people prayed at the close of the Middle Ages and during the sixteenth century

62

Modernity and Bourgeois Life Society, Politics and Culture in England, France and Germany since 1750 Jerrold Seigel | New York University

What does it mean to be modern? In the nineteenth century a consensus emerged that Western Europe was giving birth to a new form of life in which bourgeois activities, people, attitudes and values played a key role. Jerrold Seigel offers a magisterial account of the development of European modernity. • Provides a new intellectual framework for understanding the making of modernity in Western Europe • Offers a new basis for comparing the histories of England, France and Germany • Integrates the histories of politics, society, economics and finance, gender relations, morality, Jewish life and culture

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 240pp 39 b/w illus.  2 tables   978-1-107-00721-5 Hardback c. £60.00 A

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 630pp 10 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01810-5 Hardback c. £55.00 A 978-1-107-66678-8 Paperback c. £19.99 A

The Physiocrats and the World of the Enlightenment

The Business of War

Liana Vardi | University at Buffalo, State University of New York

Physiocracy, an eighteenth-century French economic theory widely considered a forerunner of modern economics, argued that wealth derived exclusively from agriculture. This work places the Physiocrats in context by inscribing economic thought within broader Enlightenment trends and offers a framework for understanding physiocratic theory and its complicated relation to modern economics. • History of the Physiocrats, though a biography of three of the leading thinkers, within the social and cultural context of the Enlightenment • First scholarly study of the Physiocrats since Elizabeth Fox-Genovese’s classic study, published in 1976 and now out of print • Offers a broader intellectual and social frame for understanding Physiocratic theory and its relation to modern economic history European history after 1450

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 253pp 5 b/w illus.   978-1-107-02119-8 Hardback c. £60.00 A

The Two Latin Cultures and the Foundation of Renaissance Humanism in Medieval Italy

This innovative study of the lives of ordinary people – peasants, fishermen, textile workers – in nineteenth-century France demonstrates how folklore collections can be used to shed new light on the socially marginalized, and reveals how oral culture provided mechanisms for the poor to assert some control over their own destinies. • Explains how historians can approach folkloric material as historical sources • Shows how the voices of individual peasants, usually condemned to historical silence, can be preserved in oral history • Each chapter is a microstudy showing how a particular problem in social history can be clarified through the study of folklore collections European history after 1450 | Cambridge Social and Cultural Histories, 18

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 320pp 3 b/w illus.  3 maps   978-0-521-51936-6 Hardback c. £60.00 A

Oil Resources in Eastern Europe and the Caucasus the

Business of War Military Enterprise and Military Revolution in Early Modern Europe dav id pa r rot t

An important re-evaluation of early modern warfare and its relationship to the power of the state. David Parrott reveals how far states devolved to private contractors the raising and equipping of troops, the construction and management of navies, the manufacture and distribution of weapons and even the conduct of war. • Offers an alternative view of early modern warfare, challenging statecentred models and breaking with some of the key assumptions about an early modern ‘military revolution’ • The first detailed account of privatised military activity and organisation from 1500 to 1700 • Challenges assumptions about the military effectiveness of mercenaries and the viability of privatised military organisation; debates with particular contemporary relevance

European history after 1450

Print Culture in Early Modern France Abraham Bosse and the Purposes of Print Carl Goldstein | University of North Carolina, Greensboro

Slave Emancipation and Racial Attitudes in NineteenthCentury South Africa R. L. Watson is Professor Emeritus of History at North Carolina Wesleyan College. He is the author of The Slave Question: Liberty and Property in South Africa (1990) and South Africa in Pictures (1989). His articles have appeared in journals including the Journal of African History, the International journal of African Historical Studies, and the South African Historical Journal.

British Documents 1886–1978 Compiled by Anita L. P. Burdett

January 2012 253 x 177 mm 234pp 60 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01214-1 Hardback £60.00 A

This book examines the social transformation wrought by the abolition of slavery in 1834 in South Africa’s Cape Colony. It pays particular attention to the effects of socioeconomic and cultural changes in the way both freed slaves and dominant whites adjusted to the new world. It compares South Africa’s relatively peaceful transition from a slave- to a non-slave society to the bloody experience of the U.S. South after abolition, analyzing rape hysteria in both places as well as the significance of changing concepts of honor in the Cape. Finally, the book examines the early development of South Africa’s particular brand of racism, arguing that abolition, not slavery itself, was a causative factor; although racist attitudes were largely absent while slavery persisted, they grew incrementally but steadily after abolition, driven primarily by whites’ need for secure, exploitable labor.

These British Government records depict investment in the Eastern oil fields, problems and progress in their development, shipping methods, pipelines and political issues. The former Soviet satellite states of Azerbaijan and Roumania are now independent territories, so there is global involvement and interest in their development. • This 6000-page collection focusses attention on the major oil-bearing territories of Eastern Europe and the Caucasus • There is global interest in the development of new oil resources in independent countries and a history of the political background to that development is invaluable • Carefully selected material, including colour maps, supports examination of the political, and practical problems and progression of the oil market in modern Eastern Europe and the Caucasus

R. L. Watson | North Carolina Wesleyan College

Russian, East European history | Cambridge Archive Editions

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 350pp 2 maps   978-1-107-02200-3 Hardback c. £65.00

April 2012 245 x 160 mm 6000pp 20 maps   978-1-84097-315-0 8 Volume and 1 Map Box Set £2396.00

63

Slave Emancipation and Racial Attitudes in 19th-Century South Africa

This book examines the social transformation wrought by the abolition of slavery in 1834 in South Africa’s Cape Colony, tracing the effects of socio-economic and cultural factors in the development of a distinctive type of racism that shaped South African race relations for centuries to come. • Analyzes the early stage of racist attitudes in South Africa • Compares the violent experience of the United States with the peaceful one of South Africa • Describes the growth of a distinct Coloured culture in South Africa Illustration credit

This book examines the social transformation wrought by the abolition of slavery in 1834 in South Africa’s Cape Colony. It pays particular attention to the effects of socioeconomic and cultural changes in the way both freed slaves and dominant whites adjusted to the new world. It compares South Africa’s relatively peaceful transition from a slave- to a non-slave society to the bloody experience of the U.S. South after abolition, analyzing rape hysteria in both places as well as the significance of changing concepts of honor in the Cape. Finally, the book examines the early development of South Africa’s particular brand of racism, arguing that abolition, not slavery itself, was a causative factor; although racist attitudes were largely absent while slavery persisted, they grew incrementally but steadily after abolition, driven primarily by whites’ need for secure, exploitable labor.

R. L. Watson

Designed by James W. Dunn

Printed in the United States of America

African history

A

R From Antiquity to the Twenty-First Century Peter Lorge | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee

History – other areas

Print Culture in Early Modern France Abraham Bosse and the Purposes of Print Carl Goldstein

In this book, Carl Goldstein examines the print culture of seventeenth-century France through a study of the career of Abraham Bosse, a wellknown printmaker, book illustrator, and author of books and pamphlets on a variety of technical subjects. The consummate print professional, Bosse persistently explored the endless possibilities of print. • Includes little-known and astonishing images bringing seventeenthcentury France to life • A book for art historians, and scholars in French history, culture and literature • Shows the beginnings of what we today call mass media European history after 1450

A

History (general), world history | Cambridge Concise Histories

Chinese Martial Arts

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 420pp 27 b/w illus.  10 maps   978-0-521-51483-5 Hardback c. £50.00 A 978-0-521-73558-2 Paperback c. £18.99 A

This book traces the intellectual life of the Kingdom of Italy, the birthplace of humanism in the mid thirteenth century. Ronald G. Witt argues that the early emergence of humanism in northern Italy resulted from the precocious development of a lay intelligentsia in the region, whose participation in the culture of Latin writing fostered the beginnings of the intellectual movement which would eventually revolutionize all of Europe. • The book’s scope includes a four hundred and fifty year period of the cultural development of western Europe as related specifically to the Kingdom of Italy • Latin culture is broadly defined as comprising religious writings, literary works, legal scholarship, and documents • Cultural change throughout is related to economic, political, and religious history not only in Italy but in France, Germany, and England

New Zealand was the last major landmass, other than Antarctica, to be settled by humans. The story of this rugged and dynamic land is beautifully narrated, from its origins in Gondwana some 80 million years ago to the twenty-first century. • It is the most up-to-date history of New Zealand: it explores the persistent tension between domestic politics and external pressures, with a new chapter on the impact on this small country of the global power shift from West to East • Generously illustrated with more than 30 maps, drawings and photographs • It includes new content on Maori history, informed by the latest research arising from the Treaty of Waitangi settlement process February 2012 216 x 138 mm 368pp 25 b/w illus.  5 maps   978-1-107-40217-1 Paperback £18.99 G

European history after 1450

Ronald G. Witt | Duke University, North Carolina

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 568pp 978-0-521-76474-2 Hardback £75.00

Military Enterprise and Military Revolution in Early Modern Europe David Parrott | University of Oxford

Second edition Philippa Mein Smith | University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand

David Hopkin | University of Oxford

Slave Emancipation and Racial Attitudes in 19th-Century South Africa

European history after 1450

A Concise History of New Zealand

Watson

European history after 1450

Voices of the People in Nineteenth-Century France

The Jewish Press and the Holocaust, 1939–1945 Palestine, Britain, the United States, and the Soviet Union Yosef Gorny | Tel-Aviv University

In this book Yosef Gorny shows the reaction of the Jewish press in the free countries in the face of the Holocaust. The book explores the international Jewish public stance and argues that the Jewish press was the persistent open national voice fighting on behalf of the Jewish people. • The only comprehensive research of the Jewish press in four countries and in three languages • Shows the national reaction of the Jewish paper Aynikayt (unity) in the Soviet Union during the war • A special section of the book is dedicated to the intellectuals’ stance confronting the Holocaust

In the global world of the twenty-first century, martial arts are practised for self-defense and sporting purposes only. However, for thousands of years, they were a central feature of military practice in China. This book charts the history of combat in China from the Bronze Age to the present. • A fast-moving, concise and anecdotal history of martial arts in China across three thousand years • Explains the significance of military tactics and weapon handling in the political, social and cultural transformation of Chinese civilization • A book for martial arts enthusiasts, as well as for students of Chinese history and military history East Asian history

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 280pp 26 b/w illus.   978-0-521-87881-4 Hardback £25.00 G

20C history (general)

December 2011 234 x 156 mm 296pp 978-1-107-01131-1 Hardback £50.00

A

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 24378.indd 62-63

16/12/2011 15:36


History – other areas

History – other areas / European history / History – other areas

A History of Tasmania

Third edition Guangxi Wang

Edited by Xingpei Yuan | Peking University, Beijing

Henry Reynolds | University of Tasmania

The History of Chinese Civilisation makes accessible a wealth of historical research and sources that have not previously been translated, and provides insights into the views of leading Chinese scholars. There is no other work in the English language that covers this range of subjects in a single history. • Makes accessible a wealth of historical research and sources which have not previously been translated • Provides insights into leading Chinese scholars’ views on Chinese history, with introductions by Western scholars highlighting differences in interpretation • Discussion is supported by a range of illustrations throughout each volume

This captivating work charts the history of Tasmania from the arrival of European maritime expeditions in the late eighteenth century, through Tasmania Henry Reynolds to the modern day. By presenting the perspectives of both indigenous Tasmanians and the British settlers, Henry Reynolds provides an original and engaging exploration of these first fraught encounters. • The book is written by eminent historian and Tasmanian, Henry Reynolds • It contains a number of fascinating images sourced from the Tasmanian Archives office and the National Library of Australia • It explores the colonial experience from the perspective of European settlers and of Indigenous Australians

May 2012 234 x 156 mm 2000pp 200 b/w illus.  128 colour illus.   978-1-107-01309-4 4 Volume Set c. £275.00 A G

Chinese Tea

Liu Tong

Third edition Tong Liu

Chinese Tea

In this illustrated introduction Liu Tong provides a fascinating insight into the ancient culture of Chinese tea, the trade, tradition, literature, philosophy and ceremony associated with drinking tea in China and its popularisation around the world. • An accessible introduction to the history and cultural significance of Chinese tea • Written by a leading Chinese expert whose work is not widely available in the West • Full colour illustrations support the discussion throughout East Asian history | Introductions to Chinese Culture

February 2012 230 x 156 mm 157pp 978-0-521-18680-3 Paperback c. £12.99

Angola and Brazil during the Era of the Slave Trade Roquinaldo Ferreira | University of Virginia

This book argues that Angola and Brazil were connected, not separated, by the Atlantic Ocean. Roquinaldo Ferreira focuses on the cultural, religious and social impacts of the slave trade on Angola. Reconstructing biographies of Africans and merchants, he demonstrates how crosscultural trade, identity formation, religious ties and resistance to slaving were central to the formation of the Atlantic world. • A qualitative study of the slave trade in the south Atlantic world • Focuses on the various ways, not just military or by force, in which African peoples became enslaved • Microhistorical focus shows the social and cultural landscapes of Angola during the era of the slave trade History (general) after 1500 | African Studies, 121

G

Chinese Publishing

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 204pp 9 b/w illus.  4 maps   978-0-521-86330-8 Hardback c. £35.00 A

The Old Regime and the Haitian Revolution

Third edition Hu Yang

Malick W. Ghachem | University of Maine School of Law

G

Latin American history

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 368pp 7 b/w illus.   978-0-521-83680-7 Hardback £60.00 A 978-0-521-54531-0 Paperback £18.99 P

Cover image: Peter Dombrovskis ‘Morning light on Little Horn, Cradle Mountain – Lake St Clair National Park, Tasmania’, 1995. © Liz Dombrovskis. Reproduced with permission of West Wind Press Pty Ltd. Cover design: Anne-Marie Reeves

History (general) after 1500

January 2012 344pp 15 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01458-9 Hardback £60.00 978-0-521-54837-3 Paperback £21.99

A A

A Concise History of

RUSSIA Paul Bushkovitch

January 2012 216 x 138 mm 480pp 20 b/w illus.  6 maps   978-0-521-83562-6 Hardback £60.00 A 978-0-521-54323-1 Paperback £19.99 P

History – other areas Biographies of Colonialism in the Indian Ocean World, 1790–1920 Clare Anderson | University of Leicester

Islamic Societies to the Nineteenth Century A Global History Ira Lapidus | University of California, Berkeley

Islamic Societies to the Nineteenth Century describes the transformations of Islamic societies from their beginning in the seventh century through their diffusion across the globe into the nineteenth century. This book is a unique endeavour; its breadth, clarity, and thoughtful exposition will ensure its place in the classroom and beyond. • Charts the transformation of pre-modern Islamic societies from the seventh century to the nineteenth century • Lapidus, one of the leading historians of his generation, shows how Islamic societies evolved and changed through interaction with different cultures into a global religion • The book’s breadth, clarity and balance will ensure its place in the classroom and beyond to all those interested in the spread and multifaceted nature of Islam

Russian, East European history | Cambridge Concise Histories

Subaltern Lives

History (general), world history

CRITICAL PERSPECTIVES ON EMPIRE

Subaltern Lives Biog raph ies of C olon ia l ism i n t he I nd ia n O cea n World, 179 0 –192 0

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 600pp 28 b/w illus.  27 maps  15 tables   978-0-521-51441-5 Hardback c. £55.00 A 978-0-521-73298-7 Paperback c. £19.99 A

A Concise History of Canada Margaret Conrad | University of New Brunswick

Margaret Conrad’s history of Canada begins with a challenge to its readers. What is Canada? What makes up this diverse, complex, and often contested nation-state? What was its founding moment? And who are its people? Drawing on her many years of experience as a scholar, writer, and teacher of Canadian history, Conrad offers astute answers to these difficult questions. Beginning in Canada’s deep past with the arrival of its Aboriginal peoples, she traces its history through the conquest by Europeans, the American Revolutionary War, and the industrialization of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, to its prosperous present. As a social historian, Conrad emphasizes the peoples’ history: the relationships between Aboriginal and settler, the French and the English, the Catholic and Protestant, and the rich and poor. She writes of the impact of disease, how women fared in the early colonies, and of the social transformations that took place after the Second World War as Canada began to assert itself as an independent nation. It is this grounded approach which drives the narrative and makes for compelling reading. In the last chapter, the author explains the social, economic, and political upheavals that have transformed the nation over the last three decades. Despite its successes and its popularity as a destination for immigrants from across the world, Canada remains a curiously reluctant player on the international stage. This intelligent, concise, and lucid book explains just why that is.

A Concise History of

Subaltern Lives builds a fascinating new picture of colonial life in the nineteenth-century Indian Ocean using biographical fragments. Clare Anderson reveals the importance of penal transportation for colonial expansion, shedding new light on convict experiences of penal settlements and colonies, and the relationship between convictism, punishment and colonial labour regimes. • Proposes a new way of writing colonial and global histories of the Indian Ocean through biographies • Provides fascinating insights into the life histories of non-elites and how they can illuminate the functioning of colonial networks • Considers the benefits and challenges of working across national archives and of drawing on family history resources in historical research

CANADA Margaret Conrad’s history of Canada begins Margaret Conrad with a challenge to its readers. What is Canada? What makes up this diverse, complex and often contested nation-state? And who are its people? Drawing on her experience as a scholar, writer and teacher of Canadian history, Conrad offers astute answers to these questions. • An engaging history of Canada by one of its most eminent historians • The people of Canada, their forebears as well as the most recent arrivals, are at the heart of the narrative which favours social and cultural history • For students and those with an interest in North America and its deep past

History (general) after 1500 | Critical Perspectives on Empire

April 2012 216 x 138 mm 312pp 54 b/w illus.  5 maps   978-0-521-76193-2 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-0-521-74443-0 Paperback c. £18.99 P

CL A R E A N DER SON

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 230pp 18 b/w illus.  6 maps   978-1-107-01509-8 Hardback c. £55.00 A 978-1-107-64544-8 Paperback c. £19.99 A

65

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 400pp 50 b/w illus.  5 maps   978-0-521-88763-2 Hardback c. £40.00 A 978-0-521-71566-9 Paperback c. £17.99 A

A Concise History of Russia Accessible to students and general readers alike, this book provides a broad overview of Russian history since the ninth century. Paul Bushkovitch emphasizes recent enormous changes in the understanding of Russian history, giving equal weight to each time period discussed. • New material, especially on the Soviet era • Integration of culture into the story • Written for a general audience

Asia, the Pacific Islands and the coasts of the Americas have long been studied separately. This groundbreaking history of the Pacific traces the global interactions and remarkable peoples that have connected these regions for centuries from ancient canoe navigators, pirates and seaborne empires, to colonialism, nuclear testing and global warming. • Single-volume, comprehensive survey of Oceania, East and Southeast Asia and the Americas as they interact across millennia, ranging from early human migrations to present-day crises of politics, trade and global warming • Makes full use of evidence drawn from multiple disciplines to construct rich historical narratives, including archaeology, geology, oceanography, DNA sampling and arts and literature • Based on the compelling stories of specific historical figures whose lives are exemplary of larger themes, drawing heavily on indigenous, rather than Western, perspectives History (general), world history

European history Paul Bushkovitch | Yale University, Connecticut

A History of Seas, Peoples, and Cultures Matt K. Matsuda | Rutgers University, New Jersey

MARGARET CONRAD is Professor Emerita and Honorary Research Professor of History at the University of New Brunswick in Canada. Her publications include Atlantic Canada: A Concise History with James K. Hiller (2009), Saturday’s Child: Memoirs of Canada’s First Female Cabinet Minister (1995), History of the Canadian People with Alvin Finkel (1993), No Place Like Home: The Diaries and Letters of Nova Scotia Women, 1771-1938 with Toni Laidlaw and Donna Smyth (1988), and George Nowlan: Maritime Conservative in National Politics (1986).

A Concise History of CANADA

East Asian history | Introductions to Chinese Culture

This is an innovative account of the French Caribbean colony of SaintDomingue (Haiti) from the late seventeenth century to 1804, when Haitians became the first formerly enslaved people to overthrow a colonial slaveholding power. The result is a pathbreaking interpretation of the relationship between colonial slavery and the Haitian Revolution. • One of the first books to interpret the entire eighteenth-century experience of Haiti – colonial and revolutionary • An adaptation and extension of Tocqueville’s vision of French history to the Caribbean and to the history of New World slavery • A history of the life of the Code Noir from 1685 to the eve of Haitian independence

A History of

THIS CAPTIVATING work charts the history of Tasmania from the arrival of European maritime expeditions in the late eighteenth century, through to the modern day. By presenting the perspectives of both Indigenous Tasmanians and British settlers, author Henry Reynolds provides an original and engaging exploration of these fraught first encounters. Utilising key themes to bind his narrative, Reynolds explores how geography created a unique economic and migratory history for Tasmania, quite separate to the mainland experience. He offers an astute analysis of the island’s economic and demographic reality, by noting that this facilitated the survival of a rich heritage of colonial architecture unique in Australia, and allowed the resident population to foster a powerful web of kinship. Reynolds’ remarkable capacity to empathise with the characters of his chronicle makes this a powerful, engaging and moving account of Tasmania’s unique position within Australian history.

Conrad

As the birthplace of moveable-type printing, China has some claim to being the homeland of publishing. Yang Hu and Xiao Yang provide a comprehensive introduction to the origins and development of printing and publication in China from ancient to modern times, complemented throughout with full colour illustrations. • An accessible introduction to the history of publishing in China • Written by a leading Chinese expert whose work is not widely available in the West • Full colour illustrations support the discussion throughout February 2012 230 x 156 mm 205pp 978-0-521-18675-9 Paperback c. £12.99

Cross-Cultural Exchange in the Atlantic World

Reynolds

February 2012 260 x 156 mm 125pp 978-0-521-18664-3 Paperback c. £12.99

East Asian history | The Cambridge China Library

HENRY REYNOLDS is Research Professor in the Department of History and Classics at the University of Tasmania. His previous books include An Indelible Stain?, Nowhere People: How International Race Thinking Shaped Australia’s Identity and Why Weren’t We Told?.

Tasmania

East Asian history | Introductions to Chinese Culture

Pacific Worlds

A History of

The History of Chinese Civilisation

Wushu, the Chinese martial art form known as kung fu in the West, embodies traditional Chinese culture. In this illustrated introduction Wang Guangxi discusses the development of this captivating branch of Chinese culture from ancient times to the present day, including its representation in literature and film. • An introduction to the history and culture of the Chinese martial art kung fu • Written by a Chinese expert whose work is not widely available outside China • Full color illustrations support the discussion throughout

64

spine width 24mm

Chinese Kung Fu

Cover image: Joyce Wieland, Confedspread, 1967. Plastic and cloth, 146.2 x 200.4 cm. Photo © NGC.

Cover design by Alice Soloway

History (general), world history | Cambridge Concise Histories

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 24378.indd 64-65

16/12/2011 15:36


History – other areas

History – cross discipline

Radical Islam and the Revival of Medieval Theology

Politics, Law and Reason in Islamic Thought The Taymiyyan Moment Ovamir Anjum | University of Toledo, Ohio

Daniel Lav | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

Bridging the gap between the study of classical Islam and the modern Middle East, this book uncovers a profound theological dimension in contemporary Islamic radicalism and explores the continued relevance of medieval theology to modern debates. Combining classical Islamic scholarship with a deep familiarity of contemporary radicalism, this book offers compelling new insights into the structure of modern radical Islam. • A rigorously researched intellectual history of contemporary Islamic radicalism and its relation to medieval schools of theology • Explains the role of theology in al-Qaida and related organisations • A signal contribution to the fields of Middle East history, political Islam, religious studies and theology Middle East history

66

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 232pp 978-1-107-00964-6 Hardback c. £60.00

Middle East history | Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-107-01406-0 Hardback c. £60.00

A

Slavery, the State, and Islam Mohammed Ennaji | Mohammed First University, Oujda

Slavery, the State, and Islam looks at slavery as the foundation of power and the state in the Muslim world. Closely examining major theological and literary Islamic texts, it challenges traditional approaches to the subject. • Addresses issues of slavery in Islam • Analyzes the concept of freedom in Islam • Examines the nature of the divine power and its relationship with the temporal power Middle East history

June 2012 228 x 152 mm 272pp 978-0-521-11962-7 Hardback c. £60.00 978-0-521-13545-0 Paperback c. £17.99

This revisionist account of the history of Islamic political thought from the early to the late medieval period focuses on Ibn Taymiyya, one of the most brilliant theologians of his day. In reassessing the influence and philosophy of Ibn Taymiyya’s work, this book marks a major departure from traditional interpretations of medieval Islamic thought. • Original and path-breaking reassessment of the work and influence of the medieval theologian Ibn Taymiyya • The study has much to say about contemporary Islamic ideology since Taymiyya’s ideas have influenced modern-day jihadists and political Islamists • A sophisticated analysis for scholars and students of medieval Islamic history, theology, religion and politics

A A

The 1967 Arab-Israeli War

The 1967 Arab-Israeli War

The

1967

Arab-Israeli 1967

Origins and Consequences Edited by Wm Roger Louis | University of Texas, Austin

War

The June 1967 war was a watershed in the history of the modern Middle East. In six days, the Israelis defeated the Egyptian, Syrian and Jordanian Wm. Roger Louis armies. Two veteran scholars of the Middle East Avi Shlaim bring together experts in their fields to reassess the origins and the legacies of the war. • A major reassessment of the June 1967 war, one of the defining moments of the twentieth century • Edited by two veteran commentators of the Middle East, contributors consider the war from the perspective of the different participants • A must-read for journalists, policymakers, students and all those seeking a deeper understanding of the Arab-Israeli conflict and its consequences Middle East history | Cambridge Middle East Studies, 36

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 352pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00236-4 Hardback £60.00 A 978-0-521-17479-4 Paperback £18.99 G

Origins and Consequences

A

The Political Philosophy of Muhammad Iqbal Islam and Nationalism in Late Colonial India Iqbal Singh Sevea | Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

Muhammad Iqbal was a towering figure in the years leading to India’s independence, known by many for his political philosophy and critique of nationalist ideology. He constructed his own particular interpretation of Islam that was ahead of its time, and since his death both modernists and Islamists have continued to champion his legacy. • A pioneering book on one of the most important Muslim intellectuals of the twentieth century • Iqbal’s vision of an alternative Islamic society which would provide solutions to political and social ills has been taken up by many in the modern Muslim world • An important contribution to the history of South Asia on the eve of independence and to modern Islamic thought South Asian history

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 245pp 1 map   978-1-107-00886-1 Hardback c. £55.00

A

Small Town Capitalism in Western India Artisans, Merchants and the Making of the Informal Economy, 1870–1960 Douglas E. Haynes | Dartmouth College, New Hampshire

This book charts the history of artisan production in the Bombay Presidency from 1870 to 1960. Using extensive archival research and numerous interviews, this book explores the role of weavers, merchants, consumers and laborers in the making of what the author calls ‘smalltown capitalism’. • First study to demonstrate the importance of the artisan and textile worker in the making of India’s small-town economy • As such the book represents an important contribution to the social and economic history of late colonial and early independence India • A sophisticated and interpretive account by a well-known historian in the field South Asian history | Cambridge Studies in Indian History and Society, 20

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 320pp 30 b/w illus.  2 maps  12 tables   978-0-521-19333-7 Hardback c. £60.00 A

History – cross discipline NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Cambridge History of the Cold War Volume 2: Crises and Détente Edited by Melvyn P. Leffler | University of Virginia

This volume examines the developments that made the Cold War into a long-lasting international system during the 1960s and 1970s. It delves into the social and economic histories of the conflict, the roles of intelligence, culture and national identities and discusses the newest findings on US and Soviet foreign policy. • Leading scholars shed new light on the evolution of the Cold War • Takes a broad international approach, analyzing events worldwide from America, Russia and Europe to the Middle East, Africa and Indochina • Combines detailed analysis of important events such as the Cuban Missile Crisis with explanations of the historical interpretations of those events History after 1945 (general) | The Cambridge History of the Cold War

August 2011 228 x 152 mm 640pp 39 b/w illus.  5 maps   978-0-521-83720-0 Hardback £110.00 A 978-1-107-60230-4 Paperback c. £22.99 A NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Cambridge History of the Cold War Volume 3: Endings Edited by Melvyn P. Leffler | University of Virginia

A team of leading scholars examines the evolution of the Cold War from the Helsinki Conference of 1975 to the Soviet collapse in 1991. The authors analyze the factors that ended the conflict and discuss the personalities and policies of key leaders including Brezhnev, Reagan, Gorbachev, Thatcher and Deng Xiaoping. • Examines how the end of the Cold War affected and was affected by human rights, public health, capitalism, science and technology, and the global economy • Sheds new light on the personalities and policies of leaders around the world such as Carter, Reagan, Brezhnev, Gorbachev, De Gaulle, Thatcher, Kohl and Deng Xiaoping • Analyses events from the perspectives of a range of countries and regions including the US, Japan, China, Central America, Southern Africa, Germany, the Soviet Union, Iran and Afghanistan Diplomatic, international history | The Cambridge History of the Cold War

August 2011 228 x 152 mm 688pp 42 b/w illus.  3 maps  3 tables   978-0-521-83721-7 Hardback £110.00 A 978-1-107-60231-1 Paperback c. £22.99 A

Economic Development in the Americas since 1500 Endowments and Institutions Stanley L. Engerman | Harvard University, Massachusetts

STANLEY L. ENGERMAN & KENNETH L. SOKOLOFF

Economic Development

in the Americas since 1500

These essays deal with differences in the rates of economic growth in Latin American and mainland North America, specifically the United States and Canada. It demonstrates how relative differences in growth over time are related to differences in the institutions that developed in different economies. • Compares growth trends in the US and Latin America • Pays attention to the role of endowments and resources in influencing the political and economic structures of different economies • Provides a detailed analysis of suffrage, education, tax policy and the distribution of land as factors that influence economic development Endowments and Institutions

Economic history

67

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 448pp 4 b/w illus.  60 tables   978-1-107-00955-4 Hardback £60.00 A 978-0-521-25137-2 Paperback £22.99 P

The Rise of Fiscal States A Global History, 1500–1914 Edited by Bartolomé Yun-Casalilla | European University Institute, Florence

The Rise of

Fiscal States A Global History, 1500–1914 edited by

Bartolomé Yun-Casalilla and Patrick K. O’Brien

This groundbreaking volume confronts the complexities of the formation of fiscal states in Eurasia between 1500 and 1914. In a series of country case studies, leading economic historians reveal that distinctive features of the fiscal state appeared at different times as a result of independent but often interacting stimuli. • Covers developments throughout Eurasia revealing the multiple trajectories for the rise of fiscal states • Includes contributions from more than eighteen leading regional experts • A major contribution to current debates in comparative global history Economic history

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 400pp 41 b/w illus.  52 tables   978-1-107-01351-3 Hardback c. £65.00 A

Rules of Exchange French Capitalism in Comparative Perspective, Eighteenth to Early Twentieth Centuries Alessandro Stanziani | Ecole des Hautes Etudes en Sciences Sociales, Paris

Provides a new intellectual, economic and legal history of capitalism from the eighteenth century to the early twentieth century. It analyzes the interaction between economic practices and legal constructions in France and compares the French case with other Western countries during this period, such as the United Kingdom, the United States, Germany and Italy. • The first book since Ripert’s (1951) on the historical link between capitalism and the law in France • Stresses, over several centuries, analogies and differences between French capitalism and those of other major Western countries • Overcomes the commonly held opposition between the pre-industrial and industrial world, Anglo-Saxon and European continental capitalisms Economic history

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 315pp 3 tables   978-1-107-00386-6 Hardback £55.00 A

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 24378.indd 66-67

16/12/2011 15:36


History – cross discipline / Mathematics

Mathematics

The Economic History of the Caribbean since the Napoleonic Wars

The Cambridge History of Science

Victor Bulmer-Thomas | University of London

Volume 2: Medieval Science David C. Lindberg

This book examines the economic history of the Caribbean. Using a specially constructed database to observe trends across the whole region, it challenges many long-standing assumptions about the region and sheds new light on the history of three countries in particular, namely Belize, Cuba and Haiti. • The first economic history covering the whole of the Caribbean • Based on extensive research carried out with the first database covering all the countries of the region (just under 30) • A unique case study of Haiti in its first century of independence Economic history

History of science and technology | The Cambridge History of Science

Trade and Institutions in the Medieval Mediterranean

Trade and Institutions in the Medieval Mediterranean

The Geniza Merchants and their Business World Jessica Goldberg | University of Pennsylvania

The Geniza Merchants and their Business World

EditEd by

diEtEr Hoffmann mark WalkEr

The German Physical socieTy in The Third reich Physicists between autonomy and accommodation

Martin anthony Michele harve y

Algebra

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 480pp 20 b/w illus.  150 exercises   978-0-521-27948-2 Paperback c. £29.99 X

A Guided Tour from Measure Theory to Random Processes, via Conditioning Second edition Loïc Chaumont | Université d’Angers, France ‘… although the book could profitably be used as a companion to a graduate course in probability theory, it is probability best designed for the doctoral student who can read it alongside the source material. Used in that way, the book is a magnificent resource … For beginning researchers in stochastic mathematics, this book comes highly recommended and libraries should obtain a copy.’ Journal of the Royal Statistical Society: Series A

Derived from extensive teaching experience in Paris, this second edition now includes over 100 exercises in probability. New exercises have been added to reflect important areas of current research in probability theory, including infinite divisibility of stochastic processes, past-future martingales and fluctuation theory. For each exercise the authors provide detailed solutions as well as references for preliminary and further reading. There are also many insightful notes to motivate the student and set the exercises in context. Students will find these exercises extremely useful for easing the transition between simple and complex probabilistic frameworks. Indeed, many of the exercises here will lead the student on to frontier research topics in probability. Along the way, attention is drawn to a number of traps into which students of probability often fall. This book is ideal for independent study or as the companion to a course in advanced probability theory.

Cambridge Series in Statistical and Probabilistic Mathematics

Exercises in Probability a Guided tour from measure theory to Random Processes, via Conditioning Second Edition

Richard F. Bass is Board of Trustees Distinguished Professor in the Department of Mathematics at the University of Connecticut.

Ideal for independent study or as a companion to a course in advanced probability theory, this book now includes over 100 exercises. In each case, the authors provide a detailed solution and references for preliminary and further reading. Insightful notes help to set the exercises in context. • Class tested at the prestigious Paris school • Includes detailed solutions to all exercises as well as references to the literature and contextual notes • Second Edition includes new exercises, open problems and references to recent literature Loïc Chaumont and marc Yor

CAMBRIDGE SERIES IN STATISTICAL AND PROBABILISTIC MATHEMATICS Editorial Board:

Z. Ghahramani, Department of Engineering, University of Cambridge R. Gill, Department of Mathematics, Utrecht University F. Kelly, Statistics Laboratory, University of Cambridge B. D. Ripley, Department of Statistics, University of Oxford S. Ross, Department of Industrial & Systems Engineering, University of Southern California M. Stein, Department of Statistics, University of Chicago

Probability theory and stochastic processes | Cambridge Series in Statistical and Probabilistic Mathematics, 35

May 2012 253 x 177 mm 300pp 120 exercises   978-1-107-60655-5 Paperback c. £29.00 P

Pseudo-random sequences are essential ingredients of every modern digital communication system, from cellular telephones to satellite imagery. This book describes the design, mathematical analysis and implementation of pseudo-random sequences. Suitable for graduate students of mathematics or electrical engineering, it also serves as a reference book for researchers in the field. • Self-contained chapters make the book accessible to a wide range of students • Complete proofs are provided and exercises are included in chapters covering basic material • Provides a unified approach to a wide range of pseudo-random sequences Algebra

January 2012 247 x 174 mm 520pp 35 b/w illus.  35 tables  90 exercises   978-1-107-01499-2 Hardback c. £50.00 P 9781107657502cvr.qxd

How Groups Grow

10/11/11

06:10

L O N D O N M AT H E M AT I C A L S O C I E T Y

Avinoam Mann | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

LECTURE NOTE SERIES

Edited by Professor M. Reid Mathematics Institute, University of Warwick, Coventry CV4 7AL United Kingdom with the assistance of B. J. Green (Cambridge) D. R. Heath-Brown (Oxford) R. A. M. Rouquier (Oxford) J. T. Stafford (Manchester) E. Süli (Oxford)

LMS 395

London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series 395

This book introduces the subject of the growth of groups from scratch, starting with basic definitions and culminating in the seminal results of Gromov and Grigorchuk and more. It is valuable reading for researchers from graduate students up who want to be acquainted with contemporary group theory. • The first book to introduce this exciting area of group theory with full proofs • Presents the most important results of the subject in a reader friendly manner, requiring the minimum of prerequisites • Groups of polynomial growth of low degrees are completely classified, up to commensurability • Contains results not previously published in book form

10:57

Avinoam Mann

Page 1

Arithmetic Differential Operators over the p-adic Integers

L O N D O N M AT H E M AT I C A L S O C I E T Y

LMS

LECTURE NOTE SERIES

396

Edited by Pro f e s s o r M. Re i d Mathematics Institute, University of Warwick, Coventry CV4 7AL United Kingdom with the assistance of B. J. Green (Cambridge) D. R. Heath-Brown (Oxford) R. A. M. Rouquier (Oxford) J. T. Stafford (Manchester) E. Süli (Oxford)

NO BACK COVER COPY SUPPLIED AT COVER VISUAL STAGE

The London Mathematical Society is incorporated under Royal Charter.

Groups St Andrews 2009 in Bath Volume 1

Edited by C. M. Campbell, M. R. Quick, E. F. Robertson, C. M. Roney-Dougal, G. C. Smith and G. Traustason

Claire C. Ralph | Cornell University, New York

Groups St Andrews 2009 was held in the University of Bath in August 2009 and this first volume of a two-volume book contains selected papers from the international conference. Five main lecture courses were given at the conference, and articles based on these lectures form a substantial part of the Proceedings. This volume contains the contributions by Gerhard Hiss (RWTH Aachen) and Volodymyr Nekrashevych (Texas A&M). Apart from the main speakers, refereed survey and research articles were contributed by other conference participants. Arranged in alphabetical order, these articles cover a wide spectrum of modern group theory. The regular proceedings of Groups St Andrews conferences have provided snapshots of the state of research in group theory throughout the past 30 years. Earlier volumes have had a major impact on the development of group theory and it is anticipated that this volume will be equally important.

London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series 396

Arithmetic Differential Operators over the p-adic Integers

This complete introduction to the study of arithmetic differential operators over the p-adic integers offers graduate students and researchers an accessible guide to this novel and promising area of mathematics. It starts with the basics and is accessible to anyone with a basic grasp of algebraic number theory. • The first introductory book on the subject • Accessible to those with a grasp of algebraic number theory • Allows those without a strong training in commutative algebra and algebraic geometry to achieve a deep understanding of the subject Claire C. Ralph and Santiago R. Simanca

For a list of books available in this series, see page i.

RALPH: rithmetic Differential Operators over the p-adic Integers CVR C M Y BLK

Number theory | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 396

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 220pp 978-1-107-67414-1 Paperback c. £40.00

A

Growth of groups is an innovative new branch of group theory. This is the first book to introduce the subject from scratch. It begins with basic definitions and culminates in the seminal results of Gromov and Grigorchuk, and more. The proof of Gromov’s theorem on groups of polynomial growth is given in full, with the theory of asymptotic cones developed on the way. Grigorchuk’s first and general groups are described, as well as the proof that they have intermediate growth, with explicit bounds, and their relationship to automorphisms of regular trees and finite automata. Also discussed are generating functions, groups of polynomial growth of low degrees, infinitely generated groups of local polynomial growth, the relation of intermediate growth to amenability and residual finiteness, and conjugacy class growth. This book is valuable reading for researchers, from graduate students onward, working in contemporary group theory.

How Groups Grow

How Groups Grow

11/10/11

Damir Z. Arov | South-Ukranianian Pedagogical University, Odessa

This largely self-contained treatment surveys, unites and extends some 20 years of research on direct and inverse problems for canonical systems of integral and differential equations and related systems. Five basic inverse problems are studied using a number of examples to illustrate the theory. Ideal for mathematicians, physicists or engineers. • Introduces methods that connect with underlying bitangential interpolation and extension problems • Suitable for courses in mathematical analysis, differential equations, control theory, theory of passive systems and scattering theory • Written by leading experts in the field

69

Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control | Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications, 145

A

Information Theory and Coding by Example

Information Theory and Coding by Example

Yuri Suhov | University of Cambridge

Introducing both the probabilistic and algebraic aspects of the subject, this book provides relevant background material, a wide range of examples and clear solutions to problems from real exam papers. It is a valuable teaching aid for students, or for researchers and engineers who want to grasp the basic principles. • Course tested by the authors at the University of Cambridge • A valuable teaching aid for instructors the world over • Covers different aspects to appeal to readers with a background in mathematics, electrical engineering or computer science m a r k k e l be rt y u r i su hov

Discrete mathematics, information theory and coding theory

May 2012 247 x 174 mm 560pp 30 b/w illus.  100 exercises   978-0-521-76935-8 Hardback c. £75.00 A 978-0-521-13988-5 Paperback c. £29.99 P

Page 1

How Groups Grow

The London Mathematical Society is incorporated under Royal Charter.

9781107674141cvr.qxd

Bitangential Direct and Inverse Problems for Systems of Integral and Differential Equations

May 2012 234 x 156 mm 520pp 978-1-107-01887-7 Hardback c. £75.00

Mann

January 2012 234 x 156 mm 482pp 27 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00684-3 Hardback £55.00 A

‘… extremely useful for graduate and postgraduate students and those who want to better understand advanced probability theory.’ European Mathematical Society Newsletter

rithmetic Differential Operators over the p-adic Integers

History of science and technology

‘... this is an excellent book, which should be in every library, and also on the bookshelf of anyone with interests in advanced probability and random processes.’ Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics

Ralph and Simanca

As Hitler rose to power, the German Physical Society included prominent Jewish scientists like Albert Einstein, who lost their jobs and the Society lost them as members. The Society gradually accommodated itself to Nazi policies, including placing physics in the service of the war effort. • This is the first history of the German Physical Society in English • The German Physical Society is one of the largest and most important scientific societies • The history of the German Physical Society during the Nazi period is an important addition to the histories of the Holocaust and the development of modern physics

Exercises in Probability

Exercises in Probability Second Edition

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 375pp 13 b/w illus.  22 maps   978-1-107-00547-1 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Linear This thorough, yet concise, textbook covers key aLgebra topics in first and second-year university courses Concepts and Methods and includes many examples and exercises with solutions to help students practise and master the relevant methods. Crucially, it fully develops the underlying theory so that students can understand how these methods really work. • Suitable as a course text and also ideal for self-study • Hundreds of exercises and solutions provide plenty of hands-on practice • Easier to navigate than other lengthy texts

Mark Goresky | Institute for Advanced Study, Princeton, New Jersey

Chaumont and Yor

Economic history | Cambridge Studies in Economic History – Second Series

Martin Anthony | London School of Economics and Political Science

Algebraic Shift Register Sequences

Mathematics C m Y BLK

Jessica Goldberg

Physicists between Autonomy and Accommodation Edited by Dieter Hoffmann | Max-Planck-Institut für Wissenschaftsgeschichte, Berlin

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 682pp 51 b/w illus.   978-0-521-59448-6 Hardback £100.00 A

Studies in Economic History

The business world of the eleventh-century Geniza merchants, or ‘Maghribi traders’, is central to debates about the origins of long-term economic growth and the institutional bases of trade. This book maps the shifting geographic relationships of the medieval Islamic economy and explores the foundations of later European economic dominance. • Overturns widely held views that the Islamic economy was a passive middleman in trade between medieval Europe and Asia • A major contribution to debates about the institutional bases of economic growth • Sheds new light on the transition between the ancient and medieval Mediterranean economy

The German Physical Society in the Third Reich

Linear Algebra: Concepts and Methods

This volume in the highly respected Cambridge History of Science series is devoted to the history of science in the Middle Ages. Organized by topic and culture, its essays are written by a group of distinguished scholars and offer the most comprehensive and up-to-date history of medieval science currently available. • The most comprehensive and up-to-date history of medieval science currently available • Brings together a group of highly-respected specialists to write essays covering their respective areas of expertise • Comprehensive coverage of the North Atlantic to the Indus Valley and the entire medieval period, organized by topic and culture

Chaumont: Exercises in Probability PPC

68

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 375pp 117 colour illus.   978-0-521-19889-9 Hardback c. £45.00 A 978-0-521-14560-2 Paperback c. £18.99 P

Textbook

For a list of books available in this series, see page i.

MANN: How Groups Grow CVR C M Y BLK

Algebra | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 395

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 200pp 4 b/w illus.   978-1-107-65750-2 Paperback c. £35.00 A

Avinoam Mann

Enumerative Combinatorics Volume 1 Second edition Richard P. Stanley | Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts

Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics

49

Enumerative Combinatorics, Volume 1 Second Edition

RiChaRd P. StanlEy

Richard Stanley’s two-volume basic introduction to enumerative combinatorics has become the standard guide to the topic for students and experts alike. This thoroughly revised second edition of Volume 1 includes more than 300 new exercises, many with solutions, updated and expanded chapter bibliographies and substantial new material on permutation statistics. • Includes hundreds of exercises, most with solutions that augment the text and present new results • Offers many connections with other areas of mathematics, such as finite fields, algebraic topology and polytopes • Discusses many topics not found in other texts, such as the cd-index, combinatorial properties of GL(n,q), promotion and evacuation, and P-partitions Discrete mathematics, information theory and coding theory | Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 49

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 640pp 165 b/w illus.  536 exercises   978-1-107-01542-5 Hardback £75.00 A 978-1-107-60262-5 Paperback £33.00 P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 24378.indd 68-69

16/12/2011 15:36


Mathematics

Mathematics / Statistics and probability

Finite Ordered Sets

A Course in Model Theory

Concepts, Results and Uses Nathalie Caspard | Université Paris-Est Créteil (UPEC)

Katrin Tent | Universität Münster, Germany

As the first book to focus exclusively on finite ordered sets, this book will be welcomed by graduate students and researchers. After defining key concepts and presenting the main results, it describes the many applications of these structures in fields such as preference modelling and aggregation, and data mining. • The first book to focus exclusively on finite ordered sets • Unique in giving equal attention to the combinatorial, logical and applied aspects of partially ordered sets • Discusses applications in various fields • Contains over 100 exercises

70

Discrete mathematics, information theory and coding theory | Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications, 144

January 2012 234 x 156 mm 360pp 65 b/w illus.  15 tables  120 exercises   978-1-107-01369-8 Hardback c. £55.00 P

Nonlinear Water Waves with Applications to Wave-Current Interactions and Tsunamis Adrian Constantin | Universität Wien, Austria

Fluid dynamics and solid mechanics | CBMS-NSF Regional Conference Series in Applied Mathematics

A

Beautiful Mathematics Martin Erickson | Truman State University, Missouri

Mathematical ideas have an aesthetic appeal that can be appreciated by anyone who has the time and dedication to investigate. In this book readers will discover exciting mathematics topics from complex numbers to arithmetic progressions, from Alcuin’s sequence to the zeta function, and from hypercubes to infinity squared. • Allows readers to explore the elegance and interrelationships of mathematical ideas • Background definitions and theorems are given in an appendix • Exercises with solutions are included General and recreational mathematics | Spectrum

February 2012 247 x 174 mm 231pp 978-0-88385-576-8 Hardback c. £40.00

Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 40

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 250pp 230 exercises   978-0-521-76324-0 Hardback c. £35.00 A

Filtering Complex Turbulent Systems Andrew J. Majda | New York University

The authors develop a systematic applied mathematics perspective on the problems Filtering Complex associated with filtering complex turbulent Turbulent Systems systems. The book contains background material from filtering, turbulence theory and numerical analysis, making it suitable for graduate courses as well as for researchers in a range of disciplines where applied mathematics is required. • Blends mathematical theory with concrete numerical examples • Real-world problems are supplied so readers can test their knowledge • Evolved from real graduate courses taught by the authors Andrew J. Majda and John Harlim

This overview of some of the main results and recent developments in nonlinear water waves presents fundamental aspects of the field and discusses several important topics of current research interest. • Includes recent developments to bring readers to the forefront of research in the subject • Written to be accessible to a wide audience so that it can be used by mathematicians, physicists and engineers • Suitable as a primary text for graduate-level courses on water waves and a supplementary text for courses on elliptic free boundary problems

December 2011 247 x 174 mm 336pp 978-1-61197-186-6 Paperback £55.00

This concise introduction takes the reader from standard notions to more advanced topics. It introduces the classic results, as well as more recent developments in this vibrant area of mathematical logic. Many worked examples and exercises make the book a useful resource for graduate students as well as researchers. • Begins at the elementary level and leads up to current research • Suitable for use as a graduate-level textbook or for individual study • Exercises and solutions enable students to test their understanding

A

Mathematical modelling and methods

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 435pp 145 b/w illus.  35 tables   978-1-107-01666-8 Hardback c. £70.00 P

Non-abelian Fundamental Groups and Iwasawa Theory

Introduction to Vassiliev Knot Invariants

Edited by John Coates | University of Cambridge

S. Chmutov | Ohio State University

This book describes the interaction between several key aspects of Galois theory based on Iwasawa theory, fundamental groups and automorphic forms. These ideas encompass a large portion of mainstream number theory and ramifications that are of interest to graduate students and researchers in number theory, algebraic geometry, topology and physics. • Surveys the main ideas with the minimum of technical detail • Explores relationships between various areas, which will inspire future research • Encompasses a large portion of mainstream number theory

This detailed exposition of a relatively recent development in knot theory, namely, the theory of Vassiliev knot invariants, is intended to serve both as a textbook for readers with little background in this area, and as a guide to some of the more advanced material. • Assumes no prior knowledge of knot theory • Includes hundreds of worked examples, illustrations and exercises to suit graduate and undergraduate students • Explores connections with graph theory, number theory, Lie algebras, group theory and algebraic topology to help readers understand the theory in context

Number theory | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 393

Topology and geometry

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 320pp 5 b/w illus.   978-1-107-64885-2 Paperback £55.00 A

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 510pp 430 b/w illus.  15 tables  375 exercises   978-1-107-02083-2 Hardback c. £45.00 P

Spectral Numerical Weather Prediction Models

Hyperbolic Geometry and Applications in Quantum Chaos and Cosmology

Martin Ehrendorfer | Universität Innsbruck

This comprehensive overview of numerical weather prediction (NWP) focuses on the application of the spectral method in NWP models. It provides readers with the information necessary to construct spectral NWP models, a self-contained, well-documented, coded spectral NWP model and theoretical and practical exercises, some of which include solutions. • Exercises, some theoretical and some practical, are included at the end of chapters and solutions are included in the book • Fortran 90/95 code that is developed and reprinted in the book can be found on an associated webpage • Suitable for use as a textbook for a numerical-methods atmosphericdynamics course Numerical analysis

Introduction to Higher Mathematics Loo-Keng Hua | Chinese Academy of Sciences

Hua Loo-Keng (1910–1985) is remembered as one of the leading mathematicians of his generation. These volumes, containing both pure and applied mathematics, are based on his lectures at the University of Science and Technology of China. With hundreds of diagrams, examples and exercises, this is a wide-ranging reference text for university mathematics. • The first English translation of Hua’s lectures, featuring a newly commissioned introduction from Professor Heini Halberstam • Covers a broad range of subjects in both pure and applied mathematics that are still highly relevant to advanced undergraduate and postgraduate study • Demonstrates Hua’s instinctive technique and his successful use of first principles and concrete examples to approach complex problems Mathematical modelling and methods | The Cambridge China Library

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 900pp 978-1-107-02001-6 2 Volume Set

c. £135.00 A

January 2012 247 x 174 mm 525pp 978-1-61197-198-9 Paperback c. £85.00

71

Edited by Jens Bolte | Royal Holloway, University of London

Quantum chaos and cosmology are areas of theoretical physics where models involving hyperbolic manifolds and the spectral theory of Maass waveforms have exciting applications. In this book leading experts provide a valuable exposition of hyperbolic geometry and its applications to graduate students and researchers. • Contains a detailed introduction to the geometry of hyperbolic surfaces, including closed geodesics, Fuchsian groups and fundamental domains • Includes numerous worked examples and exercises to aid the reader’s understanding Topology and geometry | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 397

A

December 2011 228 x 152 mm 285pp 47 b/w illus.   978-1-107-61049-1 Paperback £45.00 A

The Mathematics of Signal Processing Steven B. Damelin | Georgia Southern University

Ideal for mathematicians who are interested in applications or for students from applied fields who want to understand the mathematics behind their subject. The authors assume little signal processing knowledge, so the book is accessible to students from the advanced undergraduate level. • Essentially self-contained, so no need to refer to other texts • No shortcuts – provides rigorous proofs of fundamental results and also includes over 250 exercises • Develops many mathematical tools that can be directly applied to signal processing • Students will gain a better appreciation of the relation between pure and applied mathematics Numerical analysis | Cambridge Texts in Applied Mathematics, 48

December 2011 247 x 174 mm 456pp 50 b/w illus.  265 exercises   978-1-107-01322-3 Hardback £80.00 A 978-1-107-60104-8 Paperback £40.00 P

Statistics and probability Malliavin Calculus for Lévy Processes and Infinite-Dimensional Brownian Motion Horst Osswald | Universität Munchen

Assuming only basic knowledge of probability theory and functional analysis, this book is an ideal introduction to the field. The author’s careful exposition, which is neither too abstract nor too theoretical, makes it accessible to graduate students, as well as to researchers who are interested in the author’s techniques. • Covers all the main aspects of stochastic analysis • A complex subject made accessible to graduate students • Very few prerequisites Probability theory and stochastic processes | Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics, 191

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 424pp 978-1-107-01614-9 Hardback c. £70.00

A

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 24378.indd 70-71

16/12/2011 15:36


Statistics and probability / Computer science

Computer science / Physics

Security and Game Theory

Algorithms, Deployed Systems, GLessons Learned Milind Tambe | University of Southern California lobal threats of terrorism, drug-smuggling, and other crimes have led to a significant

increase in research on game theory for security. Game theory provides a sound mathematical approach to deploy limited security resources to maximize their effective-

ness. A typical approach is to randomize security schedules to avoid predictability, with the randomization using artificial intelligence techniques to take into account the importance of different targets and potential adversary reactions.

This book distills the forefront of this research to provide the first and only study of long-

term deployed applications of game theory for security for key organizations such as the Los Angeles International Airport police and the U.S. Federal Air Marshals Service. The

author and his research group draw from their extensive experience working with security

Game theory provides a sound mathematical approach to maximizing limited security resources. SECURITY and This book distills the forefront of this research GAME THEORY ALGORITHMS, DEPLOYED SYSTEMS, to provide the first and only study of long-term LESSONS LEARNED deployed applications of game theory for key security organizations such as the Los Angeles International Airport police and US Federal Air Marshals Service. • Presents a practical application of novel artificial intelligence algorithms for security • Shows the deployment of algorithms for security, for high profile sites • Features chapters by key security officials officials to intelligently allocate limited security resources to protect targets, outlining the applications of these algorithms in research and the real world.

The book also includes professional perspectives from security experts Erroll G. Southers; Lieutenant Commander Joe DiRenzo III, U.S. Coast Guard; Lieutenant Commander Ben

Maule, U.S. Coast Guard; Erik Jensen, U.S. Coast Guard; and Lieutenant Fred S. Bertsch IV, U.S. Coast Guard.

MILIND TAMBE is a Professor of Computer Science and Industrial and Systems Engineering

72

SECURITY and GAME THEORY

With Applications to Shape Spaces Abhishek Bhattacharya | Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata

Ideal for statisticians, this book will also interest probabilists, mathematicians, computer scientists, and morphometricians with mathematical training. It presents a systematic introduction to a general nonparametric theory of statistics on manifolds, with emphasis on manifolds of shapes. The theory has important applications in medical diagnostics, image analysis and machine vision. • Expository appendices on differentiable manifolds, Riemannian geometry, parametric models and nonparametric Bayes theory • Nonparametric Bayes theory is adapted and extended to manifolds for purposes of density estimation, regression, and classification • Suitable for special topics courses at the graduate level

at the University of Southern California (USC). His research is in the area of Artificial Intelli-

gence, specifically agent-based and multi-agent systems. He is a Fellow of the Association for Advancement of Artificial Intelligence and recipient of the Association for Computing

Machinery’s Autonomous Agents Research Award. He is also the recipient of the Christopher Columbus Fellowship Foundation Homeland Security Award, a special commendation given by the Los Angeles International Airport’s police from the city of Los Angeles,

the USC Viterbi School of Engineering’s use-inspired research award, an Okawa Foundation faculty research award, the RoboCup scientific challenge award, the USC Steven B. Sample Teaching and Mentoring award, and the ACM recognition of service award.

Milind Tambe

Cover design by Alice Soloway

Communications, information theory and security

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 328pp 55 b/w illus.  27 tables   978-1-107-09642-4 Hardback c. £45.00 A

Statistical theory and methods | Institute of Mathematical Statistics Monographs, 2

Web Data Management

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 256pp 20 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01958-4 Hardback c. £50.00 A

Serge Abiteboul | INRIA Saclay – Île-de- France

Discrete Models of Financial Markets

Discrete Models of Financial Markets

Marek Capinski | AGH University of Science and Technology, Krakow

MAREK CAPINSKI EKKEHARD KOPP

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 10 b/w illus.  95 exercises   978-1-107-00263-0 Hardback c. £50.00 A 978-0-521-17572-2 Paperback c. £24.00 P

ame theory explains how to make good choices when different decision makers have conflicting interests. The classical approach assumes that decision makers are committed to making the best choices for themselves regardless of the effect on others, but such an approach is less appropriate when cooperation, compromise, and negotiation are important. This book describes conditional games, a form of game theory that accommodates multiple stakeholder decisionmaking scenarios where cooperation and negotiation are significant issues and where notions of concordant group behavior are important. Using classical binary preference relations as a point of departure, the book extends the concept of a preference ordering that permits stakeholders to modulate their preferences as functions of the preferences of others. As these conditional preferences propagate through a group of decision makers, they create social bonds that lead to notions of group concordance.

Wynn C. Stirling | Brigham Young University, Utah

Foreword by thomas g. Dietterich

This book is intended for all students and researchers of decision theory and game theory, including students in artificial intelligence (especially multiagent systems and distributed control), economics, management science, psychology, analytic philosophy, and applied mathematics.

Wynn C. Stirling is a Professor of Electrical and Computer Engineering and Dean of Graduate Studies at Brigham Young University. His current research interests include multi-agent decision theory, estimation theory, information theory, and stochastic processes. He is the author or co-author of more than seventy publications, including the graduate text Mathematical Methods and Algorithms for Signal Processing (with Todd Moon) and the monograph Satisficing Games and Decision Making.

Theory of Conditional Games

This book describes conditional games, a form of game theory that accommodates multiple stakeholder decision-making scenarios where cooperation and negotiation are significant issues and where notions of concordant group behavior are important. The book extends the concept of a preference ordering that permits stakeholders to modulate their preferences as functions of the preferences of others. • Revises game theory to accommodate multiple stakeholder decisionmaking scenarios • Extends the concept of a preference ordering to permit stakeholders to modulate their preferences as functions of the preferences of others

WA LT E R S P E C T O R

Modern Fortran STYLE AND USAGE

A Short Course in Computational Science and Engineering C++, Java and Octave Numerical Programming with Free Software Tools David Yevick | University of Waterloo, Ontario

DaviD Yevick

A Short Course in

Computational Science and Engineering C++, Java and Octave Numerical Programming with Free Software Tools

Provides a concise yet comprehensive one-stop course in three key programming languages, C++, Java and Octave (a freeware alternative to MATLAB). Employing only public-domain software, this is an invaluable introduction for undergraduate and graduate students in the physical sciences or engineering and a key reference for instructors and scientific programmers. • Presents the first unified treatment of Octave (MATLAB), C++ and Java together with numerical methods and physical applications • All aspects of installation and implementation of the exclusively free software used in the book are summarised and the resulting techniques can be shared among different users in a group setting • Material has been developed over 20 years of experience developing scientific programming courses for engineers and scientists and will benefit students and researchers in all areas of mathematics, engineering and pure and applied science

73

Computational science and modelling

February 2012 246 x 189 mm 272pp 5 b/w illus.   978-0-521-11681-7 Hardback c. £40.00 P Textbook

Advanced Solid State Physics Second edition Philip Phillips | University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

Providing an up-to-date and lucid presentation of phenomena across modern advanced-level solid state physics, this new edition builds on a basic understanding to introduce students to the key research with the minimum of mathematics. It covers cutting-edge topics, including electron transport and magnetism in solids, topological insulators and strongly correlated electrons. • Fully updated and extended, this is a clear and accessible treatment of the key topics in solid state physics • First book to explain topological insulators and strongly correlated electrons • Contains around 100 exercises, with solutions provided online, to help students understand the concepts that are discussed Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

February 2012 246 x 189 mm 432pp 170 b/w illus.  10 tables  100 exercises   978-0-521-19490-7 Hardback c. £45.00 X

Pattern recognition and machine learning

Cover illustration by Raph Morin

Cover design: Newgen Imaging Systems

Wynn C. Stirling

9781107011748ppc.indd 1

NORMAN S. CLERMAN

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 352pp 1 b/w illus.   978-0-521-51453-8 Hardback £60.00 A 978-0-521-73052-5 Paperback £29.99 P

Density Ratio estimation in machine LeaRning

Machine learning is an interdisciplinary field of science and engineering that studies mathematical theories and practical applications of systems that learn. The book introduces theories, methods and applications of density ratio estimation. This is the first and definitive treatment of the entire framework of density ratio estimation. • First book to cover the entire framework of density ratio estimation • Allows readers to solve various machine learning problems systematically • Includes source code (mostly in MATLAB)

Theory of Conditional Games

Style and Usage Norman S. Clerman

Scientific computing, scientific software

masashi sugiyama taiji suzuki takafumi Kanamori

Stirling

Theory of Conditional Games G

Modern Fortran

Density Ratio Estimation in Machine Learning Masashi Sugiyama | Tokyo Institute of Technology

Computer science

February 2012 253 x 215 mm 488pp 144 b/w illus.   978-0-521-19224-8 Hardback £55.00 P

January 2012 253 x 177 mm 456pp 136 b/w illus.  78 tables   978-1-107-01243-1 Hardback £45.00 P

Knowledge management, databases, datamining

Statistics for econometrics, finance and insurance | Mastering Mathematical Finance

In many practical situations it is impossible to run existing machine learning methods on a single computer, because either the data is too large or the speed and throughput requirements are too demanding. Researchers and practitioners will find here a variety of machine learning methods developed specifically for parallel or distributed systems, covering algorithms, platforms and applications. • Comprehensive view of modern machine learning, covering most of the contemporary research on large-scale problems • Presents methods for scaling up a wide array of learning tasks, including classification, clustering, regression and feature selection • Shows how to run state-of-the-art machine learning algorithms, such as boosted decision trees and SVMs, on multiple parallel-computing platforms

This is a book for anyone who uses Fortran, from the novice learner to advanced expert. It describes best practices for programmers, scientists, engineers, computer scientists and researchers who want to apply good style and incorporate rigorous usage in their own Fortran code or establish guidelines for a team project. • Provides a best practices guide for the everyday user of the language while focusing on the intricate features of the language • Includes discussion of the new features of Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008, the two latest versions of the language standard • Sections devoted to parallel processing including OpenMP, MPI and coarrays

Serge Abiteboul, Ioana Manolescu, Philippe Rigaux, Marie-Christine Rousset, Pierre Senellart

This first volume explains in simple settings the fundamental ideas of financial market modelling and derivative pricing, using the no-arbitrage principle. All proofs are written in a user-friendly, step-by-step manner and following a natural flow of thought. In this way the student learns how to tackle new problems. • Written specifically at the Master’s level by experienced lecturers, so readers can dive in directly • The mathematics is rigorous but also motivated, so readers see how to apply what they learn • Clear, concise and short, so readers can master the whole topic

Parallel and Distributed Approaches Edited by Ron Bekkerman | LinkedIn Corporation, Mountain View, California

Pattern recognition and machine learning

Web Data Management

This book explains Web standards for data management, with a focus on data distribution, providing a foundation for today’s data integration applications and tomorrow’s semantic Web. The book contains numerous examples and case studies, offering a thorough introduction to new global information systems for Web professionals and master’s level courses. • Broad scope: introduces a wide range of topics, with both foundational and practical aspects • ‘Putting into Practice’ chapters feature detailed practical applications of the technologies and techniques introduced in the book • Datasets and software for the examples are available from the companion website, as well as lecture slides and other teaching material

MASTERING MATHEMATICAL FINANCE

Physics

Scaling up Machine Learning

Tambe

Nonparametric Inference on Manifolds

7/15/11 6:03:45 PM

March 2012 234 x 156 mm 344pp 79 b/w illus.  18 tables   978-0-521-19017-6 Hardback c. £45.00 A

Artificial intelligence and natural language processing

January 2012 228 x 152 mm 252pp 27 b/w illus.  29 tables   978-1-107-01174-8 Hardback £60.00 A

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 24378.indd 72-73

16/12/2011 15:36


Physics

Physics

Graphene

Essentials of Hamiltonian Dynamics

Carbon in Two Dimensions Mikhail I. Katsnelson | Radboud Universiteit Nijmegen

74

Graphene is the thinnest known material, yet stronger than diamond, with potentially significant applications in nanotechnology. This book systematically presents the basic concepts of graphene physics, assuming undergraduate-level quantum and statistical physics training. It provides an important introduction for graduate students in nanoscience and nanotechnology, physicists and materials science researchers. • The most comprehensive book available on graphene, one of the hottest subjects in modern science • The connections of graphene physics with fundamental physics (relativistic quantum mechanics, field theory, basic statistical mechanics) are emphasized and explained in detail, providing understanding of the basic theoretical physics • Topics are carefully selected, providing a concise introduction sufficient to fluently read research literature and to start new research work in the field Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 300pp 101 b/w illus.   978-0-521-19540-9 Hardback c. £45.00 P

Black Holes in Higher Dimensions Edited by Gary T. Horowitz | University of California, Santa Barbara

John H. Lowenstein | New York University

EssEntials of

Hamiltonian Dynamics John H. lowenstein

Covering all the topics necessary for a course in dynamics based on Hamiltonian methods, this concise text is ideal for use on a graduatelevel one-semester course. Core concepts and techniques are discussed in a pedagogical style, along with numerous concrete examples to illustrate key principles. • Covers all the topics essential to a graduate-level course in dynamics based on Hamiltonian methods, including an introduction to KAM theory and deterministic chaos • Numerous concrete examples to illustrate key principles and methods • A special feature of the book is the use of Mathematica® (or equivalent software) to help students investigate complex dynamical systems, both analytically and numerically • Well suited to a one-semester course, but is easily adapted to a more concentrated format of one quarter or trimester General and classical physics

January 2012 247 x 174 mm 210pp 96 b/w illus.  70 exercises   978-1-107-00520-4 Hardback c. £35.00 P

Principles of Nano-Optics Second edition Lukas Novotny | University of Rochester, New York

Black Holes in Higher Dimensions Edited by

Gary T. Horowitz Edited by leading expert Gary Horowitz, this is the first book devoted to black holes in more than four dimensions. The major discoveries are explained by those who made them, making this an important resource for graduate students and researchers in general relativity, string theory and high energy physics. • First book devoted to higher dimensional black holes, combining all the key results into a one-stop resource • Experts who are most familiar with the results of the research present their own discoveries, providing the clearest explanation of this new field • Includes three chapters describing applications of general relativity to nongravitational physics, enabling readers to gain an introduction to this new area of research

Second edition Philip Holmes | Princeton University, New Jersey

Describing the methods revealing the structures and dynamics of turbulence, this book describes mathematical methods that reduce the governing equations to simpler forms. This second edition now covers the balanced proper orthogonal decomposition and is ideal for engineering, physical science and mathematics researchers working in fluid dynamics. • Describes the mathematical methods that reduce the governing equations to simpler forms that can be understood more easily • Contains a new chapter on the balanced proper orthogonal decomposition: a method derived from control theory that is especially useful for flows equipped with sensors and actuators • Ideal for researchers working on fluid dynamics and many other areas in which coherent patterns emerge, including engineers, physical scientists and applied mathematicians

Cosmology, relativity and gravitation

Nonlinear science and fluid dynamics | Cambridge Monographs on Mechanics

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 424pp 50 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01345-2 Hardback c. £50.00 P

February 2012 247 x 174 mm 500pp 110 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00825-0 Hardback c. £45.00 A

Mathematical Foundations of Imaging, Tomography and Wavefield Inversion Anthony J. Devaney | Northeastern University, Boston

Combining theory with numerous MATLAB based examples, this text provides a clear and systematic treatment of the mathematical and physical foundations of imaging and wavefield inversion. Key areas of discussion include Green function and the concept of field time reversal. It will appeal to graduate students and researchers alike. • Bridges the gap between physics and maths to provide a systematic treatment of inverse problems related to the wave equation • Includes numerous MATLAB based examples and end-of-chapter problems • Additional resources available online include a complete set of solutions, PowerPoint slides for instructors and MATLAB codes

Supergravity Daniel Z. Freedman | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Principles of

Supergravity

Now in its second edition, this book has been thoroughly updated to provide a current overview of the theoretical and experimental concepts needed to understand and work in nano-optics. This is an invaluable reference for graduate students entering the field, as well as for researchers and course teachers. • Pedagogical and introductory overview of the optical phenomena and techniques encountered in nanoscience and nanotechnology • Adopts a broad perspective, teaching the elements of nano-optics encountered in a variety of subfields, ranging from quantum optics to biophysics • Supplemented with numerous homework problems and illustrations

Written by two of the most respected workers in the field, this is the first-ever authoritative and systematic account of supergravity. It provides a thorough introduction to the fundamentals of supergravity and with numerous exercises, examples and its range of applications, it is ideal for both Ph.D. students and researchers. • First-ever systematic account of supergravity; explains fundamental supergravity theories, their constructions, symmetries, geometry and solutions • Contains full equations for the most common supergravity theories, along with concrete examples and numerical exercises • Includes basic techniques for obtaining supersymmetric theories, appealing to those who want to build new models

Optics, optoelectronics and photonics

Theoretical physics and mathematical physics

June 2012 246 x 189 mm 530pp 200 b/w illus.  5 tables  100 exercises   978-1-107-00546-4 Hardback c. £50.00 P

March 2012 246 x 189 mm 580pp 12 b/w illus.  420 exercises   978-0-521-19401-3 Hardback c. £45.00 P

Introduction to Topological Quantum Computation

Introduction to Strings and Branes

Nano-Optics

SECOND EDITION

Jiannis K. Pachos | University of Leeds

Turbulence, Coherent Structures, Dynamical Systems and Symmetry

Lukas Novotny and Bert Hecht

Introduction to

Topological

Daniel Freedman and Antoine Van Proeyen

Peter West | King’s College London

Introduct Ion to

S t r i ngS And

braneS

In this book, a variety of different topics are Quantum Computation presented together for the first time, forming a thorough introduction to topological quantum computation. Keeping high-level and technical language to a minimum, the author adopts a pedagogical style, making the book accessible to non-specialists and researchers from a variety of sub-disciplines. • First authored book on the subject of topological quantum computing; combines a variety of different topics for the first time • Keeps high-level and technical language to a minimum, making the book accessible to non-specialists and to researchers from a variety of sub-disciplines • Includes detailed calculations of many essential cases, along with numerous examples and exercises to support understanding

Supersymmetry, strings and branes are believed to be the essential ingredients in a single unified consistent theory of physics. This book gives a detailed, step-by-step introduction to the Peter WeSt theoretical foundations required for research in this field and is essential reading for graduate students and researchers. • Introduces the theoretical foundations required for research in strings and branes • Gives a pedagogical account of supergravity theories, Lie algebras and Clifford algebras • Covers advanced topics such as string field theory and Kac–Moody symmetries

Quantum physics, quantum information and quantum computation

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 672pp 36 b/w illus.  3 tables   978-0-521-81747-9 Hardback c. £45.00 P

Jiannis K. Pachos

March 2012 246 x 189 mm 240pp 103 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00504-4 Hardback c. £35.00 A

The Mathematical Language of Quantum Theory From Uncertainty to Entanglement Teiko Heinosaari | University of Turku, Finland

Theoretical physics and mathematical physics

String Theory and Particle Physics An Introduction to String Phenomenology Luis E. Ibáñez | Departamento de Física Teórica, Universidad Autónoma de Madrid

This book presents a clear and detailed exposition of the fundamental concepts of quantum theory: states, effects, observables, channels and instruments. Rigorously presented and selfcontained, the text focuses on mathematically precise formulations providing graduate students and researchers with a solid basis for further studies on the subject. • Proofs for most theorems and statements are included • Provides a solid basis for further studies on quantum theory through mathematical and conceptual clarity • Has over 80 short exercises and approximately 100 examples throughout the text

Aimed at graduate students and researchers working in high energy physics, this book is a systematic introduction to string phenomenology. Focused on the detailed description of how string theory is connected to the real world of particle physics, it provides explicit models of physics beyond the Standard Model. • Provides a bridge between particle physics and string theory • Introduces concepts beyond the standard model of particle physics, including unification, supersymmetry and extra dimensions • Mathematical complexities are kept to a minimum and no previous knowledge of string theory is assumed

Theoretical physics and mathematical physics

February 2012 247 x 174 mm 688pp 109 b/w illus.  64 tables   978-0-521-51752-2 Hardback c. £45.00 A

December 2011 247 x 174 mm 350pp 28 b/w illus.  2 tables  101 exercises   978-0-521-19583-6 Hardback c. £50.00 A

75

Theoretical physics and mathematical physics

Optics, optoelectronics and photonics

April 2012 246 x 189 mm 536pp 75 b/w illus.  75 exercises   978-0-521-11974-0 Hardback c. £45.00 P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 24378.indd 74-75

16/12/2011 15:37


Earth and environmental science

Climate Change and the Places We Live Brian Stone, Jr | Georgia Institute of Technology

76

This is the first book to explore the dramatic amplification of global warming underway in cities. It is an ideal introduction to climate change and cities for students, policy makers, and the general reader wishing to gain insight into an issue critical to the future of our cities and the people that live in them. • The first book to explore the dramatic amplification of global warming underway in cities • Outlines the range of actions that can be taken to slow the pace of warming Climatology and climate change

May 2012 228 x 152 mm 200pp 30 b/w illus.  5 colour illus.   978-1-107-01671-2 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-1-107-60258-8 Paperback c. £19.99 A

The Continental Drift Controversy: Wegener and the Early Debate Volume 1 Henry R. Frankel | University of Missouri, Kansas City

This first volume of The Continental Drift Controversy covers the period in the early 1900s when Wegener first identified that the Earth’s major landmasses could be fitted together like a jigsaw and went on to propose that the continents had once been joined together in a single landmass. • The most thorough account ever written of the most fundamental theory in the geosciences • Includes material from first-hand interviews with many of the leading scientists involved • Frankel’s accessible writing style will appeal to Earth scientists of all disciplines, as well as historians and philosophers of science Earth science (general)

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 520pp 36 b/w illus.   978-0-521-87504-2 Hardback c. £80.00 A

Its Birth and Growth Second edition Minoru Ozima | University of Tokyo

Fully updated and revised, this rigorous but accessible second edition explores Earth’s evolution over 4.6 billion years, explaining the underlying physical and chemical principles without heavy mathematics. It provides an ideal supplementary text for students in isotope geochemistry and planetary science and an enjoyable overview for professionals and general readers. • Complete revision of the first edition with 50% more material, including three completely new chapters and many more illustrations • Easily readable style, avoiding mathematics, makes this fascinating account accessible to everyone from students and professionals to general readers • Chapter 10 presents a unique and original approach developed by the authors, paralleling the Moon with the ancient Earth, which will interest Earth and planetary scientists Geochemistry and environmental chemistry

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 170pp 30 b/w illus.  10 tables   978-0-521-76025-6 Hardback c. £60.00 A 978-1-107-60076-8 Paperback c. £24.99 P TEXTBOOK

Physical Geography Great Systems and Global Environments William M. Marsh | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

The physical geography of Earth is explained with a systems perspective. Written in an easy narrative style, each chapter combines text with more than 40 single-concept illustrations in an integrated working whole. In-chapter summaries, summary diagrams and a comprehensive instructor’s guide complete the package. • Easy-to-understand narrative is closely integrated with clear, singleconcept figures in an uncluttered page design to keep students focused • Systems-based approach introduces the interactions in physical geography, motivating students by giving them the big picture • Summary figures show how key concepts are related and reinforce the systems approach Geomorphology and physical geography

The Continental Drift Controversy: Evolution into Plate Tectonics Volume 4 Henry R. Frankel | University of Missouri, Kansas City

This fourth volume of The Continental Drift Controversy explains the discoveries in the mid 1960s which led to the rapid acceptance of seafloor spreading theory and how birth of plate tectonics followed soon after with the geometrification of geology. Plate tectonics continues to inspire geodynamic research to the present day. • The most thorough account ever written of the most fundamental theory in the geosciences • Includes material from first-hand interviews with many of the leading scientists involved • Frankel’s accessible writing style will appeal to Earth scientists of all disciplines, as well as historians and philosophers of science Earth science (general)

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 480pp 75 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01994-2 Hardback c. £75.00 A

January 2012 276 x 219 mm 650pp 900 colour illus.  15 maps  20 tables  300 exercises   978-0-521-76428-5 Hardback c. £45.00 X

Modeling Volcanic Processes The Physics and Mathematics of Volcanism Edited by Sarah A. Fagents | University of Hawaii, Manoa

Understanding the physical behavior and processes of volcanoes is key to mitigating their threat to local populations. This textbook and reference resource presents the physics of volcanic behavior and reviews the state-of-the-art in modeling volcanic processes for graduate students, researchers and professionals in volcanology, geophysics, petrology and natural hazards. • Field examples and case studies are provided to illustrate real world applications of the theory • Exercises at the end of each chapter engage students by putting their new learning into practice • Presents an interdisciplinary approach to modeling volcanoes, providing a state-of-the-art overview of research, techniques and applications Mineralogy, petrology and volcanology

January 2012 246 x 189 mm 500pp 145 b/w illus.  28 colour illus.  22 tables  35 exercises   978-0-521-89543-9 Hardback c. £45.00 P

Buoyancy-Driven Flows B

uoyancy is one of the main forces driving flows on our planet, especially in the oceans and atmosphere. These flows range from buoyant coastal currents to dense overflows in the ocean, and from avalanches to volcanic pyroclastic flows on the Earth’s surface. This book brings together contributions by leading world scientists to summarize our present theoretical, observational, experimental, and modeling understanding of buoyancy-driven flows.

Edited by Eric Chassignet | Florida State University

This book strongly emphasizes the ocean, which displays an exceptionally wide range of buoyancy-driven flows. Buoyancy-driven currents play a key role in the global ocean circulation and in climate variability through their impact on deep-water formation. Correctly representing buoyancy-driven processes not currently resolved in the ocean components of climate models is a challenge. The limitations of current modeling techniques are examined and recommendations are made for the proper physical parameterization of buoyancy-driven processes in order to accurately project long-term water mass evolution. Buoyancy-driven currents are also primarily responsible for the redistribution of fresh water throughout the world’s oceans. In addition to fresh water, buoyancy-driven flows transport heat, nutrients, sediments, biogeochemicals, pollutants, and biological organisms along many continental shelves and thus have significant impacts on ecosystems, fisheries, and the coastal circulation.

This book summarizes our present understanding of buoyancy-driven flows, ranging from buoyant coastal currents to dense overflows in the ocean, and from avalanches to volcanic pyroclastic flows. It is an invaluable resource for advanced students and researchers in oceanography, geophysical fluid dynamics, atmospheric science and the wider Earth sciences. • Consolidates the current research on buoyancy-driven flows from observational, theoretical, experimental and numerical modeling perspectives • Covers a wide spectrum of geophysical flows: ocean, atmosphere, avalanches and volcanoes • Consists of a series of lectures on buoyancy-driven flows by leading world scientists • Valuable for interdisciplinary research and collaborations throughout the earth and climate sciences This book is an invaluable resource for advanced students and researchers in oceanography, geophysical fluid dynamics, atmospheric science, and the wider Earth sciences who need a state-of-the-art reference on buoyancydriven flows.

Cover image: Even as summer wanes, snowmelt and glacial runoff swell the rivers along Alaska’s southern coast. In this image, the Copper River (upper center) spills light grey sediments into the Gulf of Alaska. Upstream in Wrangell-St. Elias National Park, glaciers grind bedrock into powder as they slowly move along mountain valleys. This fine sediment is easily carried by water, even if it is slow moving. Where the river meets the ocean, the sediment gradually disperses, and the water fades from bright turquoise to dark blue. This image was taken on August 22, 2003 by the Moderate Resolution Imaging Spectroradiometer (MODIS) aboard NASA’s Terra satellite. Courtesy of Jeff Schmaltz, MODIS Land Rapid Response Team at NASA GSFC.

The Vegetation of Antarctica through Geological Time

Buoyancy-Driven Flows

David Cantrill | Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne

Buoyancy-Driven Flows

The City and the Coming Climate

The Earth

Chassignet, Cenedese, Verron

Earth and environmental science

Earth and environmental science

Cover design: Newgen Imaging Systems

Eric Chassignet Claudia Cenedese Jacques Verron

9781107008878ppc.indd 1

Oceanography and marine science

February 2012 253 x 177 mm 456pp 244 b/w illus.  2 tables   978-1-107-00887-8 Hardback c. £70.00 A

Introduction to the Physical and Biological Oceanography of Shelf Seas John H. Simpson | University of Wales, Bangor

Two leading oceanographers bring together the fundamental physics and biology of the coastal ocean in a quantitative, accessible way for undergraduate and graduate students. Using many observational and model examples, worked problems and software tools, they explain the range of physical controls on primary biological production and shelf sea ecosystems. • Provides background chapters on biology and physics to provide all students with a base-level understanding and builds to develop the physical theory of each particular process in parallel with numerous data examples of real-world impacts • Pedagogical features include boxes presenting extra detail for each topic, non-mathematical summary points for physics sections and highlighted asides and anecdotes bringing the reality and human aspects of ocean research work to life • Extensive online support materials include worked solutions to end-ofchapter exercises, additional homework/exam problems with solutions and simple MATLAB and FORTRAN models for running simulations Oceanography and marine science

February 2012 246 x 189 mm 400pp 100 b/w illus.  20 colour illus.  5 tables  45 exercises   978-0-521-87762-6 Hardback c. £65.00 A 978-0-521-70148-8 Paperback c. £35.00 X

7/14/11 3:09:27 PM

David Cantrill and Imogen Poole

The Vegetation of Antarctica through Geological Time

The only book detailing the relationship between changes in Antarctic vegetation through geological time and the impact of earth system processes such as continental break up and climatic change on the evolution of the biota. A valuable reference for researchers and students in Antarctic palaeobotany and terrestrial palaeoecology. • The first and only overview of the fossil plant history of the Antarctic continent and its relationship to the global record of environmental and climate change • Provides an up-to-date reference for all students and researchers in the field of Antarctic palaeobotany and terrestrial palaeoecology • A complete palaeoecological approach to the evolution of southern hemisphere vegetation provides an in-depth insight into the history behind modern austral biogeography

77

Palaeontology and life history

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 300pp 61 b/w illus.  5 tables   978-0-521-85598-3 Hardback c. £65.00 A

Theory of Reflectance and Emittance Spectroscopy Second edition Bruce Hapke | University of Pittsburgh

This book provides a quantitative treatment of the physics of the interaction of electromagnetic radiation with planetary surfaces. With significant updates and additions to reflect recent advances and a strong emphasis on physical insights, this is an essential reference for research scientists, engineers and advanced students of planetary remote sensing. • Gives a quantitative and physical explanation of light scattering and thermal emission by particulate media to illustrate the reflectance and emittance of powders and soils • Presents an accessible introduction to a key remote sensing technique for modelling surfaces of solid bodies in the solar system • Provides useful, physically based, analytic formulae, rather than ones that are empirical or results of computer calculations Remote sensing and GIS

January 2012 247 x 174 mm 576pp 180 b/w illus.  7 tables   978-0-521-88349-8 Hardback c. £55.00 A

The Magnetotelluric Method Theory and Practice Alan Chave | Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, Massachusetts

The

Magnetotelluric Method Theory and Practice

The magnetotelluric method is a technique for imaging Earth’s electrical conductivity and structure, from the near surface to 1,000 km in depth. This book provides a rigorous introduction to magnetotellurics, from the salient physics to practical implementation in the field, for academic researchers, advanced students, and industrial practitioners and geoscientists. • Explains the relevant physics and mathematics, encouraging a full understanding of the basics for researchers and students new to the topic • Provides a complete presentation of data acquisition, processing and modelling, enabling readers to implement MT tools in their research • Presents a thorough discussion of geological interpretation from rocks to tectonics, demonstrating the possibilities and limits of the method E diTE d by

Alan d. Chave and Alan G. Jones

Solid earth geophysics

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 590pp 125 b/w illus.  20 colour illus.   978-0-521-81927-5 Hardback c. £70.00 A

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 24378.indd 76-77

16/12/2011 15:37


Earth and environmental science / Astronomy

Solved Problems in Geophysics Elisa Buforn | Universidad Complutense, Madrid

78

Astronomy

Solved Problems in

Geophysics Elisa Buforn, Carmen Pro and Agustín Udías

This book presents nearly 200 problems in geophysics, which are solved in step-by-step detail, showing the equations used and supported by simple figures. It is an ideal adjunct to course textbooks on geophysical theory, providing instructors with additional homework and exam questions, and students with a practice or revision aid. • Engages students through active exercises rather than passive reading – encouraging them to develop key problem-solving skills • All of the intermediate steps in solving the problems are presented – helping weaker students to develop their mathematical abilities • The problems cover a range of levels of difficulty – making the book a useful resource for undergraduate and graduate courses Solid earth geophysics

April 2012 246 x 189 mm 350pp 192 b/w illus.  14 tables  197 exercises   978-1-107-60271-7 Paperback c. £30.00 X

Continuum Mechanics in the Earth Sciences

Active Faults of the World

Understanding the Universe

Robert Yeats | Oregon State University

An Inquiry Approach to Astronomy and the Nature of Scientific Research George Greenstein | Amherst College, Massachusetts

The first worldwide survey of active earthquake faults, providing the background for seismic hazard evaluation and for upgrading building standards to Active Faults protect threatened cities in the developing world. of the World An accessible reference for analysts and consulting firms, and academics and students of geoscience, geotechnical engineering and civil engineering, and land-use planning. • Application boxes within the text engage students by demonstrating how theories relate to real applications • Provides a neutral journalistic account of controversies, such as whether the historical record is adequate to estimate maximum earthquake size for critical facilities like the nuclear plant in Japan • Presents arresting human perspectives, illustrating that a repeat of the 1505 earthquake in Kabul could kill as many people as 30 years of wars in Afghanistan, or that the Bible can provide information on the Dead Sea Transform Fault in the destruction of Sodom, Gomorrah and Jericho ROBERT YEATS

William I. Newman | University of California, Los Angeles

WilliaM i. NEWMaN

This interdisciplinary book provides a class-tested, accessible overview of continuum mechanics. It surveys solid, fluid and gas dynamics and explores new aspects of the field emerging from nonlinearity and dynamical complexity. A practical resource for graduate students in geophysics, planetary physics and geology and a beneficial tool for professional scientists. • Provides a unified overview of continuum mechanics by presenting an integrative approach to solid and fluid mechanics, with insights into the role of nonlinearity and complexity • Presents continuum mechanics from the perspective of physics-based principles such as thermodynamics, avoiding formulaic mathematical expansion • Gives insight into the key role played by geometry, enabling students to employ intuitive, visual deconstruction of a problem in three dimensions Solid earth geophysics

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 190pp 16 b/w illus.  53 exercises   978-0-521-56289-8 Hardback c. £45.00 P

Orogenesis: The Making of Mountains Michael Johnson | University of Edinburgh (retired)

Providing a valuable introduction to the processes that form mountain belts, this book summarises research in this fast-moving field for advanced undergraduate and graduate students of structural geology, plate tectonics and geodynamics, and academics and researchers working in related fields including petrology geochemistry and sedimentology. • Assesses the key concepts that have arisen from improved modelling of processes over recent years • Includes links to the underlying principles and approaches on which the most recent concepts have been built, enabling readers to understand the progression of the subject • Combines the approaches of structural geology and metamorphism with a strongly evidence-based overview of modelling

April 2012 246 x 189 mm 625pp 214 b/w illus.   978-0-521-19085-5 Hardback c. £45.00 P

An Inquiry Approach to Astronomy and the Nature of Scientific Research

A student-active introduction to the key topics George Greenstein in astronomy, emphasizing inquiry learning so students will clearly understand our universe and the scientific method. ‘Nature of Science’ sections in each chapter encourage students to take on the role of a scientist and within-text questions require critical thinking through astronomy-based problems. • Student-active learning with an emphasis on inquiry learning focuses on how scientific theories are developed and regularly involves the student in the chain of arguments that lead to them • Focuses on core topics, so that a deeper understanding of the Solar System and the Universe can be developed • ‘Sherlock Holmes Creates a Theory’ and ‘Nature of Science’ sections acquaint students with science as a way of thinking, introduced throughout chapters in the context of specific astronomical topics

Second edition J. V. Wall | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

Cambridge Observing HandbOOks fOr researCH astrOnOmers

8

Practical Statistics for Astronomers SECOND EDITION

J. V. Wall and C. R. Jenkins

Written by a well-known and experienced amateur astronomer, this is a practical primer for all aspiring observers of the planets and other Solar System objects. Whether you are a beginner or more advanced astronomer, you will find all you need in this book to help develop your knowledge and skills. • Hands-on, practical advice for amateur astronomers wanting to observe the planets and other Solar System objects • Detailed background knowledge that gives meaning and purpose to the practical work • Suitable for a range of knowledge and experience, from near-beginners to the more advanced practitioner • Can be used by those with equipment ranging from basic to advanced Amateur and popular astronomy

Astronomy (general) | Cambridge Observing Handbooks for Research Astronomers, 8

April 2012 246 x 189 mm 500pp 220 b/w illus.  16 colour illus.  3 tables   978-0-521-89751-8 Hardback c. £28.00 G

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 400pp 89 b/w illus.  26 tables  73 exercises   978-0-521-73249-9 Paperback c. £29.99 P

The Modern Astronomer’s Guide Gerald North

Observing the

Solar System The modern astronomer’s guide

Icko Iben | University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

This two-volume set describes the microscopic physics operating in stars and how stars respond macroscopically. Volume 1 covers the processes up to the onset of helium burning, while Volume 2 builds on these principles to show how stars respond in the advanced stages of their evolution. • Provides the most in-depth treatment of microscopic input physics and the macroscopic responses, emphasizing the interplay between them • Instils an appreciation of how a star responds gravothermally to nuclear reaction-induced transformations and energy loss from the surface • Emphasizes methods for obtaining numerical solutions enabling the reader to construct sophisticated stellar evolutionary models for themselves • Over 600 illustrations describe in detail the structural characteristics and the physical processes occurring at all stages of stellar evolution

79

March 2012 246 x 189 mm 1460pp 625 b/w illus.  85 tables   978-1-107-60253-3 2 Volume Hardback Set c. £90.00 P

Advanced Gravitational Wave Detectors Edited by D. G. Blair | University of Western Australia, Perth

Describing the physics of gravitational waves ADVANCED and their detectors, this book is a valuable Gravitational reference for graduate students and researchers Wave Detectors in physics and astrophysics. Case studies of large scale gravitational wave detectors introduce the technology and set the scene for a review of the experimental issues involved in creating detectors. • An introduction to the theory of Einstein’s gravitational waves, the black holes and other sources that will create them, and the instruments designed to detect them • Features case studies on three gravitational wave interferometric detectors – the most sensitive instruments ever created • Reviews the experimental issues in creating advanced detectors EDITED BY

Bringing together relevant statistical and probabilistic techniques, this is a practical manual for advanced undergraduate and graduate students and professional astronomers. This second edition features more examples using Monte Carlo simulation. There are exercises at the end of each chapter and data tables from the book are available online. • Focuses on areas of statistics that are actually used by astronomers to analyze complex data and models • Second edition contains more examples using Monte Carlo simulation, as well as Bayesian inference, Bayes factors and Markov Chain Monte Carlo integration • Exercises at the end of each chapter demonstrate the techniques and tests necessary for most observational investigations • An accompanying website includes solutions to all examples presented in the book, an historical overview of the development of statistics, and sample datasets

Gerald North

Stellar Evolution Physics

Astrophysics

Astronomy (general)

Practical Statistics for Astronomers

Astronomy Observing the Solar System

Universe

June 2012 279 x 235 mm 650pp 513 b/w illus.  39 colour illus.  28 exercises   978-0-521-19259-0 Hardback c. £70.00 A 978-0-521-14532-9 Paperback c. £35.00 X

Structural geology, tectonics and geodynamics Continuum Mechanics in the Earth Sciences

Understanding the

D. G. Blair, L. Ju, C. Zhao and E. J. Howell

Astrophysics

February 2012 247 x 174 mm 344pp 112 b/w illus.  14 tables   978-0-521-87429-8 Hardback c. £70.00 A

Astrophysical Jets and Beams Michael D. Smith | Armagh Observatory

Cambridge astrophysiCs series

49

Michael D. Smith

Written at a level that assumes no prior knowledge, this text is a comprehensive and Astrophysical insightful guide to the study of jets on all scales. Jets and Beams Suitable for researchers across all branches of astrophysics, it discusses our current understanding of jet processes and reviews major discoveries, observations and jet models. • A comprehensive, up-to-date study of astrophysical jets on all scales • Jets are nearly ubiquitous in astrophysics; the volume will benefit space scientists, solar physicists, astronomers and cosmologists • Assumes no prior knowledge of jets, so is ideal for postgraduate students and researchers approaching the topic for the first time Astrophysics | Cambridge Astrophysics, 49

January 2012 247 x 174 mm 260pp 84 b/w illus.   978-0-521-83476-6 Hardback c. £65.00 A

Structural geology, tectonics and geodynamics

February 2012 246 x 189 mm 464pp 130 b/w illus.  12 colour illus.  5 tables   978-0-521-76556-5 Hardback c. £45.00 P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 24378.indd 78-79

16/12/2011 15:37


Astronomy / Engineering

Engineering

50

Edited by Chryssa Kouveliotou, Stanford E. Woosley and Ralph A. M. J. Wijers

Aimed at graduate students and professionals, Gamma Ray this book explores the various aspects of gamma Bursts ray burst physics, ranging from the observations on GRBs and their sources, to the theory of their creation, how they work, and how they can be used to probe the history of the Universe. • The first edited volume to provide a complete review of all aspects of GRB astrophysics, suitable for graduate courses • Features contributions from an international team of experts • Follows a historical perspective, from the discovery of GRBs up to reviews of current observations and models

FiWi Access Networks

Water, Exploration, and Future Habitation Arlin Crotts | Columbia University, New York

Martin Maier | Université du Québec, Montréal

The evolution of broadband access networks toward bimodal fiber-wireless (FiWi) access networks, described in this book, may be viewed as the endgame of broadband access. After discussing the economic impact of broadband access and current worldwide deployment statistics, all the major legacy wireline and wireless broadband access technologies are reviewed. State-ofthe-art GPON and EPON fiber access networks are described, including their migration to next-generation systems, such as OCDMA and OFDMA PONs. The

Astrophysics | Cambridge Astrophysics, 51

This fascinating and timely book provides a complete story of the human lunar experience. It presents many interesting but little-known events in lunar science for the first time and will appeal to anyone wanting to know more about the stunning discoveries being uncovered on the Moon. • A complete story of the human lunar experience, presenting many facts about the Moon for the first time • Answers many fascinating questions about the lunar environment, how it could be made habitable for humans and whether continued exploration of the Moon is justified • Presents recent advances in our understanding of the nature of water on the Moon, along with little-known facts from the space race

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 400pp 110 b/w illus.   978-0-521-66209-3 Hardback c. £75.00 A

Planetary science

Pulsar Astronomy

May 2012 246 x 189 mm 400pp 90 b/w illus.  3 tables  5 exercises   978-0-521-76224-3 Hardback c. £22.99 G

CAPS

become accessible through pulsar astronomy. The body of literature on this rapidly growing research area is vast and observational

techniques now cover the whole of the electromagnetic spectrum.

Now in its Fourth Edition, this authoritative volume gives a thorough introduction to the field. It is extensively revised throughout and

CAMBRIDGE ASTROPHYSICS SERIES

48

Andrew Lyne and

latest developments of wireless access networks are covered, including VHT

FiWi Access Networks

Of great value to everyone involved in studying, developing or deploying broadband access networks, this book provides a comprehensive yet comprehensible overview of bimodal FiWi access networks. Ideal for those working on optical fiber or wireless access networks, or on future converged fiber-wireless broadband access networks. • Provides detailed background information, enabling the reader to get the big picture and to acquire the technical understanding of past and current broadband access solutions • Describes the latest and next-generation optical and wireless access networks in great technical detail, offering an update on the latest developments in each type of network • Covers all important aspects of FiWi-related research and development activities, providing the reader with a comprehensive yet comprehensible overview of research findings, challenges and opportunities WLAN, Gigabit WiMAX, LTE, and WMN. The advantages of FiWi access networks

are demonstrated by applying powerful network coding, heterogeneous optical and wireless protection, hierarchical frame aggregation, hybrid routing, and

QoS continuity techniques across the optical–wireless interface. The book is an essential reference for anyone working on optical fiber access networks, wireless access networks, or converged FiWi systems.

Martin Maier is an Associate Professor at the Institut National de la Recherche

Scientifique (INRS), University of Québec, and the Founder and Creative Director

of the Optical Zeitgeist Laboratory. He received his Ph.D. in electrical engineering

from the Technical University Berlin, Germany, and amongst his awards he was a corecipient of the 2009 IEEE Communications Society Best Tutorial Paper Award. He is the author of Optical Switching Networks (Cambridge University Press, 2008). Navid Ghazisaidi is an R&D Systems Manager at Ericsson Inc., San Jose,

USA. He received his Ph.D. in Telecommunications from the University of Québec,

Martin Maier and Navid Ghazisaidi

Canada and participated in the prestigious European research projects BIONETS (BIOlogically-inspired autonomic NETworks and Services) and ACCORDANCE

(A Converged Copper-Optical-Radio OFDMA-based Access Network with high Capacity and flExibility).

Cover illustration: © iStockphoto.com/PuiYuen Ng.

Cover designed by Hart McLeod Ltd

Communications and signal processing

Francis Graham-Smith

new material includes: astrometry of binary pulsars and relativity

gamma-rays. Within each topic, the authors concentrate on the

fundamental physics and list extensive references, spanning from

first discoveries to the most recent advances. Websites for catalogues of known pulsars are also recommended, providing a basis for new research work.

The rapid pace of progress in pulsar astronomy makes this essential reading both for advanced students entering the field and established researchers.

Fourth Edition

Extensively revised throughout, the fourth Pulsar edition of this authoritative text provides a Astronomy thorough introduction to pulsar astronomy, both for advanced students entering the field and established researchers. New topics of discussion include millisecond pulsars and the pulsed emission from radio to gamma-rays. Material is supported by an expansive reference list. • Only up-to-date, comprehensive review of all research topics in the field of pulsar astronomy • Fourth edition has been fully revised to include advances in gamma-ray astronomy and millisecond pulsars • Carefully selected literary references for each research topic extend to over 800 items, providing the foundations for further research work 48

Fourth Edition

Astrophysics | Cambridge Astrophysics, 48

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 450pp 200 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01014-7 Hardback c. £75.00 A

The Construction of the Heavens William Herschel’s Cosmology Michael Hoskin | Churchill College, Cambridge

Split into two parts, The Construction of the Heavens first takes the reader on a biographical tour of Herschel’s ideas and the development of his thinking, followed by a collection of his key papers. The papers are annotated with full astrophysical explanations ideal for students. • Uses a two-part structure to induct the reader into Herschel’s ideas before introducing his original papers • Reproduces eight of Herschel’s papers, fully annotated with historical notes and modern astrophysical perspectives • Written by the world’s foremost Herschel historian, drawing from sources unavailable fifty years ago History of astronomy and cosmology

January 2012 247 x 174 mm 216pp 30 b/w illus.  1 table   978-1-107-01838-9 Hardback £65.00 A

Engineering Biosimulation

December 2011 247 x 174 mm 264pp 85 b/w illus.  15 tables   978-1-107-00322-4 Hardback c. £75.00 A

Simulation of Living Systems Daniel A. Beard | Medical College of Wisconsin

Biosimulation Simulation of Living Systems ∂c = v. c + . D c+r ∂t

A hands-on guide to devising, designing and analyzing simulations of biophysical processes for applications in biological and biomedical sciences. Practical examples are given throughout, representing real-world case studies of key application areas, and all data and complete codes for simulation and data analysis are provided online. • Provides hands-on experience for devising, designing and analyzing simulations of biophysics processes • Develops through real-world case studies and practical worked examples • All computer codes for the examples in the book are provided online so students can use the example codes as a starting point to develop their own applications PA PB

B

A

= e −∆ G AB / (RT)

dpj (t) = Q ijPi − Q jiPj dt i≠j i≠j

Daniel A. Beard

Biomedical engineering | Cambridge Texts in Biomedical Engineering

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 300pp 115 b/w illus.  19 tables  50 exercises   978-0-521-76823-8 Hardback c. £50.00 P

Computational Fluid Dynamics for Engineers Bengt Andersson | Chalmers University of Technology, Gothenberg

An introduction to a fast growing discipline, this book delivers the knowledge required to use CFD successfully in a wide range of engineering applications. Ideal for engineers wanting to enter the field or widen their understanding and project managers requiring the basics in order to negotiate with consulting companies. • Focuses on using available CFD programs rather than writing new ones • An introduction to a wide range of CFD applications • A complete course package, making it easy for a teacher to start a new course

A Computational Approach Hao He Jian Li Petre Stoica

With a focus on developing computational algorithms for examining waveform design in diverse active sensing applications, this guide is ideal for researchers and practitioners in the field. It features extensive examples with clear iteration steps, and provides the MATLAB codes for many of the algorithms on the companion website. • Details clear steps for each algorithm discussed, to help you implement algorithms without having to study the underlying details • Includes extensive numerical examples with more than a hundred figures, enabling you to evaluate algorithm performance easily from the examples presented • The companion website features MATLAB codes of many algorithms and numerical examples discussed in the book, helping you to not only run the demo code, but also re-use it for your own research

81

Communications and signal processing

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 326pp 127 b/w illus.  31 tables   978-1-107-01969-0 Hardback c. £70.00 A

Parallel Teaching the fundamental design concepts of chip Computer multiprocessors and the challenges of emerging Organization and Design technology, this textbook prepares students for a career designing computer systems of the future. Teeming with practical examples and teachable in a single semester, it is perfect for senior undergraduate and graduate students taking computer architecture courses. • In-depth coverage of key design issues: complexity, power and reliability, as well as performance • Covers core microarchitecture, chip multiprocessors and large-scale multiprocessor systems • Contains many examples and end-of-chapter problems, with a solutions manual and lecture slides available online Michel Dubois, Murali Annavaram, Per Stenström

Communications and signal processing

February 2012 247 x 174 mm 552pp 128 b/w illus.  9 tables   978-1-107-00558-7 Hardback c. £65.00 P Advanced Optical Wireless Communication Systems Edited by

Shlomi Arnon John Barry George Karagiannidis Robert Schober Murat Uysal

Optical wireless communications is a dynamic area of research and development. Combining fundamental theory with a broad overview and real-world design studies, this book is an ideal reference for anyone working in the field, as well as a valuable guide for self-study. • Covers the relevant fundamental theory, as well as giving a broad overview of the area, making it ideal for self-study as well as a reference book for engineers involved in the design of wireless communication systems • Step-by-step design guidelines help reduce design time and cost • Real-world case studies help avoid common pitfalls Communications and signal processing

for Active Sensing Systems

Michel Dubois | University of Southern California

Compressed sensing has rapidly become a key concept in various areas of applied mathematics, computer science and electrical engineering. This timely book highlights recent theoretical advances and applications in this area. Ideal for both researchers and graduate students seeking an understanding of the potential of compressed sensing.

Edited by Shlomi Arnon | Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Israel

A Computational Approach Hao He | University of Florida

Waveform Design

Parallel Computer Organization and Design

Theory and Applications Edited by Yonina C. Eldar | Technion – Israel Institute of Technology, Haifa

Advanced Optical Wireless Communication Systems

Waveform Design for Active Sensing Systems

Textbook

Compressed Sensing

CAMBRIDGE TEXTS IN

BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

pulsars and magnetars; and the pulsed emission from radio to

theory; millisecond pulsars; the origin and Galactic population of

Pulsar Astronomy

LYNE: Pulsar Astrophysics. PPC. Pms 2746. Pms 3125

Over the last 40 years, an astonishing range of astrophysics has

Lyne and Graham-Smith

Fourth edition Andrew Lyne | Jodrell Bank, University of Manchester

80

The New Moon

MAIER: FiWi Broadband Access Networks PPC C M Y BLK

Cambridge astrophysiCs series

Edited by Chryssa Kouveliotou | NASA-Marshall Space Flight Center, Huntsville

Maier and Ghazisaidi FiWi Access Networks

Gamma Ray Bursts

Computer engineering

April 2012 246 x 189 mm 700pp 206 b/w illus.  49 tables  95 exercises   978-0-521-88675-8 Hardback c. £40.00 X

Automotive Control Systems A. Galip Ulsoy | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

This engineering textbook is designed to introduce advanced control systems for vehicles, including advanced automotive concepts and the next generation of vehicles for ITS. For each automotive control problem considered, the authors emphasize the physics and underlying principles behind the control system concept and design. Control systems and optimization

May 2012 253 x 177 mm 400pp 221 b/w illus.  18 tables  64 exercises   978-1-107-01011-6 Hardback c. £85.00 A

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 400pp 167 b/w illus.  11 tables   978-0-521-19787-8 Hardback c. £70.00 A

Chemical engineering

December 2011 247 x 174 mm 200pp 76 b/w illus.  11 tables   978-1-107-01895-2 Hardback c. £65.00 P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 24378.indd 80-81

16/12/2011 15:37


Engineering / Life sciences

Life sciences

Engineering Design Representation and Reasoning Second edition Clive L. Dym | Harvey Mudd College, California

This text demonstrates that symbolic representation, and related problem-solving methods, offer significant opportunities to clarify and articulate concepts of design to give a better framework for design research and education. This edition includes recent work on design reasoning, computational design, AI in design, and design cognition, with pointers to the current literature. Engineering design, kinematics, and robotics

April 2012 253 x 177 mm 250pp 58 b/w illus.   978-0-521-51429-3 Hardback c. £45.00 A

Iron and Steel 82

William F. Hosford | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Iron and steel remain the most commonly used materials in manufacturing. This book is a complete treatment of iron and steel including some history, how they are produced, descriptions of various steels and cast irons and their properties, and how they are heat treated. Materials science and engineering

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 292pp 307 b/w illus.  22 tables   978-1-107-01798-6 Hardback c. £45.00 A

Edited by Ekram Hossain | University of Manitoba, Canada

Stephen Spotte | Mote Marine Laboratory

This one-stop reference provides the state-of-theSmart Grid art theory, key strategies, protocols, deployment Communications and Networking aspects, standardization activities and experimental studies of communication and networking technologies for the smart grid. Expert authors provide all the essential information researchers need to progress in the field and to allow power systems engineers to optimize their communication systems. • Provides all the essential information on advanced data communication and networking mechanisms, models for networked control and security mechanisms for smart grid • Written by a team of expert authors covering topics from architectures and models through to integration of plug-in hybrid vehicles • The first book of its kind on smart grid communications and networking technologies

Focusing on behavioral ecology, this is the first book to assess societies of both gray wolves and domestic dogs living as urban strays and in the feral state. Spotte draws on the latest scientific findings across the fields of genetics, sensory biology, reproductive physiology, space use, foraging ecology and socialization. • Draws on a wide range of disciplines, integrating such specialties as genetics, sensory biology, social ontogeny and reproductive physiology • Proposes a new view of the social lives of wolves and free-ranging dogs, offering a unique resource for anyone interested in the biology underlying social behaviours • Provides the most comprehensive review of wolf genetics available, with particular focus on New World wolves and their combination of wolf, coyote and dog genomes

Providing a solid footing in basic statistical techniques, this is a clear, step-by-step guide to statistical methods for students of anthropology. It demystifies the aspects that are often seen as difficult or impenetrable, with clearly worked examples and end-of-chapter practice problems. • All mathematical calculations are clearly explained and exemplified twice, guiding students through the concepts and easing any anxiety associated with mathematics • Uses only anthropological examples, providing a valuable resource for anthropology students who are used to consulting coursebooks written for psychology or other fields • Includes a chapter devoted to non-parametric statistics, guiding anthropology students who frequently have to work with small sample sizes

Wireless communications

Animal behaviour

Biological anthropology and primatology

May 2012 247 x 174 mm 564pp 154 b/w illus.  33 tables   978-1-107-01413-8 Hardback c. £90.00 A

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 375pp 64 b/w illus.  6 tables   978-1-107-01519-7 Hardback c. £70.00 A 978-1-107-65608-6 Paperback c. £29.99 P

February 2012 247 x 174 mm 270pp 62 b/w illus.  30 tables  49 exercises   978-0-521-14708-8 Paperback c. £27.99 P

E d i t E d by

Ekram Hossain Zhu Han H. Vincent Poor

An Introduction Marianne Talbot | University of Oxford

Dendrimer science has exploded onto the polymer science scene, presenting a completely new polymeric architecture. It offers unique architecturally driven properties which promise exciting advancements in nanotechnology. This book presents the history of dendrimer discovery, synthetic strategies, characterisation methodologies, dendritic effects and the future impact on nanotechnology and commercial applications. • Brings readers quickly up to speed on the discovery of dendrimers and the key developments in scientific and commercial applications of the last decade • Focuses on valuable, architecturally driven properties • Provides an insight into exciting future possibilities, such as a new nano-periodic system Polymer science and engineering

Link your theoretical education to practical work experience with this hands-on guide to GNSS receiver technology, which includes numerous real-world examples, case studies and exercises. Also provided is a real-time software receiver and signal simulator, enabling you to create your own GNSS lab for research or study. • Provides bundled software receiver, real-time software receiver and signal simulator, enabling readers to get hands-on user experience • Includes many practical examples, exercises and real-world examples • Covers GLONASS Wireless communications

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 450pp 250 b/w illus.  30 tables   978-0-521-76054-6 Hardback c. £80.00 P

Life sciences

May 2012 247 x 174 mm 380pp 269 b/w illus.  2 tables   978-0-521-51580-1 Hardback c. £55.00 A

Anh-Vu H. Pham Morgan J. Chen Kunia Aihara

Anh-Vu H. Pham | University of California, Davis

THE CAMBRIDGE RF AND MICROWAVE ENGINEERING SERIES

RF and microwave engineering | The Cambridge RF and Microwave Engineering Series

BIOETHICS an introduction

This accessible introduction clearly explains bioethical issues and their philosophical foundations to science students, providing them with the confidence needed to debate MARIANNE TALBOT important issues in the ethics of biotechnology. Written informally, including over 200 activities, detailed case studies and explanatory podcasts, it encourages students to formulate and evaluate their own arguments. • Explains bioethical issues and their philosophical foundations to science students, providing them with the framework needed to confidently take part in current ethical debates around biotechnology • Over 200 activities within and at the end of chapters provide topics for personal reflection, paired and group discussions, quizzes and essay questions • Online resources include author podcasts explaining key philosophical concepts, distinctions, ideas and arguments, plus extra practice questions, links to websites and topical newspaper articles

an introduction to

aubre y manning & marian stamp-dawkins

Animal behaviour

February 2012 246 x 189 mm 365pp 71 b/w illus.  135 colour illus.   978-1-107-00016-2 Hardback c. £75.00 A 978-0-521-16514-3 Paperback c. £35.00 X

Second edition Lorena Madrigal | University of South Florida

83

Perspectives on Hominin Evolution Edited by Sally C. Reynolds | University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg

Exploring developments in palaeoanthropology since the discovery of Australopithecus africanus in 1925, this book is a valuable companion for students and researchers of human origins. It covers a range of key themes, from the earliest hominin fossils, to the origins of bipedalism and the evolution and dispersal of modern humans. • Presents an overview of key concepts in the study of human evolution • Provides a summary of the ‘state-of-the-art’ developments and new approaches in the discipline • Historical perspective shows how palaeoanthropology had developed over the last 80+ years Biological anthropology and primatology | Cambridge Studies in Biological and Evolutionary Anthropology

March 2012 228 x 152 mm 550pp 125 b/w illus.  14 colour illus.  41 tables   978-1-107-01995-9 Hardback c. £75.00 A

Bioethics

Introduction to the Senses

April 2012 246 x 189 mm 400pp 54 b/w illus.  1 table  233 exercises   978-0-521-88833-2 Hardback c. £55.00 A 978-0-521-71459-4 Paperback c. £26.99 X

From Biology to Computer Science Terry Bossomaier | Charles Sturt University, Bathurst, New South Wales

Edited by Caroline Wilkinson | University of Dundee

Now in full colour, this revised and updated edition of Manning and Dawkins’ classic text ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR provides a beautifully written introduction to the fundamentals of animal behaviour. Illustrated with fascinating examples of complex behavioural mechanisms, it includes clear explanations and concise, readable text and retains the author’s enthusiasm for their subject. • Written in an accessible style, it covers the fundamentals of animal behaviour required for an introductory course • In full colour throughout with detailed examples and explanations of a large range of fascinating behaviours • Authored by two leading experts in their field, whose enthusiastic style will both motivate and help students to develop an appreciation of this fascinating field

Statistics for Anthropology

African Genesis

Craniofacial Identification

Sixth edition Aubrey Manning | University of Edinburgh Sixth edition

A comprehensive overview of electrical design using Liquid Crystal Polymer (LCP) at package, component and system levels, providing a detailed LCP for Microwave Packages and Modules look at everything you need to know to get up-tospeed on the subject, including successful design details, techniques and potential pitfalls. • The first and only book dedicated to RF microelectronic design using LCP • Contains original real-world examples using LCP for high performance broadband packaged interconnect, module and system designs • Reveals how LCP properties can be leveraged to provide state-of-theart performance • Includes exhaustive design details and describes potential pitfalls to look out for during design and development

An Introduction to Animal Behaviour

Societies of Wolves and Free-ranging Dogs

STEPHEN SPOTTE

Bioethics

A Practical Guide with GNSS Signal Simulator and Receiver Laboratory Ivan G. Petrovski | iP-Solutions

Discovery, Applications and the Future Donald A. Tomalia | NanoSynthons, LLC

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 250pp 227 b/w illus.  24 tables   978-1-107-00378-1 Hardback c. £75.00 P

Societies of Wolves and Free-ranging Dogs

Digital Satellite Navigation and Geophysics

Dendrimers, Dendrons, and Dendritic Polymers

LCP for Microwave Packages and Modules

Smart Grid Communications and Networking

Discussing the latest advances and key research relating to identification from the face and skull, this book draws together a wide range of elements relating to craniofacial analysis and identification. With sections covering the identification of the dead and of the living, it examines all aspects of facial identification. • Draws together the many sub-fields relating to craniofacial identification, with applications to science, art and to multidisciplinary fields • Covers the identification of both the dead and the living, examining all aspects of facial identification including the verification of living facial images • Features contributions from leaders in the field, providing a valuable review of the current state of play in this constantly evolving field

introduction to the

Senses

From Biology to Computer Science

Terry BoSSomaier

Using information theory as a unifying framework, this is a wide-ranging survey of sensory systems, covering all known senses. It highlights how an understanding of the senses is important not only across the biological sciences but also in applied areas such as human computer interaction, robotics and computer games. • Uses information theory as a unifying framework to provide a wideranging survey of sensory systems, covering all known senses • Separates function from biological detail, enabling a clear explanation of functionality of sensory components • Provides tools for measuring sensory performance, with chapters describing useful mathematical techniques, notably Fourier analysis, Shannon information theory and Nyquist sampling Biophysics and physiology

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 350pp 60 b/w illus.  8 colour illus.  12 tables   978-0-521-81266-5 Hardback c. £45.00 A

Biological anthropology and primatology

March 2012 246 x 189 mm 350pp 134 b/w illus.  18 colour illus.  7 tables   978-0-521-76862-7 Hardback c. £50.00 A

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 24378.indd 82-83

16/12/2011 15:37


Life sciences

Life sciences

Textbook

Design and Analysis of Long-term Ecological Monitoring Studies

Tropical Ecosystems and Ecological Concepts Second edition Patrick Osborne | University of Missouri, St Louis

84

This introductory textbook covers the entire range of tropical ecosystems – terrestrial, freshwater and marine – and uses each system to illustrate and explain major ecological concepts, including primary and secondary production, population dynamics and community ecology. The impact of human activity, and climate change in particular, is highlighted throughout. • Case studies are used to introduce ecological concepts, reinforcing new theory with concrete examples • End of chapter summaries help students to identify and remember key points • Mathematical treatments are minimized, allowing students to grasp the concepts without getting bogged down in complex maths Ecology and conservation

January 2012 246 x 189 mm 500pp 212 b/w illus.  44 tables   978-0-521-17734-4 Paperback c. £35.00 X

Sacred Species and Sites

Design and Analysis of

Long-term Ecological Monitoring Studies

Presenting fundamental and advanced statistical tools and issues relevant to long-term ecological monitoring, this volume will enable a better understanding of how to maximize the effectiveness of monitoring. It features contributions from a diverse group of experts practised at teaching ideas and methods to natural resource managers, scientists and students. • Covers fundamental issues and modern design and analytical approaches, providing a valuable resource for any ecologist whose work deals with ecological monitoring • Authored by a diverse group of experts practised at teaching fundamental and advanced ideas and methods to natural resource managers, scientists and students • Many chapters include example software code (longer sections are available online at www.cambridge.org/9780521191548), to help readers apply methods appropriately to their own work Ecology and conservation

SacrEd SPEciES

Advances in Biocultural Conservation Edited by Gloria Pungetti | University of Cambridge

Edited by Robert A. Gitzen | University of Missouri, Columbia

Edited by: Robert A. Gitzen Joshua J. Millspaugh Andrew B. Cooper Daniel S. Licht

and SitES advances in biocultural conservation

Combining perspectives from scholars, practitioners and spiritual leaders, this book provides an indepth investigation into the interaction between traditional spiritual beliefs and nature conservation. It guides the reader through key issues and concepts in biocultural diversity using examples from around the world of species and sites that are considered sacred. • Provides the first consideration of sacred species in biodiversity conservation, improving understanding of the links between sacred, cultural and natural values • Case studies from around the world illustrate how theory can be applied to practical situations • Combines insights from researchers, practitioners and spiritual leaders across different disciplines and organisations, facilitating interdisciplinary dialogue on conservation issues EditEd by

Gloria Pungetti Gonzalo Oviedo della Hooke

Ecology and conservation

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 488pp 157 b/w illus.  26 colour illus.  6 tables   978-0-521-11085-3 Hardback c. £75.00 A 978-0-521-12575-8 Paperback c. £37.00 P

May 2012 247 x 174 mm 600pp 84 b/w illus.  4 colour illus.  42 tables   978-0-521-19154-8 Hardback c. £80.00 A 978-0-521-13929-8 Paperback c. £40.00 P

The Ecology of Plant Secondary Metabolites From Genes to Global Processes Edited by Glenn R. Iason | James Hutton Institute, Aberdeen

Ecological Reviews

The Ecology of Plant Secondary Metabolites From Genes to Global Processes

Biodiversity in Dead Wood

Ecology, BioDivErsity anD consErvation

Jogeir N. Stokland | The Norwegian Forest and Landscape Institute and University of Oslo, Norway

Biodiversity in Dead Wood

Presenting a thorough introduction to biodiversity in decaying wood, this book studies the rich diversity of fungi, insects and vertebrates that depend upon dead wood. It describes the functional diversity of these organisms, outlining threats and management options for protecting and maintaining biodiversity. • A thorough introduction to biodiversity in decaying wood, studying the rich diversity of fungi, insects and vertebrates that depend upon it • Examines the threats to wood-inhabiting organisms, highlighting management options for protecting and maintaining the diversity of species in forests as well as in agricultural landscapes and urban parks • Covers both fungi and invertebrates in detail, providing new insights for entomologists and mycologists working on wood-inhabiting organisms, both within their field of expertise and for other organisms living in the same habitat Jogeir N. Stokland Juha Siitonen Bengt Gunnar Jonsson

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 490pp 92 b/w illus.  21 tables   978-0-521-88873-8 Hardback c. £75.00 A 978-0-521-71703-8 Paperback c. £35.00 P

Fifth edition Mike Service | Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine

Edited by

Glenn R. Iason, Marcel Dicke and Susan E. Hartley

Ecology and conservation | Ecological Reviews

April 2012 247 x 174 mm 375pp 43 b/w illus.  10 colour illus.  5 tables   978-0-521-19326-9 Hardback c. £75.00 A 978-0-521-15712-4 Paperback c. £35.00 P

Presenting some of the most remarkable discoveries and research involving living and fossil bats, this book explores their evolutionary history from a range of perspectives. Topics covered include paleontology and relationships of bats, the evolution and enhancement of echolocation, feeding ecology, population genetic structure, functional morphology and the fossil history. • Explores the evolutionary history of bats from a range of perspectives, including the fossil record, phylogenetics, genomics and population genetics and ecology • Examines advances in both morphological and molecular methods to present the latest discoveries and research involving living and fossil bats • Covers nearly every aspect of bat biology, ecology and evolutionary history to appeal to both students and professionals in the field

85

January 2012 247 x 174 mm 584pp 133 b/w illus.  8 colour illus.  26 tables   978-0-521-76824-5 Hardback c. £80.00 A 978-0-521-74526-0 Paperback c. £40.00 P

Epigenomics

Mike Service

MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY for Students

Written for students of medical entomology, the fifth edition of this popular textbook has been thoroughly updated to reflect the latest strategies for controlling insects, ticks and mites. Useful features include a glossary of entomological and epidemiological terms and a list of commonly used insecticides and their common trade names. • Written in plain English and avoids jargon, ideal for students for whom English is a second language • Includes clearly labeled diagrams of all featured insects and arachnids • Glossary of technical terms aids quick and easy understanding F IF T H EDI T ION

Aimed at graduate students and researchers, this book reviews the ecology and function of plant secondary metabolites (PSM) in natural ecosystems. It illustrates how recent methodological advances have brought new insights into the integrative roles of PSM across multiple ecological levels and points to promising directions for future research. • Provides a state-of-the-art review of the multiple roles of plant secondary metabolites – a key reference for researchers and graduate students in the field and for teachers of advanced undergraduate chemical ecology courses • Synthesises methodological developments in the field – promotes the exploitation of new technologies • Identifies promising directions for future research

Fossils, Molecules and Morphology Edited by Gregg F. Gunnell | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Evolutionary biology | Cambridge Studies in Morphology and Molecules: New Paradigms in Evolutionary Bio, 2

Ecology and conservation | Ecology, Biodiversity and Conservation

Medical Entomology for Students

Evolutionary History of Bats

Entomology

April 2012 228 x 152 mm 300pp 128 b/w illus.  32 colour illus.   978-1-107-66818-8 Paperback c. £30.00 X

Evolution and Belief Confessions of a Religious Paleontologist Robert J. Asher | University of Cambridge

From Chromatin Biology to Therapeutics Edited by Krishnarao Appasani | GeneExpression Systems, Inc.

Epigenomics From Chromatin Biology to Therapeutics

Leading experts from academia, the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries introduce the emerging field of epigenomics, covering a wide range of topics and methods such as basic chromatin biology, imprinting at genome-wide level, and the role of epigenomics in disease biology and epidemiology. • Features contributions from leading experts from academia and the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, covering the role of epigenomics in a range of contexts • Covers basic chromatin biology, imprinting at a genome-wide level, and epigenomics in disease biology and epidemiology, making it a valuable guide for newcomers to the field as well as experienced scientists • Explores historical aspects along with information on assays and sequencing technology, providing an up-to-date overview of the available technological tool kit Ed i t Ed by

Krishnarao appasani

Genetics

Addressing key questions at the intersection of religion and science, this book summarizes some of the latest, compelling evidence that Darwinian Evolution and BEliEf natural selection explains how biodiversity has evolved. Asher draws on his own experiences as both paleontologist and religious believer, arguing that modern science does not rule out religious belief. • Makes an important contribution to the ‘evolution vs. science’ debate, addressing the popular misunderstanding that a scientist cannot be religious • Explains how biologists reach their understanding of evolution using different bodies of evidence, making the topic accessible to anyone with an interest in the field • Argues that scientific inquiry is a subset of rationality, fostering a better appreciation of how it is possible to be rational without necessarily being scientific

May 2012 247 x 174 mm 550pp 100 b/w illus.  24 colour illus.  24 tables   978-1-107-00382-8 Hardback c. £125.00 A

Confessions of a Religious Paleontologist R oBERt J. a shER

Evolutionary biology

February 2012 228 x 152 mm 300pp 31 b/w illus.  3 tables   978-0-521-19383-2 Hardback c. £15.99 G

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 24378.indd 84-85

16/12/2011 15:37


Life sciences

UNIX and Perl to the Rescue! A Field Guide for the Life Sciences (and Other Data-rich Pursuits) Keith Bradnam | University of California, Davis

86

Written in a fun, accessible style, this step-by-step guide teaches non-programmers the key aspects of Unix and Perl. No prior experience is required and new concepts are introduced using code examples for readers to try themselves. Essential reading for those who want to work more effectively with large data sets. • A step-by-step guide that really is step-by-step – makes programming accessible to non-programmers • Written in a fun, lively and engaging style – more approachable than typical books on programming • Includes many code examples – modifying existing programs is a very effective way to learn Genomics, bioinformatics, and systems biology

February 2012 247 x 174 mm 400pp 5 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00068-1 Hardback c. £75.00 A 978-0-521-16982-0 Paperback c. £29.99 P

Genomics and Bioinformatics An Introduction to Programming Tools Tore Samuelsson | Göteborgs Universitet, Sweden

Designed for biologists without programming experience, this textbook provides a hands-on introduction to Unix and Perl tools for bioinformatics. Relevant biological examples are combined with practical computational procedures, teaching students how to proceed from biological problem to bioinformatics solution. An accompanying website provides files, scripts and solutions to end-of-chapter exercises. • Demonstrates the biological motivation behind bioinformatics, with substantial biological background and interesting topics introduced in every chapter • Hands-on guide to performing specific analyses – practical procedures are described and relevant files are available for download at the book’s website • Caters for students without a background in computer science and mathematics – complex mathematics is avoided and programming examples are kept at an introductory level Genomics, bioinformatics, and systems biology

March 2012 246 x 189 mm 300pp 20 b/w illus.  70 colour illus.  23 tables  60 exercises   978-1-107-00856-4 Hardback c. £75.00 A 978-1-107-40124-2 Paperback c. £29.99 X

Molecular Machines in Biology Workshop of the Cell Edited by Joachim Frank | Columbia University, New York

Many essential processes that occur in the cell, including transcription, translation, protein folding and protein degradation, are carried out by molecular machines. This edited volume focuses on important molecular machines whose architecture is known and whose functional principles have been established by tools of biophysical imaging and fluorescence probing. It includes contributions from prominent scientists and researchers who understand and have explored the structure and functions of these machines. • This contributed book deals with the concept of molecular machines and the new techniques that help us better understand cell processes • Edited by Joachim Frank, a world-renowned expert in structural biology Molecular biology, biochemistry, and structural biology

January 2012 279 x 215 mm 272pp 145 b/w illus.  4 tables   978-0-521-19428-0 Hardback £80.00 A

Life sciences / Medicine

A Life Scientist’s Guide to Physical Chemistry

The Circuitry of the Human Spinal Cord

Marc R. Roussel | University of Lethbridge, Alberta

Spinal and Corticospinal Mechanisms of Movement Second edition Emmanuel Pierrot-Deseilligny | Université de Paris VI (Pierre et Marie Curie)

Using only the most straightforward and relevant mathematical tools, this textbook demonstrates how the tools of physical chemistry can be used to illuminate biological questions. It includes more than 350 exercises, along with worked examples and problems at the end of each chapter to encourage active and continuous study. • All applications and exercises relate directly to life sciences systems, contextualizing physical chemistry for life sciences students • More than 350 exercises cover a wide range of biological applications and explain issues that students often find challenging • Problems at the end of each chapter, plus end-of-term review questions, encourage active and continuous study Molecular biology, biochemistry, and structural biology

March 2012 247 x 174 mm 460pp 113 b/w illus.  18 tables  360 exercises   978-1-107-00678-2 Hardback c. £85.00 A 978-0-521-18696-4 Paperback c. £35.00 X

The Role of Biotechnology in a Sustainable Food Supply Edited by Jennie Popp | University of Arkansas

This is a multidisciplinary volume on the use of agricultural biotechnology to provide a sustainable food supply. It will be of great interest to students, professionals and researchers in various fields – from bioengineering, agriculture and ecosystem science, to economics and political science. • Discusses the challenges of providing sustainable food for our evergrowing population • Crosses a number of fields, such as engineering, plant sciences, genetics, economics, policy-making and other social sciences Natural resource management, agriculture, horticulture and forestry

March 2012 253 x 177 mm 300pp 29 b/w illus.  21 tables   978-0-521-19234-7 Hardback c. £55.00 A 978-0-521-15164-1 Paperback c. £29.99 A

Biodiversity in Agriculture Domestication, Evolution, and Sustainability Edited by Paul Gepts | University of California, Davis

Bringing together research from a range of fields including anthropology, archaeology and ecology, this book addresses key questions relating to agriculture. It highlights how these topics can be applied to our understanding of contemporary agriculture, its long-term sustainability and the development of new crops and varieties. • A synthesis of the most recent research results and implications for the origin of crops and domesticated animals • Provides examples of how crop and animal genetic diversity contributes to sustainability of agriculture, enabling a better understanding of the value of genetic diversity • Explores the cultural aspects of the development of agriculture ecosystems, highlighting the wider context Natural resource management, agriculture, horticulture and forestry

February 2012 247 x 174 mm 592pp 111 b/w illus.  10 colour illus.  34 tables   978-0-521-76459-9 Hardback c. £90.00 A 978-0-521-17087-1 Paperback c. £45.00 P

The Circuitry of the

Medicine

Human Spinal Cord Neuroplasticity and Corticospinal Mechanisms

Emmanuel Pierrot-Deseilligny and David Burke

SBA and MTF MCQs for the Primary FRCA James Nickells | Frenchay Hospital, Bristol NHS Trust

From the writers of FRCAQ.com

sBa and mtF mcQs for the

Primary FrCa

This book is written for researchers, clinicians and students in motor control, exercise and sports science and physiotherapy. It focuses on the corticospinal control of spinal cord circuits in human subjects, and how they can be studied, their role in normal movement and how they malfunction in disease states. • Extensive coverage of methodology provides important guidance on reliable use, limitations, results and interpretation • End-of-chapter reviews provide quick access to the most salient points • Chapters are consistently organised, allowing easy navigation and comparison across different spinal pathways

Dedicated to providing exam practice in single best answer and multiple true/false question styles, SBA and MTF MCQs for the Primary FRCA contains 180 multiple choice questions and advice on how to approach revision and sitting the Primary FRCA exam. This is an invaluable tool for Primary FRCA exam preparation. • Handy layout of two exam-style papers aids revision • Long and short explanations enable both greater understanding and quick revision • From the makers of the FRCAQ website – an outstanding exam preparation resource for the Primary FRCA

Neuroscience

Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

April 2012 246 x 189 mm 650pp 127 b/w illus.  9 tables   978-0-521-19258-3 Hardback c. £120.00 A

March 2012 234 x 156 mm 192pp 3 b/w illus.  5 tables   978-1-107-60406-3 Paperback c. £18.99 P

Lime-Trees and Basswoods

Core Topics in Cardiac Anaesthesia

A Biological Monograph of the Genus Tilia Donald Pigott | Lancaster University

Clarifies the notoriously confused and controversial taxonomy of lime trees, presenting data from extensive field studies of natural populations around the world. Detailed descriptions and illustrations are provided for all recognised taxa, along with more general examinations of lime tree ecology, morphology and horticulture. • Simplifies the taxonomy of a notoriously confusing genus, providing stable and reliable names for biology, horticulture and forestry • Presents taxonomic analyses and data in accessible form, allowing judgement of the taxonomic revision with the aim of achieving stability • Covers biology, ecology and geographical distribution of lime trees, providing a valuable resource for future research Plant science

March 2012 276 x 219 mm 336pp 314 b/w illus.   978-0-521-84054-5 Hardback c. £80.00 A

James Nickells, BeNJamiN WaltoN and the FRcaQ WRiteRs GRoup

Second edition Edited by Jonathan H. Mackay | Papworth Hospital NHS Foundation Trust

87

Core Topics in

Cardiac Anesthesia Edited by Jonathan H. Mackay and Joseph E. Arrowsmith

Core Topics in Cardiac Anaesthesia, Second Edition is a comprehensive and practical clinical text reviewing all aspects of the pre-, intra- and post-operative care of cardiac patients. This fully updated new edition is essential reading for residents and fellows in anaesthesia and cardiac surgery, clinical perfusionists and critical care nurses. • Reviews all aspects of patient care, from relevant anatomy, pharmacology and pre-op assessment to cardiac OR procedures and cardiac critical care • Concise chapters give readers essential information without repetition, making this an invaluable quick reference resource • An international team of contributors give a broad spectrum of best practice Second edition

Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

Advances in Irrigation Agronomy Plantation Crops M. K. V. Carr | Cranfield University, UK

Advances in Irrigation Agronomy

February 2012 246 x 189 mm 480pp 248 b/w illus.  91 colour illus.   978-0-521-19685-7 Hardback c. £65.00 P

Plantation Crops M. K. V. CArr

Recognising the need for a coherent and accessible review of international irrigation research, this book examines the factors influencing water productivity in individual crops. It focuses on nine key plantation/industrial crops on which millions of people in the tropics and subtropics depend for their livelihoods. • Identifies opportunities to improve the productivity of water, providing a valuable resource for planners, irrigation engineers, agronomists and producers • Links crop physiology, agronomy and irrigation practices within the context of the international need to improve water productivity in agriculture • Examines nine key plantation/industrial crops on which millions of people in the tropics and subtropics depend for their livelihoods Plant science

May 2012 247 x 174 mm 360pp 82 b/w illus.  32 colour illus.  8 tables   978-1-107-01247-9 Hardback c. £65.00 A

Essentials of Trauma Anesthesia Edited by Albert J. Varon | University of Miami Miller School of Medicine

Trauma is the leading cause of death among Essentials of children, adolescents and young adults in the USA. Trauma Anesthesia Covering the most important topics in trauma Edited by Albert J. Varon and Charles E. Smith anesthesia and edited by two highly experienced trauma anesthesiologists, Essentials of Trauma Anesthesia provides anesthesiology trainees and practitioners with a solid foundation for managing trauma patients. • Covers the essential aspects of the care of severely injured patients, guiding anesthesiology trainees and practising anesthesiologists in the best care for these patients • Written and edited by an expert team of anesthesiologists, providing perspectives from major trauma centers in the US and Canada • The concise, practical approach makes this an ideal quick-reference guide to current anesthetic practice in trauma patients Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

June 2012 234 x 156 mm 225pp 75 b/w illus.  20 tables   978-1-107-60256-4 Paperback c. £38.00 P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 24378.indd 86-87

16/12/2011 15:37


Medicine

88

Medicine

Adult and Paediatric ALS

First FRCR Anatomy

Self-assessment in Resuscitation Charles Deakin | Southampton University Hospital Trust

Questions and Answers John Curtis | University Hospital Aintree

Adult and Paediatric ALS: Self-assessment in Resuscitation puts current resuscitation guidelines into a practical context, providing a complete overview of all aspects of advanced life support and resuscitation in adults and children, in a question-and-answer format. An essential resource for those undertaking ALS training or refreshing their ALS skills. • Contains the most current recommendations in ALS – the 2010 Resuscitation Council (UK) Guidelines • Colour photos aid learning and enable quick association with the actual practice of ALS • Questions are based on real-life scenarios, making them highly relevant learning tools

First FRCR Anatomy: Questions and Answers provides eight test papers covering all imaging modalities, modelled on the Royal College of Radiologists’ anatomy exam. Written by consultant radiologists and recent successful FRCR candidates, the questions and detailed clinical answers are the perfect revision tool. An essential resource for all FRCR candidates. • Eight test papers with over 100 exam-style questions closely replicate the format of the First FRCR anatomy exam • Extended answers provide detailed clinical information of value for both the exam and daily clinical practice • Written by a team of highly experienced consultants and trainees who have recently passed their exams, including teachers from the renowned Aintree FRCR revision courses

Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

March 2012 246 x 189 mm 144pp 42 b/w illus.  71 colour illus.   978-1-107-61630-1 Paperback c. £29.99 P

Anesthesia

for Spine Anesthesia for Spine Surgery is now recognized as Surgery a distinct sub-specialty. All aspects of anesthetic Ehab Farag management are reviewed in detail, including preoperative assessment and postoperative care. Each spine surgical procedure is discussed; both adult and pediatric patients are evaluated. Essential reading for trainee and practising anesthesiologists, neuroanesthsiologists and spine surgeons. • The first comprehensive review of spine surgery anesthesia available • Highly illustrated with black and white and color images • Anesthetic management of both the pediatric patient and the adult patient • Written by world-renowned clinicians ensuring an up-to-date, authoritative text EDITED BY

Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

April 2012 246 x 189 mm 525pp 270 b/w illus.  50 colour illus.   978-1-107-00531-0 Hardback c. £70.00 P

Essential Values-Based Practice Clinical Stories Linking Science with People K. W. M. Fulford | University of Warwick

The most likely reason for unsatisfactory clinical consultations is a failure of values-based practice – not ascertaining the relevant values perspectives and acting on them in an appropriate manner. This book will help clinicians acquire and develop the processes and skills of valuesbased practice, improving outcomes for patients, carers and clinicians. • Describes the principles and the application of values-based practice within the context of real clinical scenarios • Shows how a values-based approach complements an evidence-based approach to optimize clinical outcomes • Is supported by a website containing additional exercises and training resources General medicine | Values-Based Medicine

March 2012 246 x 189 mm 288pp 43 b/w illus.   978-0-521-53025-5 Paperback c. £35.00 P

Medical imaging

February 2012 234 x 156 mm 240pp 160 b/w illus.   978-1-107-67949-8 Paperback c. £27.50 P

Anesthesia for Spine Surgery Edited by Ehab Farag | Cleveland Clinic Foundation

Essential Evidence-Based Psychopharmacology

Despite greater emphasis on cross-sectional imaging techniques such as CT and MR, practical knowledge of fluoroscopy remains essential for radiologists. Practical Fluoroscopy of the GI and GU Tracts covers everything a radiology trainee or experienced radiologist needs to know about these procedures in a reader-friendly, highly illustrated volume. • Gives practical tips and advice and guides readers through problems and pitfalls • Contains focused discussion of important clinical and radiographic findings and differential diagnoses ensure that the text is practical and reader friendly • Carefully annotated, high quality figures provide a superb atlas of major findings and abnormalities Medical imaging

January 2012 276 x 219 mm 272pp 602 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00180-0 Hardback c. £85.00 P

Emergency Cross-sectional Radiology

Daniel Y. F. Chung, Dipanjali Mondal, Erskine J. Holmes and Rakesh Misra

February 2012 234 x 156 mm 256pp 200 b/w illus.   978-0-521-27953-6 Paperback c. £34.00 P

Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

Many of us are struck by major trauma sometime in our lives. This inspiring book identifies ten key ways to weather and bounce back from stress and trauma. Incorporating the latest scientific research and interviews with trauma survivors, it provides a practical guide to building emotional, mental and physical resilience. • Covers ten key resilience factors, optimism, moral compass, role models, religion and physical training, bringing hope and inspiration for overcoming adversity • First-person interviews with trauma survivors enable learning from real-life examples of how to face your fears, gain strength and grow as a result of difficult experiences • Provides recommendations for building resilience based on sound scientific knowledge

March 2012 234 x 156 mm 336pp 3 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00795-6 Hardback c. £90.00 A 978-1-107-40010-8 Paperback c. £45.00 P

May 2012 234 x 156 mm 285pp 978-0-521-19563-8 Paperback c. £14.99

Edited by Dan J. Stein, Bernard Lerer, and Stephen M. Stahl

Presents up-to-date, comprehensive reviews of the psychopharmacological evidence-base for each of the major psychiatric disorders. The content has been fully updated and includes new chapters on personality disorders, nicotine and alcohol dependence. Essential for all practising and trainee clinicians, in a mental health setting or a less specialized environment. • Explains what we know and what we do not know, helping readers to understand the next steps for the field • Focuses on the evidence-base to facilitate informed decision making • Summarizes and clarifies a rapidly expanding literature base

BIPOLAR II DISORDER MODELLING, MEASURING AND MANAGING

Second Edition

The new, expanded and updated second edition of this academic and clinical management review discusses every stage of bipolar II disorder, focusing on the critical topic of management. Essential reading for all health professionals managing mood disorders as well as for patients seeking information about their condition and treatment options. • Chapters feature two voices – academic reviews and clinical management advice from international experts giving two perspectives on the topic • The only book solely focusing on bipolar II disorder and the clinical management of this seriously debilitating condition • New chapters cover comorbidity and personality styles and distinguishing bipolar II disorder from other conditions with similar clinical features • More clinical management models and management commentaries Edited by Gordon Parker

April 2012 234 x 156 mm 304pp 8 b/w illus.   978-1-107-60089-8 Paperback c. £45.00 P

Brain Stimulation in Psychiatry ECT, DBS, TMS and Other Modalities Charles H. Kellner | Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York

The field of brain stimulation is advancing at rapid pace with a growing number of techniques now approved for the treatment of psychiatric illness. This text acts both as a concise, quick reference for experienced practitioners and a guidebook for residents learning about clinical brain stimulation techniques. • Provides ‘how-to’ information, functioning as a manual suitable for practitioners at all levels • Clear, easy-to-navigate layout makes the text useful for quick reference in the treatment suite • Includes a theoretical overview of each treatment modality, succinctly summarising the relevant literature Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

April 2012 234 x 156 mm 160pp 16 b/w illus.   978-0-521-17255-4 Paperback c. £40.00 P

89

Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

In addition to radiologists, a wide range of clinicians now need to interpret cross-sectional scans of the acutely ill patient. Emergency CrossSectional Radiology is a highly illustrated rapid reference for emergency medicine physicians, surgeons, acute care physicians, radiologists and any healthcare professional involved in acute care. • Provides different perspectives from a variety of specialty physicians involved in emergency diagnosis • A short introduction explains the basic principles of CT, MRI and ultrasound • Conditions are explained in bullet-point format, providing easy access to salient information Medical imaging

Second Edition

Modelling, Measuring and Managing Second edition Edited by Gordon Parker | University of New South Wales, Sydney

A Primer on Technique and Interpretation Marc S. Levine | University of Pennsylvania

Daniel Y. F. Chung | John Radcliffe Hospital, Oxford

The Science of Mastering Life’s Greatest Challenges Steven M. Southwick | Yale University School of Medicine

Second edition Edited by Dan Stein | University of Cape Town

Bipolar II Disorder

Practical Fluoroscopy of the GI and GU Tracts

Emergency CrossSectional Radiology

Resilience Essential Evidence-Based Psychopharmacology

P

Common Movement Disorders Pitfalls Case-Based Learning Alberto J. Espay | Department of Neurology, University of Cincinnati Neuroscience Institute

The many powerful lessons in this case-based book will help readers appreciate movement disorders diagnoses missed, movements difficult to characterize, tests inappropriately interpreted, and treatments incorrectly chosen. Organized in nine chapters, each case conveys a specific set of clinical pearls on diagnostic or therapeutic issues. • Includes the most common movement disorders encountered by practising neurologists – will be immediately relevant to all trainees • Case-based approach to learning – allows wide coverage of conditions, highlighting the particular aspect of each condition that commonly causes difficulty • Questions addressed to the reader – maintains interest and heightens the real-life feel of the book • Well-illustrated, including patient material, radiographic studies and video content – will help clinicians detect and identify characteristic abnormalities Neurology and clinical neuroscience

February 2012 246 x 189 mm 136pp 69 b/w illus.  17 tables   978-0-521-14796-5 Paperback c. £45.00 P

Stroke Syndromes Third edition Edited by Louis R. Caplan | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston

The first two editions of Stroke Syndromes were widely welcomed as authoritative reference works in stroke assessment and diagnosis. A comprehensive survey of all types of neurological, neurophysiological and other clinical dysfunction due to stroke, this revised and updated edition remains the definitive guide to stroke patterns and syndromes. • Well illustrated and heavily referenced, offering a comprehensive survey of all aspects of dysfunction due to stroke • Emphasizes modern diagnosis and treatment • Edited by leading international authorities in stroke medicine Neurology and clinical neuroscience

May 2012 276 x 219 mm 450pp 306 b/w illus.  32 colour illus.  50 tables   978-1-107-01886-0 Hardback c. £125.00 P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 24378.indd 88-89

16/12/2011 15:37


Medicine

Traumatic Brain and Spinal Cord Injury Challenges and Developments Edited by Cristina Morganti-Kossmann | National Trauma Research Institute, Monash University, Melbourne

90

Medicine

Traumatic Brain and Spinal Cord Injury Challenges and Developments

Edited by Eric Jauniaux | Academic Department of Obstetrics & Gynaecology, University College London Institute for Women’s Health, London

EditEd by:

Cristina Morganti-Kossmann Ramesh Raghupathi Andrew Maas

This volume comprehensively covers the medical and pathological issues related to neurotrauma and its often devastating consequences. Written by globally renowned experts in the field, neurosurgeons, neurologists, intensive care physicians, rehabilitative physicians and laboratory scientists will find this book invaluable to update their knowledge for clinical practice or research purposes. • Advanced knowledge is presented in a manner that will be accessible to trainees as well as experts in the field • The globally renowned contributing authors all write from personal experiences in the clinic and the lab • Each chapter begins with background information on pathophysiology to ensure the fundamentals are clear before new therapeutic methods are presented Neurology and clinical neuroscience

April 2012 246 x 189 mm 384pp 160 b/w illus.  32 colour illus.   978-1-107-00743-7 Hardback c. £75.00 P

A Guide for Clinicians Nicholas Wood

As we obtain a fuller, more complex picture of the genes giving rise to neurological disease, a coherent volume for neurologists is essential. This book provides an up-to-date overview of current knowledge and discusses the major and substantial points relevant to various neurological diseases. • Clinical application of neurogenetics – neurological diseases are crossreferenced to clinical implications • Selected illustrations are used to supplement and enhance the text • Written by international leaders in the field, giving an authoritative and informed perspective Neurology and clinical neuroscience

March 2012 246 x 189 mm 248pp 28 b/w illus.   978-0-521-54372-9 Paperback c. £45.00 P

Eric R. M. Jauniaux and botros R. M. b. Rizk

This is the first book dedicated to pregnancies arising from assisted reproductive technologies (ART). Chapters cover the most important management issues, including gynaecological, genetic and obstetric complications. A timely, practical and evidence-based guide, this is essential reading for reproductive and maternal-fetal specialists as well as general obstetricians and gynaecologists. • Chapters written by experts in ART pregnancies, providing accurate evidence-based information in a comprehensive and fully integrated way • Includes new techniques such as intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI) • Presents and discusses the risks and complications associated with ART before and during pregnancy such as failure of treatment, ovarian hyperstimulation, risk of multiple pregnancy and possibility of ectopic pregnancy

A key text for all those involved in the screening and management of women with cervical cytological abnormalities. All chapters have been updated with the latest nomenclature, staging, classification and treatment guidelines, as well as new material on HPV testing and vaccination. Full-colour illustrations and flow-diagrams enhance the text throughout. • A concise, practical guide, with take-home messages for each chapter • Colour illustrations and flow diagrams aid quick and accurate treatment of patients • Written by leading gynaecologists and gynaecological oncologists, offering a definitive guide based on international experience

Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

Spencer’s Pathology of the Lung

Atlas of Oocytes, Zygotes and Embryos in Reproductive Medicine Marc Van den Bergh | Fertility Laboratory, Kantonsspital Baden

Atlas of Oocytes Zygotes and Embryos in Reproductive Medicine Marc Van den Bergh Kay Elder Thomas Ebner

An important resource for clinical embryologists and physicians in reproductive medicine, this atlas presents over 1000 high-quality images of oocytes, zygotes and embryos from ICSI cases, with complete medical history and final outcome. All images in the book can be downloaded from the accompanying CD-ROM. • Describes 100 clinically documented case studies, which can facilitate learning from daily practice • High-quality images provide an overview of a complete gamete cohort, showing up to five days of preimplantation development at one glance • Clear descriptions enable the reader to compare their own judgement with the authors’ experiences April 2012 276 x 219 mm 262pp 790 colour illus.   978-1-107-00464-1 Mixed media product c. £85.00

P

Clinical Trials in

Neurology Clinical Trials in Neurology provides the tools to Design, Conduct, Analysis enhance the development of new treatments for neurologic diseases through introducing the reader to key concepts underpinning trials in the neurosciences. This comprehensive guide is essential reading for neurologists, psychiatrists, neurosurgeons, neuroscientists, statisticians and clinical researchers in the pharmaceutical industry. • Helps readers to understand key regulatory requirements and allows for planning of successful clinical trials • Aims to enhance the development of new treatments for neurological diseases • Definitive single source of information on neurological clinical trials including the basics of clinical trials design and the issue faced when studying neurologic disorders EDITED BY:

Bernard Ravina Jeffrey Cummings Michael McDermott Michael Poole

April 2012 246 x 189 mm 400pp 49 b/w illus.   978-0-521-76259-5 Hardback c. £60.00 P

E d i t E d by

A Practical Guide Second edition Mahmood Shafi | Department of Obstetrics & Gynaecology, Addenbrooke’s Hospital, Cambridge

Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

April 2012 246 x 189 mm 112pp 12 b/w illus.  120 colour illus.  9 tables   978-1-107-66782-2 Paperback c. £39.00 P

Sixth edition Edited by Philip Hasleton | University of Manchester

Fully rewritten and updated, Spencer’s Pathology of the Lung, 6th edition, follows in its predecessors’ footsteps as the gold-standard textbook of pulmonary diseases. All recognized pulmonary diseases are discussed and illustrated with high-quality color images. Each chapter includes clear, practical concise diagnostic features, while rare entities are discussed in detail. • Authoritative reference text on non-neoplastic and neoplastic lung diseases, written by leading world experts • Extensive high-quality color illustrations aid understanding and diagnosis of common and rare diseases • Thoroughly reworked new edition, including new classification schemes and clinical, radiographic, pathogenetic and molecular coverage of all recognized lung diseases

Lung and Mediastinum Cytohistology Syed Ali | The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine

Provides comprehensive coverage of lung and mediastinal cytopathology, including fine needle aspiration, exfoliative cytology, and core needle biopsies. The full spectrum of tumor, hyperplasia, infectious and inflammatory disorders is covered, with over 500 printed photomicrographs and a CD-ROM offering all images in a downloadable format. An important resource for anatomic pathologists. • Covers findings from the light microscope, correlative radiological findings, and immunohistochemical, genetic, molecular and other diagnostic modalities • Richly illustrated with over 500 high-quality colour images, and a CDROM contains all images in a downloadable format • Discusses the full spectrum of inflammatory disorders, infectious diseases and hyperplasias, with a focus on malignant tumors

91

Pathology and laboratory science | Cytohistology of Small Tissue Samples

February 2012 276 x 219 mm 272pp 500 colour illus.  20 tables   978-0-521-51658-7 Hardback c. £110.00 P

MRCS Revision Guide Limbs and Spine Mazyar Kanani | Cardiac Unit, Great Ormond Street Hospital for Children, London

This concise, handy pocketbook presents a structured approach to revising for the MRCS Part B examination. The detailed question-andanswer format and easy-to-follow chapters equip candidates with confidence in exam technique. This quick reference guide in a portable format is essential for busy surgical trainees. • A handy essential; a new, definitive and up-to-date MRCS revision guide • Detailed model question-and-answer format will improve the reader’s exam technique • Covers both general and specialty-specific aspects of the MRCS examination

Pathology and laboratory science

Surgery

August 2012 276 x 219 mm 1600pp 400 b/w illus.  1600 colour illus.   978-0-521-50995-4 2 Part Set c. £190.00 P

February 2012 234 x 156 mm 128pp 33 b/w illus.   978-0-521-13976-2 Paperback c. £27.99 P

Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

Clinical Trials in Neurology

Neurology and clinical neuroscience

Colposcopy Pregnancy After Assisted Reproductive technology

April 2012 246 x 189 mm 240pp 100 b/w illus.  32 colour illus.  20 tables   978-1-107-00647-8 Hardback c. £65.00 P

Neurogenetics

Design, Conduct, Analysis Edited by Bernard Ravina | Department of Neurology, University of Rochester School of Medicine

Pregnancy After Assisted Reproductive Technology

Maternal Obesity The Effects of Obesity and Metabolic Syndrome on Fertility and Reproductive Success Edited by Matthew W. Gillman | Harvard Medical School

maternal Obesit y

Obesity during pregnancy adversely influences the health of both mother and child, with consequences that may last a lifetime. This book presents up-to-date research findings and clinical advice, including recommendations for weight management. Essential for all healthcare professionals caring for pregnant women and infants, and researchers interested in these issues. • Written and edited by international experts to ensure a global view of this global problem • Presents essential findings from many research areas in one volume, including trends and determinants, maternal and child outcomes, and basic, clinical and population perspectives • Provides insight into the ‘developmental programming’ hypothesis, helping readers understand the legacy of maternal obesity for the developing child Edited by Matthew W. Gillman and Lucilla Poston

Body Fluid Cytohistology Edited by Claire W. Michael | University of Michigan School of Medicine

A comprehensive review of effusion pathology, with extensive color illustrations, correlating cytologic findings with cell blocks and surgical pathology follow-up. Dedicated chapters cover immunocytochemistry, molecular diagnostic features and core biopsies. With a CD-ROM offering a downloadable version of all images, this is an important resource for practising and trainee pathologists. • Each chapter concludes with 4-5 vignettes of interesting or unusual cases and a short discussion of special studies, providing a practicebased learning format • Reviews the processing techniques useful for body fluids, helping pathologists understand the advantages and pitfalls of each technique • Bullet points and tables of significant features enable the practising and trainee pathologist to quickly identify important information Pathology and laboratory science | Cytohistology of Small Tissue Samples

April 2012 276 x 219 mm 288pp 500 b/w illus.  20 tables   978-0-521-49341-3 Hardback c. £95.00 P

Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

May 2012 246 x 189 mm 352pp 130 b/w illus.  32 colour illus.   978-1-107-00396-5 Hardback c. £65.00 P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 24378.indd 90-91

16/12/2011 15:37


Index

Index

0-9 1967 Arab-Israeli War, The............................66

A

92

Abiteboul, Serge...........................................72 Accounting for Ministers...............................34 Achieving Nuclear Ambitions........................38 Active Faults of the World.............................78 Adeyeye, Adefolake O...................................46 Adult and Paediatric ALS..............................88 Advanced Gravitational Wave Detectors........79 Advanced Optical Wireless Communication Systems............................81 Advanced Solid State Physics........................73 Advances in Irrigation Agronomy..................87 African Genesis............................................83 Afroasiatic Languages, The...........................17 After War Ends.............................................23 Agócs, Peter...................................................6 Aguilar, Adriana Fabra..................................48 Aihara, Kunia...............................................82 Akhavan, Payam...........................................50 Akhutina, Tatiana V.......................................31 Algebraic Shift Register Sequences...............69 Ali, Syed.......................................................91 Allen, Martin................................................57 Alterman, Ronald.........................................89 Amenhotep III................................................4 America’s Economic Way of War...................58 American Political Economy in Global Perspective................................................34 Ancient Forgiveness........................................5 Anderson, Clare...........................................65 Andersson, Bengt.........................................80 Andersson, Ronnie.......................................80 Anduiza, Eva................................................36 Anesthesia for Spine Surgery........................88 Anjum, Ovamir.............................................66 Annavaram, Murali.......................................81 Anthony, Martin...........................................69 Antonyms in English.....................................18 Appasani, Krishnarao...................................85 Appleby, Gabrielle........................................46 Archaeology of China, The............................30 Archer, Margaret S........................................29 Architecture in Giotto’s Paintings, The.............1 Architecture of the Sacred..............................1 Arena, Richard.............................................43 Arithmetic Differential Operators over the p-adic Integers..........................................68 Armit, Ian.....................................................31 Arms and the University...............................40 Armstrong, Chris..........................................40 Armstrong, David.........................................39 Armytage, Livingston....................................49 Arnon, Shlomi..............................................81 Aroney, Nicholas..........................................46 Arov, Damir Z...............................................69 Arrowsmith, Joseph E...................................87 Art of Biography in Antiquity, The....................8 Asher, Robert J.............................................85 Astrophysical Jets and Beams.......................79 At Home and Under Fire...............................57 Atlas of Oocytes, Zygotes and Embryos in Reproductive Medicine..............................90 Attridge, Derek.............................................15 Attwell, David..............................................15 Auerswald, David P.......................................57 Australian English Pronunciation and Transcription..............................................19

Australian Intellectual Property Law..............51 Authoritarian Rule of Law.............................56 Automotive Control Systems.........................81 Avgouleas, Emilios.......................................47

B Baines, Beverley...........................................52 Ballets Russes and Beyond, The......................4 Barak-Erez, Daphne......................................52 Barak, Aharon..............................................46 Barnes, Michael S. J......................................26 Barriga, Stefan.............................................54 Barry, John...................................................81 Bartusis, Mark C...........................................60 Basic Minimum, The.....................................23 Bassin, Mark................................................16 Bauer, Dale..................................................14 Baum, Harald...............................................47 Beard, Daniel A............................................80 Beautiful Mathematics.................................70 Bedrossian, Carlos W. M...............................91 Bekkerman, Ron...........................................73 Belgium and the Congo, 1885–1980............59 Bell, Karl......................................................58 Benelli, Francesco...........................................1 Beramendi, Pablo.........................................36 Berkooz, Gahl..............................................74 Berkowitz, Beth A.........................................24 Berlinski, Samuel..........................................34 Berman, Paul Schiff......................................52 Bertelli, Anthony Michael..............................33 Bettinger, Robert L........................................86 Bewley-Taylor, David R..................................37 Beyond Prejudice..........................................32 Bhattacharya, Abhishek................................72 Bhattacharya, Rabi.......................................72 Biggam, C. P.................................................18 Bilenko, Mikhail............................................73 Bimber, Bruce...............................................33 Biodiversity in Agriculture.............................86 Biodiversity in Dead Wood............................85 Bioethics......................................................83 Biosimulation...............................................80 Bipolar II Disorder........................................89 Bitangential Direct and Inverse Problems for Systems of Integral and Differential Equations..................................................69 Black Holes in Higher Dimensions.................74 Blair, D. G.....................................................79 Blair, Roger D...............................................44 Boas, Ulrik...................................................82 Boatwright, Mary T.........................................8 Bob, Clifford.................................................36 Bock, Adam J................................................27 Body Fluid Cytohistology..............................91 Boland, Marguerite........................................3 Bolte, Jens....................................................71 Borch, Christian............................................29 Bordo, Michael D..........................................43 Bosher, Kathryn..............................................7 Bossomaier, Terry..........................................83 Boudet, Hilary..............................................33 Bradnam, Keith............................................86 Brain Stimulation in Psychiatry......................89 Braiterman, Zachary.....................................25 Brand, Paul..................................................53 Bray, Judith..................................................48 Brekke, Torkel...............................................26 Brice Heath, Shirley......................................20 Brodersen, Kai................................................5

Bromley, James M.........................................12 Brousseau, Eric.............................................43 Brown, David C............................................82 Brummer, Chris.............................................49 Brush, Stephen B..........................................86 Buddhist Funeral Cultures of Southeast Asia and China..........................................25 Buforn, Elisa.................................................78 Building Democracy in Japan........................34 Bulmer-Thomas, Victor..................................68 Bunge, Marcia J............................................27 Buoyancy-Driven Flows.................................77 Burdett, Anita L. P.........................................63 Burke, Anthony.............................................38 Burke, David.................................................87 Bushkovitch, Paul.........................................65 Business of War, The.....................................62 Bussell, Jennifer............................................36

C Caddy, Davinia...............................................4 Çakmakci, Melih..........................................81 Cambridge Companion to American Fiction after 1945, The...............................14 Cambridge Companion to Arvo Pärt, The.........3 Cambridge Companion to Choral Music, The...2 Cambridge Companion to Creative Writing, The...............................................13 Cambridge Companion to Existentialism, The.22 Cambridge Companion to Fantasy Literature, The............................................13 Cambridge Companion to International Law, The....................................................55 Cambridge Companion to Mario Vargas Llosa, The..................................................16 Cambridge Companion to Modern Indian Culture, The...............................................15 Cambridge Companion to Modern Russian Culture, The..................................16 Cambridge Companion to Popular Fiction, The...........................................................13 Cambridge Companion to Religious Studies, The...............................................26 Cambridge Companion to Thomas Pynchon, The.............................................14 Cambridge Handbook of Cognitive Science, The...............................................22 Cambridge Handbook of Language Policy, The...........................................................20 Cambridge Handbook of Psycholinguistics, The...........................................................31 Cambridge History of American Women’s Literature, The............................................14 Cambridge History of Jewish Philosophy, The.25 Cambridge History of Musical Performance, The.........................................2 Cambridge History of Philosophy in the Nineteenth Century (1790–1870)..............21 Cambridge History of Religions in America, The.............................................58 Cambridge History of Science, The.................68 Cambridge History of South African Literature, The............................................15 Cambridge History of the Cold War, The........67 Cambridge History of the English Novel, The.13 Cambridge History of Victorian Literature, The...........................................................10 Cambridge Introduction to Byron, The.............9 Cambridge Introduction to Christopher Marlowe, The.............................................12

Cambridge Introduction to George Orwell, The...........................................................11 Cambridge Introduction to Milton, The..........13 Cambridge Introduction to the Eighteenth-Century Novel, The.....................9 Cambridge Shakespeare Guide, The..............12 Camosy, Charles C........................................26 Campbell, Colton C......................................57 Cantrill, David..............................................77 Capinski, Marek...........................................72 Capital Asset Pricing Model in the 21st Century, The..............................................42 Caplan, Louis R............................................89 Carey, Chris....................................................6 Carr, M. K. V..................................................87 Carroll, Heidi................................................88 Caserio, Robert L..........................................13 Caspard, Nathalie........................................70 Catholicism and the Shaping of Nineteenth-Century America......................59 Cenedese, Claudia........................................77 Charalabopoulos, Nikos G...............................8 Charles Dickens and ‘Boz’.............................10 Charney, Dennis S.........................................89 Charupat, Narat...........................................42 Chassignet, Eric............................................77 Chaumont, Loïc............................................68 Chave, Alan..................................................77 Chemla, Karine...............................................6 Chen, Morgan J............................................82 Chen, Xingcan..............................................30 Cherry, Kevin M..............................................5 Chhieng, David C..........................................91 Children, Adults, and Shared Responsibilities.27 Childress, III, Donald Earl..............................55 Chinese and Indian Strategic Behavior..........38 Chinese Arts and Crafts..................................1 Chinese Characters......................................18 Chinese Kung Fu..........................................64 Chinese Literature........................................15 Chinese Martial Arts.....................................63 Chinese Philosophy......................................21 Chinese Publishing.......................................64 Chinese Sculpture..........................................1 Chinese Tea..................................................64 Chinese Theater...........................................17 Chlup, Radek..................................................6 Chmutov, S...................................................71 Chomsky, Noam...........................................18 Choral Fantasies.............................................2 Christensen, Jørn B.......................................82 Chu, Winson................................................60 Chung, Daniel Y. F.........................................88 Circuitry of the Human Spinal Cord, The........87 City and the Coming Climate, The.................76 Civil Liberties, National Security and Prospects for Consensus............................50 Clash of Economic Ideas, The........................43 Clerman, Norman S......................................73 Clinical Trials in Neurology............................90 Coates, John................................................71 Coggon, John...............................................54 Cohen, Brigid.................................................3 Collective Action in Organizations.................33 Collective Rights..........................................49 Colposcopy..................................................91 Commercial Law..........................................46 Common Movement Disorders Pitfalls...........89 Comparative Constitutional Design...............46 Comparative Politics.....................................35 Complicity in the Holocaust..........................59

Composition of the Gospel of Thomas, The....24 Compressed Sensing....................................81 Computational Fluid Dynamics for Engineers.80 Computer-Assisted Language Learning.........17 Conant, Jonathan.........................................61 Conciliarism.................................................25 Concise History of Canada, A........................65 Concise History of New Zealand, A...............63 Concise History of Russia, A..........................65 Concise History of the United States of America, A................................................58 Condorcet: Political Writings.........................41 Confucianism and Democratization in East Asia..........................................................34 Congress and the Politics of National Security.....................................................57 Connolly, Marie............................................29 Conrad, Joseph............................................11 Conrad, Margaret.........................................65 Constantin, Adrian.......................................70 Constructing Intellectual Property.................51 Construction of the Heavens, The..................80 Contemporary Politics in Australia.................33 Continental Drift Controversy: Evolution into Plate Tectonics, The.............................76 Continental Drift Controversy: Wegener and the Early Debate, The..........................76 Continuum Mechanics in the Earth Sciences..78 Cook, Ian.....................................................33 Cooper, Andrew B.........................................84 Cooper, Cary................................................28 Cordonier Segger, Marie-Claire.....................55 Core Topics in Cardiac Anaesthesia...............87 Corporate Governance and Initial Public Offerings...................................................28 Corporate Social Responsibility of Multinational Corporations in Developing Countries................................46 Corruption and Reform in India....................36 Cosmology and the Polis................................7 Cottingham, John.........................................22 Course in Model Theory, A............................70 Cox, Felicity..................................................19 Craniofacial Identification.............................83 Crawford, James...........................................55 Credibility and the International Monetary Regime.....................................................43 Credibility of Transnational NGOs, The...........38 Cresswell, M. J..............................................20 Croft, Stuart.................................................38 Cross-Cultural Exchange in the Atlantic World........................................................64 Crotts, Arlin..................................................80 Crowell, Steven............................................22 Cultural Foundations of Learning..................31 Cummings, Jeffrey........................................90 Curtis, John..................................................88

D Dabbah, Maher M........................................45 Dalmia, Vasudha..........................................15 Dalsgaard, Inger H........................................14 Damania, Ardeshir B.....................................86 Damelin, Steven B........................................71 Dana, David A..............................................56 Dancygier, Barbara.......................................18 Data and Evidence in Linguistics...................19 Davies, Laurence..........................................11 Davison, Mark..............................................51 de Jong, Irene J. F...........................................8

de Ligt, Luuk..................................................4 de Quadros, Andre.........................................2 Deakin, Charles............................................88 Decoding Organization.................................28 Defining Jewish Difference............................24 Delgado, Maria M.........................................16 Demshuk, Andrew........................................59 Dendrimers, Dendrons, and Dendritic Polymers...................................................82 Deng, Jinhui.................................................15 Density Ratio Estimation in Machine Learning....................................................72 Derivative Action in Asia, The........................47 Design and Analysis of Long-term Ecological Monitoring Studies....................84 Devaney, Anthony J.......................................74 Devenney, James..........................................46 Devetak, Richard..........................................38 Dewan, Torun...............................................34 Dicke, Marcel...............................................84 Dickinson, Rob.............................................50 Dickson, Tracey.............................................57 Digital Media and Political Engagement Worldwide................................................36 Digital Satellite Navigation and Geophysics...82 Dirst, Matthew...............................................3 Discrete Models of Financial Markets............72 Dixon, John..................................................32 Dobranski, Stephen B...................................13 Domínguez-Rodrigo, Manuel........................30 Dorsey, Dale.................................................23 Dowding, Keith......................................34, 40 Downs, Donald Alexander.............................40 Downsizing..................................................28 Dubois, Michel.............................................81 Dueck, Daniela...............................................5 Dumper, Michael..........................................50 Dunn, Andrew..............................................88 Duvall, John N..............................................14 Duzhin, S......................................................71 Dyer, Justin Buckley......................................32 Dym, Clive L.................................................82 Dym, Harry...................................................69 Dynamic Modeling and Applications in Global Economic Analysis..........................41

93

E Earth, The.....................................................76 Ebner, Thomas..............................................90 Eckert, Astrid M............................................60 Ecology of Plant Secondary Metabolites, The.84 Economic Development................................41 Economic Development in the Americas since 1500................................................67 Economic History of the Caribbean since the Napoleonic Wars, The...........................68 Ehrendorfer, Martin......................................71 Eldar, Yonina C.............................................81 Elder, Kay.....................................................90 Electronic Signatures in Law.........................48 Ellinas, Antonis A..........................................37 Elliott Carter Studies.......................................3 Ellis, Christopher..........................................32 Emergency Cross-Sectional Radiology...........88 Emperor and the World, The............................6 Encyclopedia of Australian Architecture, The....1 End-of-Life Decisions in Medical Care...........54 Enders, Walter..............................................44 Enduring Injustice.........................................40 Engaging Bach...............................................3

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 24378.indd 92-93

16/12/2011 15:37


Index

94

Index

Engaging Haydn.............................................2 Engerman, Stanley L.....................................67 Engineering Design......................................82 Ennaji, Mohammed......................................66 Enumerative Combinatorics..........................69 Environmental Discourses in Public and International Law......................................56 Environmental History of Ancient Greece and Rome, An..............................................5 Epigenomics.................................................85 Epstein, James..............................................58 Ericksen, Robert P.........................................59 Erickson, Martin...........................................70 Esotericism and the Academy.......................26 Espay, Alberto J............................................89 Essential Evidence-Based Psychopharmacology.................................89 Essential Values-Based Practice.....................88 Essentials of Hamiltonian Dynamics..............74 Essentials of Trauma Anesthesia....................87 Ethical Problems and Genetics Practice.........53 Ethics and War.............................................23 Ethnic Minority Migrants in Britain and France.......................................................34 Ethnic Violence and Education......................35 Ethnolinguistics and Cultural Concepts.........29 Eurocentric Conception of World Politics, The.38 European Commission and Bureaucratic Autonomy, The..........................................37 European Constitutional Law........................49 European Consumer Protection....................46 Evans, Craig A..............................................24 Evolution and Belief.....................................85 Evolutionary History of Bats..........................85 Ewing-Chow, Michael...................................47 Examining Critical Perspectives on Human Rights.......................................................50 Exercises in Probability.................................68 Exits, Voices and Social Investment...............40

F F. Scott Fitzgerald: Tender Is the Night...........15 Fachard, Alexandre.......................................11 Fagents, Sarah A...........................................76 Famula, Thomas R........................................86 Farag, Ehab..................................................88 Faraone, Christopher A...................................5 Farrell, Theo.................................................39 Fashioning Intellectual Property....................51 Fausto, Carlos..............................................29 Feminist Constitutionalism............................52 Ferreira, Roquinaldo.....................................64 Filtering Complex Turbulent Systems.............70 Finite Ordered Sets.......................................70 First FRCR Anatomy......................................88 Fish, Stanley.................................................12 Fitzgerald, F. Scott........................................15 FiWi Access Networks...................................81 Flanagin, Andrew.........................................33 Flappers and Philosophers............................15 Flieder, Douglas B.........................................91 Flint, Kate....................................................10 Flyvbjerg, Bent.............................................28 Fohlin, Caroline............................................43 Forgiveness and Retribution..........................21 Forsythe, David P..........................................39 Foss, Nicolai J...............................................43 Fox, Richard.................................................32 Fraga, Luis R.................................................33 Frajzyngier, Zygmunt.....................................17

Frank, Joachim.............................................86 Frank, Siggy.................................................16 Frankel, Henry R...........................................76 Frankish, Keith..............................................22 Freedman, Daniel Z.......................................75 Freidin, Robert..............................................18 French Books of Hours..................................62 French Enlightenment and the Emergence of Modern Cynicism, The............................39 French Liberalism from Montesquieu to the Present Day.........................................37 Frison, Christine...........................................55 From England to Bohemia............................11 From Financial Crisis to Stagnation...............44 From Logos to Trinity....................................27 From the Ptolemies to the Romans.................4 Fu, Jin..........................................................17 Fulford, K. W. M............................................88 Fundamentalism...........................................26 Future of Australian Federalism, The..............46 Future of Europe, The...................................48

G Gallagher, Andrew........................................83 Gallia, Andrew B.............................................4 Gamberini, Andrea.......................................60 Game Theory................................................44 Gamma Ray Bursts.......................................80 Gangjee, Dev................................................51 Gans, Jeremy................................................52 Garcia, John A..............................................33 Gathercole, Simon........................................24 Geenens, Raf................................................37 Gender and Culture in Psychology................32 Genetic Data and the Law............................53 Genocide in Jewish Thought.........................25 Genomics and Bioinformatics.......................86 Geography in Classical Antiquity.....................5 Geopolitics and the Anglophone Novel, 1890–2011...............................................10 George, Alexandra........................................51 George, Gerard............................................27 George, Jim..................................................38 Gepts, Paul...................................................86 German History in Modern Times..................61 German Minority in Interwar Poland, The......60 German Physical Society in the Third Reich, The..................................................68 Gerring, John...............................................41 Getting and Staying Productive.....................27 Getzler, Joshua.............................................53 Ghachem, Malick W......................................64 Ghazisaidi, Navid.........................................81 Gibson, Roy....................................................6 Gies, David T.................................................16 Gijn, Jan van................................................89 Gilboy, George J...........................................38 Gillespie, John..............................................45 Gillman, Matthew W.....................................90 Ginsburg, Tom..............................................46 Gitzen, Robert A...........................................84 Gjerde, Jon...................................................59 Global Anti-Terrorism Law and Policy............45 Global Distributive Justice.............................40 Global Legal Pluralism..................................52 Global Right Wing and the Clash of World Politics, The................................................36 Globalization and Global Justice...................23 Glover, David................................................13 Goad, Philip...................................................1

Goatly, Andrew............................................20 Goldberg, Jessica.........................................68 Goldstein, Carl.............................................62 Good Muslim, The........................................26 Goodliffe, Gabriel.........................................37 Goodman, Ryan...........................................49 Goodman, Wayne.........................................89 Gordon Riots, The...........................................8 Goresky, Mark..............................................69 Gorny, Yosef.................................................63 Gourevitch, Peter A.......................................38 Governance of Global Financial Markets.......47 Governance, Regulation and Powers on the Internet...............................................43 Gozzano, Simone.........................................22 Graham-Smith, Francis..................................80 Grant, Susan-Mary.......................................58 Graphene.....................................................74 Gray, Tonia...................................................57 Grayzel, Susan R...........................................57 Great Recession, The....................................44 Greek and Roman Animal Sacrifice.................5 Greek Tragic Style...........................................6 Greenstein, George......................................79 Greenwood, Christopher...............................56 Gregg, Benjamin..........................................40 Gregg, Tracy K. P...........................................76 Grey, Christopher.........................................28 Griffin, Ben..................................................57 Griffiths, Margaret........................................46 Grisinger, Joanna L.......................................58 Griswold, Charles L.........................................5 Gross Stein, Janice........................................38 Guernsey, Julia.............................................30 Gulliver’s Travels.............................................9 Gunnell, Gregg F...........................................85 Guo, Qiuhui....................................................1

H Haber, Stephen.............................................67 Haddad, Mary Alice......................................34 Hagen, William W.........................................61 Hägg, Tomas..................................................8 Hahn, Songsuk Susan...................................21 Håkansson, Love..........................................80 Hall, Gillette H..............................................42 Han, Jiantang...............................................18 Han, Zhu......................................................82 Handbook on the WTO TRIPS Agreement, A..52 Handfield, Toby............................................22 Hanegraaff, Wouter J....................................26 Hang, Jian......................................................1 Hanlon, Rebecca..........................................88 Hapke, Bruce................................................77 Harley, Simon...............................................78 Harlim, John.................................................70 Harlow, Martin...............................................1 Harms, Louise...............................................29 Harrison, Stephen...........................................8 Hartley, Susan E............................................84 Harvey, Michele............................................69 Hasleton, Philip............................................91 Hassoun, Nicole...........................................23 Hawes, Clement...........................................13 Haynes, Douglas E........................................66 Haywood, Ian.................................................8 He, Hao........................................................81 Headhunting and the Body in Iron Age Europe......................................................31 Hearing Voices.............................................31

Hecht, Bert...................................................75 Heginbotham, Eric........................................38 Heifetz, Aviad...............................................44 Heinosaari, Teiko..........................................75 Herman, Luc.................................................14 Herman, Peter C...........................................11 Hero, Rodney E.............................................33 Hetzel, Robert L............................................44 Hill, Christopher S.........................................22 Hillar, Marian...............................................27 Hislope, Robert.............................................35 History of Chinese Civilisation, The................64 History of Mathematical Proof in Ancient Traditions, The.............................................6 History of Singing, A.......................................2 History of Tasmania, A..................................65 History of Theatre in Spain, A........................16 Hobson, John M...........................................38 Hoffmann, Dieter..........................................68 Holmes, Erskine J..........................................88 Holmes, Philip..............................................74 Holmgren, Margaret R..................................21 Homer...........................................................8 Homer: Iliad Book 22.....................................8 Hooke, Della.................................................84 Hooper, Michael S. D.....................................16 Hopkin, David..............................................63 Hor, Michael.................................................45 Horace...........................................................8 Horace: Odes Book I.......................................8 Horowitz, Gary T...........................................74 Hosford, William F.........................................82 Hoskin, Michael............................................80 Hossain, Ekram............................................82 How Groups Grow.......................................69 Howell, E. J...................................................79 Hua, Loo-Keng.............................................70 Huang, Huaxiong.........................................42 Human Rights as Social Construction............40 Human Rights in International Relations.......39 Human Rights, State Compliance, and Social Change...........................................49 Hunter, Mary..................................................2 Hunter, Richard..............................................7 Hutchinson, Allan C......................................52 Hutchinson, Mark.........................................25 Hymans, Jacques E. C....................................38 Hyperbolic Geometry and Applications in Quantum Chaos and Cosmology................71

I Ianchovichina, Elena.....................................41 Iason, Glenn R..............................................84 Ibáñez, Luis E...............................................75 Iben, Icko.....................................................79 Ideology in America......................................32 Illegal Peace in Africa...................................50 Immunity to Error through Misidentification..20 Impact of the OECD and UN Model Conventions on Bilateral Tax Treaties, The...56 India’s Late, Late Industrial Revolution..........28 Indigenous Peoples, Poverty, and Development.............................................42 Information Theoretic Approach to Econometrics, An.......................................41 Information Theory and Coding by Example..69 Intellectual Culture in Medieval Paris............60 Interactions across Englishes........................20 International Drug Control............................37

International Law and International Relations...................................................39 International Law of the Sea, The..................55 International Law Reports.............................56 International Law, US Power.........................55 International Relations Theory and Regional Transformation............................37 Internationalisation of Criminal Evidence, The.47 Interreligious Learning..................................26 Intimacy and Sexuality in the Age of Shakespeare..............................................12 Introducing Second Language Acquisition.....17 Introduction to Animal Behaviour, An............82 Introduction to Higher Mathematics..............70 Introduction to International Economics, An..44 Introduction to International Relations, An....38 Introduction to Medieval Theology, An..........27 Introduction to Strings and Branes................75 Introduction to the Physical and Biological Oceanography of Shelf Seas.......................77 Introduction to the Senses............................83 Introduction to Topological Quantum Computation.............................................75 Introduction to Vassiliev Knot Invariants........71 Introductions to Nietzsche............................21 Investment Treaty Arbitration........................48 iPolitics........................................................32 Iron and Steel...............................................82 Islamic Societies to the Nineteenth Century...65 Italian Renaissance State, The.......................60

J Jackson, John D............................................47 Jahn, Molly..................................................86 James, Edward.............................................13 Jauniaux, Eric...............................................90 Jenkins, C. R.................................................79 Jensen, Michael James..................................36 Jessup, Brad.................................................56 Jewish Messianic Thoughts in an Age of Despair.....................................................25 Jewish Press and the Holocaust, 1939–1945, The........................................63 Joanisse, Marc..............................................31 John, Peter...................................................40 John, Thomas...............................................46 Johnson, Michael.........................................78 Jones-Correa, Michael..................................33 Jones, Alan...................................................77 Jones, Steven...............................................18 Jonsson, Bengt Gunnar.................................85 Jorba, Laia...................................................36 Joseph Conrad: Contemporary Reviews.........10 Jouannet, Emmanuelle.................................54 Jovanovic, Miodrag A....................................49 Ju, L.............................................................79 Judge, George G...........................................41 Judge, William..............................................28 Judges and Judging in the History of the Common Law and Civil Law.......................53

K Kahana, Tsvi.................................................52 Kanamori, Takafumi......................................72 Kanani, Mazyar............................................91 Kang, S. Deborah..........................................59 Kant, Immanuel............................................23 Kant: Natural Science...................................23 Kant’s Observations and Remarks.................21 Karagiannidis, George..................................81

Karpin, Isabel...............................................54 Katselli Proukaki, Elena................................50 Katsnelson, Mikhail I....................................74 Kaufman, Martin M......................................76 Kavka, Martin..............................................25 Keen, Paul......................................................9 Kelbert, Michael...........................................69 Keller, Helen.................................................50 Kellner, Charles H.........................................89 Kelly, Catriona..............................................16 Kemper, Nathan...........................................86 Kenny, Mel...................................................46 Kenyon, Andrew T.........................................51 Kertész, András.............................................19 Ketrez, F. Nihan............................................17 Kieff, F. Scott.................................................47 Kim, Minhyong.............................................71 King, John....................................................16 Klapper, Andrew...........................................69 Klein, Peter G...............................................43 Kneale, Elizabeth..........................................88 Knechtges, David R.......................................64 Kohli, Atul....................................................41 Konstan, David...............................................5 Kopp, Ekkehard............................................72 Korenaga, Jun..............................................76 Korf, Ian.......................................................86 Koskenniemi, Martti.....................................55 Kouveliotou, Chryssa....................................80 Kozloff, Arielle P..............................................4 Kreß, Claus...................................................54 Krishnamurthi, Lakshman.............................42 Kristal, Efrain................................................16 Kutyniok, Gitta.............................................81

95

L Ladwig, Patrice.............................................25 Lake, David A...............................................38 Lambert, Hélène...........................................39 Land and Privilege in Byzantium...................60 Landman, Todd.............................................28 Lang, Anthony..............................................89 Lang, Michael..............................................56 Lange, Matthew...........................................35 Langford, John.............................................73 Languages of the World................................19 Lansdown, Richard.........................................9 Lapidus, Ira..................................................65 Lasok QC, Paul.............................................45 Latinos in the New Millennium.....................33 Laughing at the Gods...................................52 Lauterpacht, Elihu........................................56 Lav, Daniel...................................................66 Law and Development and the Global Discourses of Legal Transfers......................45 Law of Reputation and Brands in the Asia Pacific, The................................................51 Law, State and Religion in the New Europe...49 Lawson, Colin................................................2 Lazzarini, Isabella.........................................60 LCP for Microwave Packages and Modules...82 Leclerc, Bruno..............................................70 Lee, Karen....................................................56 Lee, Steven P................................................23 Leffler, Melvyn P............................................67 Legal Aspects of Implementing the Cartagena Protocol on Biosafety................55 Legal Education in the Digital Age................53 Lerer, Bernard...............................................89 Levine, Marc S..............................................88

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 24378.indd 94-95

16/12/2011 15:37


Index

96

Index

Levine, Mark................................................32 Levitt, Jeremy I.............................................50 Levy, Haim...................................................42 Li, Jian.........................................................81 Li, Jin...........................................................31 Lianos, Ioannis.............................................52 Liberal-Welfarist Law of Nations, The............54 Licht, Daniel S...............................................84 Life Scientist’s Guide to Physical Chemistry, A.86 Lime-Trees and Basswoods...........................87 Lindberg, David C.........................................68 Linear Algebra: Concepts and Methods.........69 Link, John......................................................3 Literature, Commerce, and the Spectacle of Modernity, 1750–1800............................9 Liu, Li...........................................................30 Liu, Tong......................................................64 London, April..................................................9 Lopes, Rosaly M. C.......................................76 Lord Jim.......................................................11 Lorge, Peter..................................................63 Lost German East, The..................................59 Lou, Yulie.....................................................64 Louis, Wm Roger..........................................66 Lowenstein, John H......................................74 Lucas, Gavin.................................................30 Lukes, Steven...............................................41 Lumley, John L..............................................74 Lung and Mediastinum Cytohistology...........91 Lyne, Andrew................................................80

M Maas, Andrew..............................................90 MacDonald, Ronald......................................43 Machamer, Peter..........................................22 Mackay, Jonathan H.....................................87 MacKenzie, Ruth..........................................48 Mackie, Randall............................................77 Madrid, Raúl L..............................................35 Madrigal, Lorena..........................................83 Magical Imagination, The..............................58 Maginn, Paul................................................45 Magnetotelluric Method, The........................77 Magnusson, Eva...........................................32 Maier, Martin...............................................81 Majda, Andrew J...........................................70 Majumdar, Sumit K.......................................28 Making Legal History....................................53 Making of the Monastic Community of Fulda, c.744 – c.900, The...........................61 Malliavin Calculus for Lévy Processes and Infinite-Dimensional Brownian Motion.......71 Mann, Avinoam............................................69 Manning, Aubrey..........................................82 Manolescu, Ioana.........................................72 Marecek, Jeanne..........................................32 Mariscal, Elisa V............................................67 Marsden, Richard.........................................24 Marsh, William M.........................................76 Marshall, Gail...............................................13 Martin, Cathie Jo..........................................36 Martinez-Ebers, Valerie.................................33 Marx, John...................................................10 Marzouki, Meryem.......................................43 Mason, Stephen...........................................48 Maternal Obesity..........................................90 Mathematical Foundations of Imaging, Tomography and Wavefield Inversion.........74 Mathematical Language of Quantum Theory, The................................................75

Mathematics of Signal Processing, The..........71 Matlock, Marty.............................................86 Matsuda, Matt K..........................................65 Matter, E. Ann..............................................24 Matthew......................................................24 Maxwell, Rahsaan........................................34 May, Larry....................................................23 Mayer, Roland................................................8 McAdam, Doug............................................33 McCammon, Holly J......................................33 McCarthy-Jones, Simon................................31 McCarthy, Conor..........................................55 McCracken, Scott.........................................13 McDermott, Michael.....................................90 McGilvray, James..........................................18 McGinness, John............................................3 McGuire, Patrick E........................................86 McHale, Brian...............................................14 McLean, B. H................................................24 McRae, Ken..................................................31 Méadel, Cécile.............................................43 Meaning and Humour..................................20 Meaning and Relevance...............................19 Measuring the Performance of Public Services.....................................................28 Medical Entomology for Students.................85 Meierkord, Christiane...................................20 Mein Smith, Philippa....................................63 Mendlesohn, Farah.......................................13 Merger Control Worldwide...........................45 Michael, Claire W..........................................91 Milevsky, Moshe A........................................42 Miller, Jr, Willard...........................................71 Millspaugh, Joshua J.....................................84 Minor, Ryan....................................................2 Mints and Money in Medieval England.........57 Misra, Rakesh...............................................88 Mittelhammer, Ron C....................................41 Mobile Pastoralism and the Formation of Near Eastern Civilizations..........................30 Mobilizing Money........................................43 Mock, Steven...............................................35 Modeling Volcanic Processes........................76 Models of Opportunity.................................27 Modern Criminal Law of Australia.................52 Modern Fortran............................................73 Modernity and Bourgeois Life.......................62 Modular Architecture of Grammar, The..........19 Molecular Machines in Biology.....................86 Mondal, Dipanjali.........................................88 Monjardet, Bernard......................................70 Monotti, Ann................................................51 Monson, Andrew............................................4 Moore, Timothy J............................................7 Morello, Ruth.................................................6 Morgan, Mary S............................................42 Morganti-Kossmann, Cristina........................90 Morin, Eugène..............................................30 Morley, David...............................................13 Mortensen, Mikael.......................................80 Moses, Margaret L........................................48 Mostovoy, J..................................................71 Mozart’s Chamber Music with Keyboard.........1 MRCS Revision Guide...................................91 Mughan, Anthony........................................35 Murphy, M. Lynne.........................................18 Murray, Colin...............................................50 Murray, Neil.................................................17 Murtazashvili, Ilia.........................................40 Music in Roman Comedy................................7 Musson, Anthony.........................................53

N Nabokov’s Theatrical Imagination.................16 Nafziger, E. Wayne........................................41 Naiden, F. S....................................................5 Nanotechnology Challenge, The....................56 Natural Law and the Antislavery Constitutional Tradition..............................32 Nayyar, Gaurav.............................................42 Nazeer, Saloney............................................91 Neilsen, Philip..............................................13 Neurogenetics..............................................90 New Cambridge History of the Bible, The......24 New Milton Criticism, The.............................11 New Moon, The............................................80 New Perspectives on Type Identity................22 New Testament Greek..................................24 Newman, William I.......................................78 Nicholson, Pip..............................................45 Nickells, James.............................................87 Niehaus, Isak................................................29 Niemandsland..............................................59 Noddings, Nel..............................................31 Non-abelian Fundamental Groups and Iwasawa Theory.........................................71 Nonlinear Water Waves with Applications to Wave-Current Interactions and Tsunamis.70 Nonparametric Inference on Manifolds.........72 Nooter, Sarah.................................................7 North, Gerald...............................................78 Novak, David................................................25 Novotny, Lukas.............................................75

O O’Brien, Patrick............................................67 Observing the Solar System..........................78 Odudu, Okeoghene......................................52 Oil Resources in Eastern Europe and the Caucasus..................................................63 Old Regime and the Haitian Revolution, The..64 Organizing Entrepreneurial Judgment...........43 Orogenesis: The Making of Mountains..........78 Orsi, Robert A...............................................26 Osborne, Patrick...........................................84 Osswald, Horst.............................................71 Ousterhout, Robert G......................................1 Overcoming Learning Disabilities..................31 Oviedo, Gonzalo...........................................84 Ozima, Minoru.............................................76

P Pachos, Jiannis K..........................................75 Pacific Worlds...............................................65 Palley, Thomas I............................................44 Pamela in Her Exalted Condition...................10 Pandey, Alankrita..........................................28 Paradis, Carita..............................................18 Parallel Computer Organization and Design..81 Paredes, Troy A.............................................47 Paris and the Spirit of 1919..........................60 Parker, Gordon.............................................89 Parker, Michael.............................................53 Parochialism, Cosmopolitanism, and the Foundations of International Law...............50 Parrott, David...............................................62 Patrinos, Harry Anthony................................42 Patten, Robert L............................................10 Patterson, David...........................................25 Paul, T. V.......................................................37 Peace Education...........................................31

Peasants, Citizens and Soldiers.......................4 Pedersen, Ole W...........................................50 Peel, Jacqueline............................................48 Pegram, Thomas...........................................49 Peile, Edward...............................................88 Peking Opera.................................................3 Peng, Huei...................................................81 Peoples of the Roman World...........................8 Perception, Realism and the Problem of Reference..................................................22 Pereltsvaig, Asya...........................................19 Perfecting Pregnancy....................................54 Performing Operas for Mozart.........................2 Perron-Welch, Frederic..................................55 Perspectives on Commercializing Innovation.47 Peter Singer and Christian Ethics...................26 Peters, John G...............................................10 Petrovski, Ivan G...........................................82 Pham, Anh-Vu H...........................................82 Phillips, Philip...............................................73 Philosophical Guide to Chance, A..................22 Philosophy of Antiochus, The...........................5 Physical Geography......................................76 Physiocrats and the World of the Enlightenment, The....................................62 Pidd, Michael...............................................28 Pierrot-Deseilligny, Emmanuel.......................87 Pigott, Donald..............................................87 Pippin, Robert..............................................21 Piris, Jean-Claude.........................................48 Pistone, Pasquale.........................................56 Planning Australia........................................45 Plato and the Traditions of Ancient Literature..7 Plato, Aristotle and the Purpose of Politics.......5 Platonic Drama and its Ancient Reception.......8 Political Construction of Corporate Interests, The.............................................36 Political Economy of Public Sector Governance, The........................................33 Political Economy of Terrorism, The................44 Political Geography of Inequality, The............36 Political Philosophy of Muhammad Iqbal, The.66 Politics of Crowds, The..................................29 Politics of Gender in Victorian Britain, The.....57 Politics, Law and Reason in Islamic Thought..66 Poole, Imogen..............................................77 Poole, Michael..............................................90 Poor, H. Vincent............................................82 Pop, Florian..................................................71 Popp, Jennie.................................................86 Popular Fiction and Brain Science in the Late Nineteenth Century............................10 Popular Movements in Autocracies...............36 Porta, Pier Luigi............................................43 Porter, Anne.................................................30 Poston, Lucilla..............................................90 Potter, John....................................................2 Poverty Amid Plenty in the New India............41 Practical Fluoroscopy of the GI and GU Tracts.88 Practical Statistics for Astronomers...............79 Pregnancy After Assisted Reproductive Technology................................................90 Price Foley, Elizabeth....................................40 Principles and Practice of International Commercial Arbitration, The.......................48 Principles of International Environmental Law...........................................................48 Principles of Nano-Optics.............................75 Principles of Pricing......................................42 Print Culture in Early Modern France.............62 Pritchard, Gareth..........................................59

Pro, Carmen.................................................78 Proclus...........................................................6 Proportionality.............................................46 Prosser, Simon..............................................20 Puchniak, Dan W..........................................47 Pulsar Astronomy.........................................80 Pungetti, Gloria............................................84 Purssell, Andrew...........................................11 Putting Social Movements in their Place........33 Pylaeva, Natalia M.......................................31

Q Quick, James Campbell.................................28 Quietist Jihadi, A..........................................39

R Raaijmakers, Janneke....................................61 Radical Islam and the Revival of Medieval Theology...................................................66 Raftopoulos, Athanassios..............................22 Raghupathi, Ramesh....................................90 Rajah, Jothie................................................56 Rákosi, Csilla................................................19 Ralph, Claire C.............................................68 Ramchandani, Parvati...................................88 Ramos, Jennifer............................................32 Ramraj, Victor V............................................45 Ramsey, William...........................................22 Ravina, Bernard............................................90 Rawles, Richard..............................................6 Re-imagining the Trust..................................45 Reading the Letters of Pliny the Younger.........6 Reading the Victory Ode.................................6 Real Social Science.......................................28 Reassessing Paleolithic Subsistence..............30 Recanati, François........................................20 Reconsidering John Calvin............................27 Reducing Genocide to Law...........................50 Reed, Esther D..............................................50 Reflexive Imperative in Late Modernity, The...29 Reforming Justice.........................................49 Regime Interaction in International Law........54 Regulating Trade in Services in the EU and the WTO....................................................52 Reinburg, Virginia.........................................62 Reinert, Kenneth A........................................44 Relocating the Law of Geographical Indications................................................51 Remembering the Roman Republic.................4 Réne Descartes: Meditations on First Philosophy................................................22 Reparations and Victim Support in the International Criminal Court......................55 Resilience.....................................................89 Resurgence of the Radical Right in France, The...........................................................37 Reynolds, Henry............................................65 Reynolds, Sally C...........................................83 Richardson, Megan......................................51 Richardson, Samuel......................................10 Rigaux, Philippe...........................................72 Rigo Sureda, Andrés.....................................48 Rini, A. A......................................................20 Rise and Fall of War Crimes Trials, The...........51 Rise of Ethnic Politics in Latin America, The...35 Rise of Fiscal States,